-Y 4 c ..V s *. '-. **<*> \ v- /• .0° % - > ' ^ /'? / % ^ ,.N sP^. «s- * ^ vv ^ RODE I The National Flower. JOURNEYS TO THE PLANET MARS OR OUR MISSION TO ENTO (MARS) Being a record of visits made to Ento (Mars) by Sara Weiss, Psychic, under the guidance of a Spirit Band, for the purpose of conveying to the Entoans, a knowledge of the Continuity of Life TRANSCRIBED AUTOMATICALLY BY SARA WEISS UNDER THE EDITORIAL DIRECTION OF (SPIRIT) CARL De L'ESTER Author of "Story of Decimon Huydas, a Romance of The Planet Mars." 4* A* ILLUSTRATED BY THIRTEEN ORIGINAL DRAWINGS SECOND EDITION The Austin Publishing Company rochester, new york 1 905 l \ (p JUL 26 I90D Copyright, 1903, SARA WEISS Copyright, 1905, ADOLPH M. WEISS LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PAGE Rodel. The National Flower Frontispiece ^ Ruvacca Plimos 37 Isoina 44 Valseta 46 Loisa Infuen 58 Hinifro Enora 60 OlNA MlSTA 75 Loisa Micana 83 Loisa Gentolissima 84 Roina 274 Erinca Micana . 347 Hnobersa 352 CONTENTS. CHAPTER PAGE I. Interview with the Evon Thia 1 II. Special Features of Mars 14 III. Ento, and Entoans , 85 IV. Descriptive Features 53 V. Giordano Bruno 74 VI. Inidora and Genessano 103 VII. First Approach to Ento Sensitives 132 VIII. Spiritualized Man 166 IX. Meeting with Camarissa 177 X. Dr. Blank's Lesson 215 XL In the Galaresa. 249 XII. Europe and the Far North 284 XIII. Ento's Precious Stones 317 XIV. Dano and Valloa , 370 XV. Re-embodiment 382 XVI. Concerning the Eskimos 434 XVII. Culmination of the Mission , 473 EXPLANATORY NOTE. In the Ento language, the accented A has the sound of ah. The horizontal line over E, gives it the long sound of a. The circumflex over y and u, closes them, and in certain words I takes the sound of E. Thus, Info sta tiva Zenossaa oovistu is pronounced Info stah tevah Zenossaa oovistu. In English this signifies, To the care of the gods until we meet again, and Info oovistu bears the same meaning as the French expression, au revoir. Largely the Ento lan- guage is a language of inferences, it expresses far more than words indicate. Various movements of the hands convey subtle meanings, adding to, or detracting from ap- parently simple statements, questions or replies. Tylu is Ento for city ; y and u being closed it is pronounced Tilloo. The interjection, Lohau is Ento for the English word, hail ; a form of greeting, as Lohau, emano (Hail, friend !) and is pronounced Lohowoo amano. These are simple examples of a language not at all complex, but replete with charming expressiveness. PREFACE. To all who may be concerned in an endeavor to acquire information relating to affairs beyond the range of physical vision we offer for consideration what may be regarded as an incredible narrative of journeys to, and explorations of the Planet known as Mars, and we entreat that you shall not pass unfriendly judgment upon that which may impress you as a merely imaginative composition, but which, in all sincerity, is a statement of facts. Desiring to, as far as practicable, simplify the relation of this absolutely truthful narrative, of a not unexampled undertaking, I, and others of the Evon-thia, have thought it well to present it in colloquial form, as being more realistic than any other mode of expression, and also we have thought it well, that only a limited number of our numerous Band shall present themselves as actors, in what may appear a fanciful drama. We are aware that we might offer certain special plead- ings, which, in many minds, would induce favorable con- sideration of the unvarnished relation of our varied experi- ences, but we prefer to leave to the more or less enlightened seekers after truth, such verdict as their inner perceptions may accord, not only for the facts and philosophy involved in the narrative, but also for the services of our intrepid conscientious and; faithful instrument, who, during nearly two years, devoted her time, her energy and such ability, as she alone of Earth's sensitives, at this period possesses, iv Preface. for the accomplishment of an object which long has con- cerned the denizens of our and other spirit worlds, an object for which wittingly she became re-embodied. With occasional brief interruptions, our journeys to the Planet, astronomically known as Mars, but to its inhabi- tants as Ento, which in the Ento language signifies "chosen, or set apart/' extended from October 6, 1892, to Sep- tember 16, 1894. During this period, through a rather rare phase of mediumship, which we term semi-automatism, the objective, or soul consciousness of our instrument was controlled to write certain observations and experiences, but through various unavoidable conditions, the record was somewhat imperfect, fragmentary and altogether too voluminous for the purpose in view. Hence, when after quite two years, during which she gradually recovered from the devitalized condition, to which her devotion to a most worthy object had reduced her, she expressed her readiness to permit herself to pass under my control for the purpose of revising the manuscript, the contents of which she was almost wholly ignorant, I found myself a little dismayed over the magnitude of our mutual under- taking, which I well knew would tax our endurance to the utmost, and certainly, only patient, persistent endeavor on the part of our instrument, and myself, has resulted in what, at the best, we all consider a not very satisfactory rendition of experiences as unique as ever have occurred to one yet embodied in physical form. So unique, indeed, that she shrinks from the probable, nay, the certain un- pleasant criticism which the presentation of not new, but unrecognized facts, may elicit, and it is only through the persistent entreaties of friends on both sides of life that finally she has decided to offer for publication the rather sketchy narrative of our journeys to Ento. Possessing neither a natural, nor a cultivated ability, for a pictured Preface. v presentation of form, our spirit artist, Aaron Poole, has found it difficult to, through her automatism, represent even some of the simpler examples of the Flora of your neighboring Planet, but I may assure you that, though from an artistic standpoint, they are somewhat crude, they convey a fairly correct idea of the form and color of the species of plant life they represent. Also, I may state that our mission to Ento was undertaken for a specific purpose, the record of its various features being a secondary affair, but of sufficient importance to induce us to under- take the task, which to all concerned, has been purely a labor of love. Largely, it has been written for the purpose of. affording our Earthians information which only through the mediation of discarnated spirits can be obtained. To scientific inquiry, in whatsoever direction, there is a limit beyond which the physically embodied man cannot penetrate, but to freed, most exalted spirits from whom we receive instruction, the depths of unthinkably boundless space are accessible. To spirits less exalted as we are, the planets of our solar system afford free fields, of observation, and in some far distant time you and we, dear reader, through loving service for Humanity, may find ourselves so purified, through earnest investigation and lofty aspiration, so learned, so exalted, that together we may journey beyond suns and worlds of which your photographers catch imprints, as faint as smiles on the white faces of your dear dead. And may we hope that in reading of our mission to Ento, you may find some expression of thought, some lesson which may aid you in ascending the heights, ever leading toward exalted states of being, thus nearer to a realizing sense of the all pervad- ing, infinite spirit of an infinite universe. We pray that it may be so. To all who love their fellow' man, to all who love vi Preface. truth, for truth's sake, and who earnestly, prayerfully seek for it wheresoever it may be found, we dedicate this narrative of loving endeavor. Carl De L'Ester, Counsellor and Guide of one of the Spirit Bands, in Planetary language known as Evon-thia (for love's sake). JOURNEYS TO THE PLANET MARS. CHAPTER I. INTERVIEW WITH THE EVON THIA. De UEster — Madame, we greet you, and rejoice to per- ceive that our last prolonged visit to Luna has not proven detrimental to your health, but hereafter we must endeavor to be more prudent. Now, I pray you, to attentively listen to what I may say to you. During the years of your present re-embodiment, for a definite purpose, and toward a definite period, certain Spirits have occupied themselves in shaping the unfold- ment of your Mediumship, the anticipated period has arrived, and with blended emotions, we, your Spirit friends, question the momentous future, which we trust contains the glorious fulfillment of a stupendous under- taking. Soon after your son Bernard passed to our side of life, we informed you that you no longer would be used for automatic writing, but that later on your Mediumship would be manifested through an altogether different expres- sion. We did not then, and we do not now deem it advisable, to more than refer to this change of phase, con- sidering it best that, through your own experiences, you shall grow into an understanding of what otherwise no one can make plain to your comprehension. Our paper on Earth's Satellite nears a conclusion; indeed, for the 2 Journeys to the Planet Mars. present, in that direction, to-day will end our investiga- tions. May we hope that your recent experiences have proven sufficiently interesting to have awakened in you a desire for a larger knowledge and a more comprehensive view of the wonders of Starry Space ? We are aware that in the minds of Earth's thinkers there is a lively interest relating to a world of our Solar System, astronomically known as the Planet Mars. We. too, are greatly interested in the same direction, and it is our ardent desire that we may use you as a means through whom Earth's peoples may obtain a closer acquaintance with the Planet, and through whom we may accomplish an aim very dear to our hearts. We also are aware that your desire to acquire knowledge, at even a sacrifice of per- sonal ease, and other allurements, will induce you to re- gard our proposal with favor, so I shall not urge you into hasty compliance with our wishes. You carefully will consider the matter, and we with some anxiety will await your decision. Xow close your eyes, tranquillize your thoughts, and quickly we again will visit Luna* October 4th, 1892. De L' Ester — Yes, again we are with you, and are de- lighted to find you fully recovered from your exhaustive experience of yesterday. Are we to felicitate ourselves upon your having favorably considered our proposal ? You hesitate: yet in the past you have trusted yourself to our care and guidance. Surely you safely may trust us for the future. Medium — If I seem to hesitate, it is not that I fear trusting myself to your care, but you are aware that this phase of Mediumship is very devitalizing,, so you will understand that I a little shrink from incurring possible Journeys to the Planet Mars. 3 injury to my health. Then, too, if you may consider it advisable, I should like to be informed concerning the proposed undertaking. Since my early youth I have greatly desired to study astronomy, but always circum- stances have prevented my gaining more than a very slight knowledge of this, to me, most wonderful of sciences, so, as in the undertaking some astronomical features are in- volved, without further hesitation I accept your proposal to attempt to make use of my organism for what I feel assured is a wise and beneficent purpose. De I/Ester — Madame, in our undertaking much is in- volved that will be unfolded as we progress toward its ful- fillment. Aside from the principal object in view, we desire, and hope to give through you, descriptive sketches of the geographical divisions, geological formations, fauna, flora, race characteristics, social conditions, religious be- liefs and rites, government, educational methods, arts, sciences, architecture, mechanics and other features of the planet Mars. Certainly we fully understand the devitaliz- ing effect of your peculiar Phase of Mediumship, and I will not conceal from you that your acceptance of our proposition may bring about possible undesirable conse- quences which we cannot foresee, so again I say, we will not urge you, but should you comply with our wishes to have you accompany us in a series of journeys from Earth, to Mars, our gratification will be boundless, and your experiences will be so unique that in any event you will find no cause for regret. Friends who are known to you, and others with whom you will become acquainted, will share with us the responsibilities and pleasures of the undertaking. For the most part these persons are inter- ested in such sciences and pursuits as engaged their at- tention while in physical form, thus they are specially fitted for such purposes as they have been chosen to serve. 4 Journeys to the Planet Mars. No, madame, we do not anticipate even a remote pos- sibility of a fatal disaster to your physical existence ; but, through exhaustion, your health might receive injury, so you will weigh the matter well before positively deciding to devote yourself to what I may assure you is a beneficent purpose. Should your decision meet our wishes, after the first step shall have been taken we will expect you to be steadfast to the end. We, as well as yourself, have duties and occupations, and in the event of your positive acceptance of our propo- sition, it will be necessary that we shall make certain arrangements for the successful inception and after-prog- ress of our journeys and investigations. You are not yet fully devolped in your peculiar Phase of Mediumship, and unfortunately you are extremely skep- tical and over-cautious, which renders you very positive, and doubtless there will be occasions when it will be diffi- cult to harmonize conditions ; still, as you possess in an un- usual degree the graces of patience, perseverance and earnestness, may we not expect that you will prove equal to such occasions as may occur? Indeed, we feel assured that you will. Medium — You know the conditions under which I con- sent to place myself at your service, and in as far as my ability may serve, I shall endeavor to meet your wishes. De I/Ester — Your conditions are perfectly reasonable, and we promise you that we faithfully will observe them. Shall we then consider your decision as final ? Medium — Yes; and as I also shall have to arrange my affairs so as to place myself at your service, I shall require a delay of two d-ays. On the 6th I shall be ready to ac- company you. De L'Ester — At what hour? Medium — At 9 A. M. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 5 De L'Ester — Let it be so, and remember that during the hours you may be with us you positively must secure yourself against intrusion. This is imperative. Do you understand 1 the necessity for this requirement? Medium — I do, and shall arrange for it. De L'Ester— Then on the 6th day of October, 1892, our initial journey will occur. Until then, adieu. October 6th, 1892. De I/Ester — Good morning, madame, I am pleased to find you quite prepared for our journey Starward. Ac- companying me are George Brooks, an Englishman, whom ere now you shouldl have known; Agassiz, one of earth's noted naturalists, and his close associate, Alexander Von Humboldt, whose fame is not confined to Europe. Allow me to make known to you these friends who are Members of the Band whom I have the honor of directing. Medium — Gentlemen, I indeed am pleased to make your acquaintance. Agassiz — Madame, our acquaintance is not of to-day, and our mutual friendship dates further into the past than at present you are aware of. Through the immutable Law of Attraction, humans are as links of an unbreakable chain, and real friendships are as enduring as eternity. Von Humboldt — As no words of mine would add force to this statement, I shall only say that I am, and ever will be, your friend Alexander Von Humboldt. George Brooks — And may I add that as all humans are akin I not only am your devoted friend, but, after a fash- ion, am your brother George Brooks. De L'Ester — And it has been arranged that George shall assist you in your flights through space, and that I shall take upon myself the responsibility of conducting our observations and investigations. To each member of our 6 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Band has been allotted some special duty, thus no con- fusion can occur, and from time to time Spirits of our Spheres, and of other Planetary Spheres, for certain pur- poses, will join us. When desirable, further explanations will be offered you. Ere we begin our journeys to another world, we will turn our thoughts toward the Infinite One, in whom we indeed live, move and have our being. Earnestly, humbly, prayerfully, we turn toward Thee, Thou Eternal, Infinite Intelligence, who art the All Per- vading, All Knowing Energy, controlling every atom of the Universe. Ever Thy children are seeking after truth. Ever they who blindly grope their ways through mortal existence, unconsciously, are striving to draw nearer to a realization that Thou art. Oh, Thou Dual, yet indivisible One who art the All and in All, as now we are entering upon a mission of loving endeavor, with loftiest aspira- tions, and with perfect trust we offer ourselves for loving service, well knowing that in Thee are the issues of all things, and that Thou wilt give Thy angels charge con- cerning us. Amen and amen. Madame, you now will close your eyes and endeavor to render yourself passive. That is well. Xow, with utmost assurance, rest upon George's outstretched arms. Have no fear. Eemember our promise. Gently, gently, George. Upward, upward now, and outward on this wondrous mag- netic current we glide. Swiftly as thought traverses space, so swiftly we journey toward Mars, which, like a great ruddy jewel, enmeshed in gold, gleams yonder in space. Xow that we are nearing the Planet, we slowly will descend to such an altitude as will enable you to observe how varied is the scenery, and how very similar it is to portions of our Earth World. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 7 A little lower, George. Madame, do you now see clearly ? And are you not at all alarmed ? Medium — I see quite distinctly, and am not at all alarmed. De L'Ester — Truly you are a courageous woman. Through personal observation you will learn that the geological formations, natural divisions, atmospheric con- ditions and other features of Mars are very similar to cor- responding features of our own Planet. The same may be said of its fauna and flora, which will surprise you by their familiar appearance. We will re- main at this altitude, and as we pass slowly onward we desire that you shall closely observe such views as may be presented. We do not at present wish to discuss them, but should they suggest to you questions which may be rel- evant to our purpose I shall be pleased to attempt replies. Medium — Then may I ask which of the two Planets, Earth and Mars, first came into existence? And also I should like to know how Planets are formed. De I/Ester — So much is involved in your ques- tions that I cannot now afford you a comprehensive reply. So I may only say that we have been made to understand that Suns are, so to say, magnetic stations or centres of magnetic energy, and in so far as exalted spirits of highest spirit spheres can determine, in their relative positions and functions, they are eternal and unchangeable, also, they affirm that the elements, not only of Suns, but of all bodies of infinite space, are homogeneous. That periods arrive when through magnetic attraction of ele- mental substances Suns become surcharged and their preg- nant energies exhibit inconceivable activity, casting into space the extremely attenuated elemental substances of which worlds are made. We, as well as those Wise Ones, are aware that during 8 Journeys to the Planet Mars. incalculable lapses of time, Infinite, Intelligent Law brings order out of chaos and formless aggregations of atoms be- come observable bodies of incandescent matter. That cycles upon cycles elapse, during which cooling and con- densation proceed, and these gaseous bodies contract to the measurable dimensions of globes. In this manner Mars, and much later Earth came into the family of our Solar System, and in the course of time about either Planet a crust was formed, encompassing their super-heated masses. Numberless cycles added unrecognized years to the ages of the infant Planets. Continuously their confined energies burst forth with tremendous force, rending the gradually thickening crust and easting into space masses of incan- descent matter, some of which formed satellites of the Planets. Others, not projected with sufficient force, were drawn back within the mass of such Planet as had cast them forth. No, I do not mean to say that all satellites of Planets have their origin in this manner, and at another time I shall speak to you of this matter. Backward, as the ages flew, the surfaces of Mars and Earth were upheaved into mountain chains, anon these were engulfed within fiery abysses whose measureless energies tumultuously threatened to burst asunder the entire surfaces of the young Worlds. But time flies on tireless wings, and at last atmospheres for them become possible ; not beneficent atmospheres, but such as heralded the possibilities of a later time, when dew and rain would, like blessings, fall upon the hot bosoms of the new Worlds. The lapse of time from the beginning of the formation of a Planet to a period when the crust has cooled and thickened suffi- ciently to have become somewhat stable, when natural forces have made it possible for, so to say, the generation of an atmosphere, is inconceivable, and quite as incon- ceivable is the time that must elapse ere the cooling of the Journeys to the Planet Mars. 9 atmosphere and consequent condensation and deposition of moisture shall have made life conditions possible; truly, my friend, only the Infinite Mind is equal to such a ception. Understand, please, that I am not indulging in mere speculation. In a simplified and perspicuous man- ner I am trying to convey to you such i may fur- nish brief replies to your questions. I wish you to learn that World building is not only a proce: but that far off in the depths of space innumerable W are now being formed, just as this Planet and Earth have been formed. As the primitive history of one corres;: with the primitive history of the other, I ^ hat in the earlier ages strange conditions prevailed. Geograph- ically the surfaces of the two Planets change the forms in the kaleidoscope. Oceans and Seas were being deposited, and from their depths Continents were upheaved, only to disappear beneath unquiet billows, leav- ing isolated Islands or Archipelagoes to mark their sidence, and from the heated waters Sense vapors arose enveloping the new Worlds es in winding ^her - -. As it is not possible to compute the ages, much less the years, during which Mars and Earth passed through the various stages of evolvement, up to the period when either Planet became sufficiently cool and stable, the waters of a suitable temperature and atmospheric conditions favor- able to a degree that life in its earliest expression became possible, necessarily I must remain silent in relation to I matter. But in this connection I may say that the forma- tive history of one Planet is the formative history of all Planets of ail systems of Worlds. First, a nebulous condi- tion of substance, which. natural activities or laws, gradually contracts into measurable dimensions. Secondly, a somewhat spherical, gaseous body extending in all directions into space. Thirdly, a positive, individ- 10 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ualized, observable body in a highly incandescent state, followed by such gradual evolvement as your geologists well understand. In a fragmentary and simplified fashion I have as concisely as possible replied to your second ques- tion. As to the first, such authorities on our side of life as are known to be unquestionable, declare that the Planet- Mars is incalculably older than Earth. That during the ages when our globe was almost wholly incandescent, Mars' crust was measurably solid and cooled and its earliest life expressions were teeming in its tepid waters. The interval elapsing between the earliest appearance of life on Mars and the period when it became possible for the earliest life expressions to appear on our Planet is not to be computed through years or through centuries of years, the duration of such an interval is inconceivable. We desire that you shall understand that we do not pro- pose that this shall be an astronomical, geological or other scientific work, but in so far as we may be able to use your organism we shall touch upon such recognized sciences as may subserve our purposes of comparing degrees of knowl- edge attained to, in the same direction by the peoples of two Planets, Mars and Earth. Medium — I should like to know how the lowest life forms of a new Planet originate, where do they come from, and what are they? ^ De L'Ester — Truly a large question, to which I must make a very brief reply. Your scientists declare that pro- tozoa are the first, consequently the lowest, forms or ex- pressions of life. The statement to a degree is correct, but as the life, the active principle of the cell, relatively is as great as the active principle of a universe, one cannot ac- curately designate it as either high or low. Life, the im- ponderable potentiality of the universe, is a unit, express- ing itself in every atom, in the formation of every cell, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 11 floating in the tepid waters of new Worlds. It is as truly substance as is the cell brought into form through its intel- ligent activity. It is the Infinite, Intelligent Energy, per- meating all that is. It is the Infinite Spirit whose count- less manifestations we recognize, but whose nature is be- yond the conception of angels or of archangels. It is that which ive term GOD. On all Planets sufficiently evolved life expressions first appear in cell formations. In these cells, for which scientists have various names, are all the potentialities necessary for the evolvement of all forms of animal and vegetable life. Through the cease- less activity of Infinite, Intelligent, Immutable Law, these germ cells, step by step, are evolved from lower to higher planes of expression, and this is a truth, the cells contain- ing the potentialities of the human animal are unlike those containing the potentialities of the mere animal. In- finite Intelligence makes no mistakes, and in the primor- dial cells are all the possibilities of all specific orders of animal and vegetable life. In every direction life expres- sions strive to advance on straight lines, and however thwarted and baffled, go forward with invincible, intelli- gent energy toward definite ends. But the subject is inexhaustible, and we must for the present defer its further consideration. We are now resting in space, about one English mile above Mars' surface. Freed spirits see where mortal vision perceives naught. As you now are, to a degree, liberated from physical limitation, you perceive that all your senses are enlarged and intensified, and you will not find it diffi- cult to carefully observe the view presenting itself, and to describe what you may perceive. Medium — I cannot realize that I am gazing on the planet Mars, for it is so strangely similar to our own far distant Earth. I see cities and towns, some near by, others 12 Journeys to the Planet Mars. in the dim distance. There are Lakes and streams of shin- ing water and there are wide spreading plains over which I see some animals moving, but I do not see them very distinctly. Directly beneath us are fields of waving grain and meadows green with verdure, with here and there clusters of many bright hued flowers. Away off yonder I see what appears to be moving trains of railway cars, but the motive power must be different from that in use on our railways, for I do not see either steam or smoke, and the locomotive is quite unlike any I have seen. What di- rection is that ? South ? Well, far Southward I see a con- siderable body of water, and on it, moving in all direc- tions, are large and small vessels, some with sails, others without any visible motive power. But, dear me, what is that moving so swiftly through the air? An air trans- port? How very wonderful, but I see neither sails, bal- loons or any propelling power. I wonder how they rise, and what keeps them from falling ? George, it is very im- polite in you to laugh at me. Of course I am excited; so wouTd you be were you in my place. Oh, that one over yon- der town is slowly, slowly dropping down, and now it has landed on a great platform and passengers are alighting and others are entering, as one might enter a railway car. Now it is ascending with a sort of undulatory movement, dipping and rising like a bird in flight, and now it has risen to quite a height, and is going toward the South. Cannot we go nearer to one of the strange conveyances? I am very curious to learn more about them. How they are constructed-, and what their motive power is, and what sus- tains them in the air, and what — George, if you do not stop laughing at me you will let me fall. De I/Ester, do tell me something about them. De I/Ester — Patience, patience, madame. Your curi- osity is quite natural and commendable, and in good time Journeys to the Planet Mars. 13 shall be gratified, but as this is an experimental trip we do not think it prudent to hold you longer. As you grow ac- customed to unusual conditions gradually we will prolong our journeys, but now we must return you to your Earth home, and if we may find you sufficiently vitalized', to-mor- row, at the hour of 9.30, we again will come for you, and we promise you that your experience of to-day is but the beginning of a series of the same, which will greatly add not only to your pleasure, but to the profit of many, for whose benefit our journeys have been planned. Now, Earthward, George. Yes, the sensation of moving with such tremendous velocity is peculiar. To move so swiftly as to experience a sensation of immobility is quite beyond the conception of mortals, who cannot conceive the fact of an ever-present now in a spaceless universe. Here you are in your quiet room, and none the worse for your starward journey. Now you are in your normal state and I have something to say to you. For a reason that later on you will appreciate, you are not to read what your conscious self has been made, and will yet be made to write. Do you understand? Then at the conclusion of each journey put away whatever may have been written, and in some coming time together we will read it, and then you will comprehend why I make this request. May divine and! loving influences guide and guard you. Au revoir. 14 Journeys to the Planet Mars. CHAPTER II. SPECIAL FEATURES OE MARS. De L'Ester — Again we have the pleasure of greeting you and of observing your attempt to secure yourself from intrusion, and we urge upon you the imperative necessity of continuing this precaution. Now, assume a comfortable position. Now close your eyes and endeavor to compose your too active mind by joining us in harmonizing prayer. Eternal Infinite Intelligence ! Eternal Infinite Energy, we, Thy children, desire to come into conscious relation with Thee. Unto Thee we offer our loving, reverent adora- tion, and Thou wilt guide us in all our ways. Amen, amen. George, for a little while, we will move slowly, so that madame may more clearly observe the scene below us. To physical vision the Earth's surface would appear some- what depressed, but to our spirit vision this illusion is not apparent. To mortals, at this altitude, the atmos- phere would be too rarefied and too cold to be endurable, but, as you perceive, Spirits sufficiently evolved, are not subject to physical conditions. How deep is Earth's at- mosphere ? He who estimates the depth of the oxygenated portion of Earth's atmospheric envelope at ten English miles may safely add another half-mile, and the entire depth of Earth's atmosphere is so greatly in excess of what your scientists conceive it to be that on your account I a Journeys to the Planet Mars. 15 little hesitate to say that it runs into hundreds of miles, and through the activities of natural forces ever it is deep- ening. Yes, necessarily, all inhabited Planets possess oxy- genated atmospheric envelopes, but you are not to con- found atmosphere with ether, which fills all interstellar space, and is substance, but so refined as to be impercepti- ble to physical sense. Upon all the planets of our solar system, our glowing, radiant Sun sheds its life-preserving beams. Its magnetic waves, pouring across space, quicken into activity latent energies, thus making progress in all directions not only possible, but inevitable. Mars, being many millions of miles further away from the Sun than is our Planet necessarily it receives less direct solar heat. On the other hand, Mars^ atmosphere is such as to both receive and retain an amount of solar heat sufficient to render its climatic conditions very favorable for its various life expressions, and being much older, and hence, in proportion to its bulk, far more magnetic than Earth, its density, as compared with that of Earth, much less, its atmosphere rarer and lighter, it follows that to a limited degree its climatic conditions vary from those of Earth. Still, as you will have oppor- tunity to observe, the temperature of its different zones is not greatly unlike that of the various corresponding zones of our own Planet. Yes, the panorama now below us is a reminder of many similar views on various portions of our far distant World, which, to our vision, now appears as a rather diminutive, luminous sphere in immensity of space. Certainly, madame, ask such questions as may occur to you, to which, as we slowly move onward, I shall to the utmost of my ability reply. No, the depth and quality of a Planet's atmosphere does not altogether depend upon the age of the Planet. With 16 Journeys to the Planet Mars. both its quantity and its qualities other factors are con- cerned. Were not this true, Mars' atmosphere, relatively, would be deeper than that of Earth. As a fact, the depth of Mars' oxygenated atmosphere is rather under half the depth of that of Earth. As to its qualities you already are informed-. Yes, equability of temperature characterizes the various regions of Mars, only at the equator, and on either side for about seven hundred English miles, can the temperature be con- sidered high, and even at the equator the heat is less torrid than in a corresponding latitude on our Planet. Disintegration and attrition have so worn away Mars' mountain ranges and other elevations that they offer slight diversions for its air currents. Through ethereal disturbances cyclonic storms occur, but at rare intervals. A noticeable peculiarity of Mars' atmosphere, which later will attract your observation, is its extreme humidity, which ancient Mars spirits have told me increases as the Planet ages. Even the polar regions are under the influence of this exceptionally humid condition, and there, during the year, snow falls nearly continuously. As spring ap- proaches, at the north pole vast accumulations of ice and snow begin to melt, and as the sea-son advances, immense volumes of water threaten to inundate portions of the Planet. Against such a calamity wise provision has been made, but of this presently you will become better informed. We near our destination, and now, gently descending, we stand upon solid ground. Madame, we salute you, and welcome you to a land visited for the first time by a spirit yet embodied in the physical form. The energetic and adventurous American is a born pioneer, so it seems quite in keeping with your national tendency that you are here. Medium — It may be quite in keeping with my nation- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 17 ality to be adventurous, but I confess that at this moment I do not feel very courageous. De L'Ester — Fear not. Many times you shall come hither, returning to Earth safely. You wish to know on what portion of Mars we now are? I can only reply in this manner : Relatively we are in about the same latitude and longitude as is St. Louis. For purposes of compari- son, and for the instruction not only of yourself, but of some who possibly may read these pages, we have decided that it will be well to afford you a glimpse of Mars' interior, so you will stand beside me while I shall endeavor to direct your spirit perception, and that you may more readily com- prehend what I shall say I shall make use of such terms as our Earth scientists have established. In succession the Azoic, the Silurian, the Devonian, the Carboniferous, the Reptilian, the Mammalian, and the crowning Age of Man have carried Mars and Earth to their present states of evolution. As we perceive, the merging of one age into another was through such imperceptible degrees that it is not possible to note lines of demarcation, yet we easily can trace the wondrous vestiges of the passing ages up to the appearance of the evolved human animal man, of whom, at another time, I shall further inform you. Yes, gold, silver, copper, iron, tin, in short, all the min- erals with which Earth abounds, are equally abundant as constituents of Mars, and like our planet, Mars contains vast stores of mineral salts, which in solution form nature's remedial springs. Naturally, as cooling of the Planet has proceeded, the primitive stratum has deepened, and as we perceive within its compass is a vast volume of highly heated matter, which, to a degree, corresponds with the interior of the World upon which you so serenely dwell. 18 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Very true, to one unaccustomed to such a view, it appears amazing and awe-inspiring. Following the Devonian age the dank atmosphere was laden with noxious gases, and the fauna and flora of this Planet attained to gigantic proportions. This was the Car- boniferous age, during which largely the coal fields were formed, and I may say that during a corresponding age of Earth like causes produced like effects. All over this planet, in various localities, deposits of coal abound, and through unnumbered centuries, it served for the Marsians the purposes of fuel and illumination. Now, madame, turn away your gaze from yonder fiery abysses and allow it to rest upon pleasanter views. From the slight elevation on which we stand we gaze upon a very attractive scene. Stretching away into the dis- tance are level plains, sustaining luxuriant verdure and a wealth of grains and other vegetation. The plains are dotted with towns and villages and animals of several kinds are grazing in the near-by inclosed fields. A silvery haze veils the distant landscape, partly re- vealing, partly obscuring its exquisite beauty, and in all directions the land is abloom with many-hued flowers, each exhaling a fragrance all its own. Nature adorned as a queen demands her rightful measure of homage, and thus we salute thee, thou beauteous expression of the Infinite Good. The ceaseless activities of nature accomplish manifold wonders, and in the peculiar looking animals under the shade of yonder great trees we observe one that may sur- prise you. Madame, we will draw nearer them. At times I forget that your vision is not as far reaching as our own. You will allow me to assist you. Do you now see them clearly? Yes? Then for a little we will pause here. Your amazement does not at all surprise us, for indeed Journeys to the Planet Mars. 19 those creatures are strangely formed, colored and clothed. We desire that you shall attempt a description of that one standing apart from the others. Medium — But where shall I begin? With its head? Certainly that is its strongest, strangest feature, and it is formed very like the head of a giraffe, but its enormous horns, curved spirally, extend upward, and its ears are small and drooping. No one on Earth ever will believe me when I say that its large, gentle eyes are placed, one in the front, the other in the back of its head, yet truly they are there. Its neck is very like that of a horse, but rather longer, and its shoulders are much higher than its haunches. It is covered with short, reddish brown hair, perhaps I should say wool, for it is rough and crinkled, and on the end of its tail, which nearly touches the ground, is a great tuft of long, crinkled hair. Its mane is short, thick and upright, and both mane and tail are of a lighter tint of brown than is its body. At its shoulders it is the height of an ordinary horse, but its long neck and its great horns extending upward adds to its apparent height. I cannot imagine a more grotesque looking animal. I wonder what purpose it may serve ? George Beooks — I should say, to illustrate that when nature sets about it she can turn out enigmas difficult of solution. Another reason for the existence of such queer- looking animals may be that nature intends them as a background on which to exhibit the good looking ones, for grazing near yonder clump of shrubbery is an exceptionally handsome animal. De L'Ester — George, you may not be either a philoso- pher or scientist, but certainly you are original. Madame, will you also attempt a description of this animal ? Medium — I shall do my best, and where I fail you will 20 Journeys to the Planet Mars* prompt me. This animal reminds me of a horse, but it is larger than any horse I ever have seen. Its head is well proportioned to the size of its body and is as delicately formed as the head of a deer. Its ears are erect, pointed, rather small and set closely to its head. Its eyes are large, gentle and beautiful. Its neck is rather short, but symmetrical, and fringed with a long, silken mane. Its legs are well proportioned and its hoofs are daintily formed and semi-transparent. Its tail, almost sweeping the ground, is covered with long hair the color of its mane, which is a very dark brown, and its body is clothed with hair of a lighter shade of brown, rather, I should say, with shades of brown and white arranged in spots, like those of a leopard. I think it a very handsome animal. Is my description at all accurate? De L'Ester — 'Quite so ; and this animal is a Ltima, and the other is a Vetson. As I already have intimated on this Planet there are in its animal kingdom forms bearing striking resemblances to some existing on Earth, but owing to Planetary conditions they are of a larger type than their kindred of our Planet. You are to remember that all life germs are homogeneous, their varying expressions being the result of varying conditions. Thus throughout the myriad life expressions of different Planets there are end- less strong resemblances. Why not? The conditions of the several Planets of our Solar System are not so utterly dissimilar as some of your learned persons declare them to be. And mark what I shall say: On Earth's physical plane there are at this time re-embodied ones whose inher- ent qualities will within the next half-century enable them to give to Earth's peoples undreamed of facts concerning other Worlds. Facts which will necessitate a readjustment of accepted scientific conclusions. Yes, necessarily, re- semblances between the fauna and flora of Mars and Earth Journeys to the Planet Mars. 21 aro closer than between those of any other two Planets of our Solar System. I say necessarily, for the reason that like produces like, and the conditions of Mars and Earth, being more nearly similar than are the correspond- ing conditions of any of their Planetary kindred, it fol- lows that their productions must keep pace with conditions. Another question? Certainly, but I must make a brief reply. Throughout the animal and vegetable kingdoms of all inhabited Planets structural divergences ever have marked the lines of evolution, the human animal alone excepted. True, the human animal evolves through all the gradations of animal existence, but unlike other ani- mals, he diverges neither to the right nor to the left. His specific, inherent energy impelling him ever onward, ever upward and straight ahead. Man is the culmination not only of forces but of qualities which set him apart from all other physical existences. He is the apex of intelligent direction, the final expression of God in form, not only on Mars and Earth, but in the human everywhere. We will now proceed, observing as we move onward whatever may be instructive or interesting. Embowered in yonder grove of magnificent trees is a stately dwelling. We will approach it more nearly, we even may enter it, for I doubt not, madame, we might find in it much that to you would be new and of interest. From its dimensions and imposing style we may conclude that it is the home of persons of wealth and distinction. For a little we will pause under the shade of these great trees, which impart a sense of restfulness. Medium — You speak of a "sense of restfulness." May I ask do spirits, like mortals, experience a sense of fatigue ? De I/Ester — What I mean by a sense of restfulness is a state of tranquillitv, through which a Spirit comes into harmonious relations with it| surroundings. Spirits do 22 Journeys to the Planet Mars. not become wearied as expressed dy the word fatigue, but upon entering the physical plane, Spirits, to a certain ex- tent, take on the conditions with which they come in con- tact, and they experience what may be termed a sense of unrest or inharmony, and in exact proportion to the prog- ress attained by Spirits is this sense of unrest accentuated. Hence, Spirits of the higher spirit realms seldom enter the physical plane. » Have I made the matter clear to your comprehension ? Medhjm — Perfectly so. De I/Ester — We -now will look at this massive and really fine structure. As it is a good example of the many imposing residences to be found throughout this North temperate region, it shall serve as an object lesson for you, madame, and I shall take upon myself a description of its exterior. A large structure of gray stone, extending on either side of a central entrance for at least forty feet. The entrance, which is wide and lofty, is approached by a fine flight of stone steps, leading easily up to it. Artistic and elaborate sculpture frames in the doorway, and on either side of the entrance are sculptured life-size forms in bas-relief. Their upturned eyes and upreaching hands lead one to conclude that they represent a guardian God and Goddess. The entire front is pierced by many large windows surrounded by wide bands of intricate sculptured designs. Story above story to the height of four, the central portion of the building rises, and on either side of it are wings, two stories in height. Its entire front is beautified by traceries of delicate sculpture, among which are groups of life forms of various kinds. No doubt these forms hold certain meanings, and we regret that our Mars friends have jiot yet joined us, as they might enlighten us in this direction. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 23 We now will move around to the right. Ah, here is a sort of annex and evidently devoted to pious purposes. Being a Frenchman I would term it une Temple, and you, madame, would name it a Chapel. It appears to be an ex- tension of the dwelling, but really is quite a separate struc- ture, which later on we will examine As we perceive, these spacious and comfortable apartments at the rear of the dwelling are occupied by the domestics. As you, madame, are aware, to most Earth dwellers, Spirits are invisible ; to the Marsians they are even less so, so we safely may enter the dwelling to have a view of the interior, but, George, you are to play no pranks to startle the occupants. We will enter at the front. What a beautiful interior. This grand staircase, rising from this central hall, is fine enough for a royal palace. Evidently an able architect de- signed this dwelling, and intelligent and cultivated per- sons occupy it. How very quiet it is. What is it, George? Not a soul in the house ? Better so, for really this seems a sort of intrusion, all the more so were the occupants at home. Now, madame, which part of the dwelling shall we first investigate ? Ah, we might have guessed that, as you are such a devoted housewife. To the kitchen then, but I shall expect you to describe this apartment, as really it is more than I am equal to. Medium — I fear that I also am unequal to a description of it. It appears to be better fitted for chemical experi- ments than for a kitchen. What a large, sunny, airy room it is and what a variety of utensils. I cannot even guess at the uses of many of them. Am I mistaken in supposing that these bowls and platters and some of these pretty vessels are of gold and silver? No? Then those metals must be very plentiful, or the owner of this resi- dence very rich. As sure as I live here is a weighing a-p- 24 Journeys to the Planet Mars. paratus, and in design not very unlike one I use in my own kitchen. What are you Baying, George? That one touch of nature makes worlds akin. Well, while this is not a touch of nature, it has a wonderfully homelike appearance. And here is a cooking range, but it is not designed for the use of coal, wood or gas. I wonder what kind of fuel these people use ? De I/Ester, can you enlighten me ? De I/Ester — Since a very remote time the people of this Planet have for heating, lighting and as a motive power used electricity. In this instance it is the heating agent. Medium — And Earth's peoples, who regard themselves as highly evolved humans, are only beginning to learn of the many uses to which it may be applied. One cannot question the fact that the same metals used on Earth are used on Mars, for here are vessels and utensils of gold, sil- ver, iron, copper, tin, and what looks like brasSv and of al- loys new to me. Then here are vessels which I shall call por- celain, and there are various other wares similar to some with which I am familiar. I cannot find words to express my amazement at all this, it seems so utterly incredible, and yet I cannot question the evidence of my own senses. A woman with a genius for cooking would be enchanted with this kitchen. Is the dining-room as well worth see- ing? De I/Ester — It may be, but the family being absent, to an extent it is dismantled 1 , so we prefer that you should not see it. Then, too, we have in mind a certain dining- hall which we purpose showing to you. Now we will look through the rooms at the front of the dwelling. We will enter this one on the right. What a superb apartment, so spacious, so sumptuously furnished. Art and luxurious appointments combined have produced charming effects. Here, and elsewhere, we anticipate the pleasure of showing you many evidences of the wealth and Journeys to the Planet Mars. 25 culture of the Marsians. Before proceeding further we desire to inform you of something which, for a reason, until now, we have withheld. This Planet, known to Earth's peoples as Mars, is, by its inhabitants, known as Ento, which, in their language, signifies CHOSEN, or SET APART. They believe that as an expression of His love. Andumana, the Supreme One, created Ento, and that when their home was prepared for their occupation He created His children, who with other living things should manifest the power and greatness of His Divinity. In future we will speak of the Planet as Ento, and of its peoples as En- toans, and during our journeyings and investigations you will learn that on Ento there is a state of civilization and consequent culture quite in advance of that of our own immature Planet. Observe now those paintings. What marvellous crea- tions they are. And those sculptured forms, so beautiful, so true to nature. Only the mind of a genius and the hand of a master could have conceived and executed either of them. Here is a masterpiece. I know not what title the artist may have given it. I shall name it "Love's Awakening." It represents the sculptured form of a young girl just bud- ding into womanhood. How charming is the angelic ex- pression of her upturned eyes and smiling lips. The face, no longer that of a child, yet scarcely that of a woman, is rarely beautiful. She seems to be listening to Love's first whisperings, and almost one can fancy her lovely mouth tremulous. So eloquent is the silence of her slightly parted lips, that in expectant attention, one listens for the faint murmurings of a soul awakened to the infinite possi- bilities of the passion, which welds into a unit air things animate and inanimate. Observe that the drapery, half 26 Journeys to the Planet Mars. concealing, half revealing the exquisite form, is as trans- parent as a mist wreath. Truly it is a marvellous ex- pression of art. These friends and I are not unused to the finest representations of art of many planets, yet seldom have we seen a piece of sculpture equal this; still less seldom have we seen one surpassing it in design, or excellence of execution. No, madame, the extent of this collection is not unusual, for the Entoans are liberal patrons of the arts. But we will look further. Here, on a grassy knoll, is a group of three quite young boys, their forms lightly clothed in loose garments, which but partly conceal their rounded, shapely limbs. The middle, and larger boy, holds on his knees a book, from which apparently he reads a stirring story, to which the other boys listen with rapt attention, their beautiful faces expressing liveliest emotion. Notwithstanding that this group does not strongly appeal to the imagination, there is that which obliges one to feel that in it the sculptor has embodied much love and a reverence for art. Now we will learn what this draped recess may contain. Ah, a descriptive composition, and in tinted marble. Not an agreeable representation, but an instructive reminder of a religious rite of happily bygone centuries. Before us is an altar, on which lies the draped form of a young girl, her eyes closed as though in sleep. The loose robe drawn aside from her bosom reveals the con- tours of a maiden in the first blush of womanhood. At her side, holding in his upraised hand a long, keen bladed knife, which he is about to thrust into the heart of the unconscious victim, stands an aged, majestic looking Priest, his crimson robe in strong contrast to the white robed, golden-haired girl, who is to be sacrificed by knife and flames to an imaginary god or gods. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 27 While one must admire the consummate art which so faithfully has represented this scene, one shudderingly turns from it, as being a horrible reminder of the many crimes and cruelties, which in the name of Keligion, have been, and still are perpetrated. Madame, it is a lamentable truth, that incorrect con- ceptions of the attributes of the Supreme One, ever are allied to cruelty. This statement applies not only to Ento, and Earth, but to all Planets inhabited by humans. It is only when man has become highly evolved, that spirit, the ego, dominates the animal soul, and God is apprehended as love, not hate. Ancient Ento spirits, and others of comparatively mod- ern times, have informed us concerning their religious rites and customs, which during the passing centuries have, with the exception of the sacrificial rite, remained almost unchanged. They relate that the victims of that horrible rite generally were drugged into unconsciousness, yet at times, willing victims, hoping thereby to appease the offended Gods, and thus avert some calamity, went consciously, courageously, to their death. Though de- ploring the ignorant fanaticism of such an act, one feels impelled to adlmire the heroic and generous nature of one willing to yield his or her life as a sacrifice for the real or fancied good of others. In this adjoining recess is another composition, scarcely less patheiic, but devoid of the element of cruelty. On a large malachite base is a stone altar, on which lies the nearly nude body of a dead boy, and over and about him is a mass of inflammable material, bursting into flames. Thus in very ancient times the Entoans disposed of their dead. It is a very realistic representation of a custom of remote times, and certainly is not the production of an artist of recent days. Yes, incineration of their dead, is 28 Journeys to the Planet Mars. with the Entoans, a universal custom but during many centuries it has been accomplished m a more scientific, and less repellent manner. You still express surprise, that the Entoans, physically, are formed as are we, and the peoples of our Planet. My dear madame, believe me, when I reiterate, that humans, no matter of what Planet, are essentially the same. Disabuse your mind, now, and for all time, of the idea, that necessarily, different Planets must produce en- tirely different expressions of life. One Intelligent Energy directs the universe, and one universal Law prevails. Should you visit Venus, Jupiter, or indeed any Planet inhabited by humans, you would find man, only as you know him. Evolved, it is true, on some Planets, to a higher spiritual, consequently to a more perfected physical plane, and a more advanced state of civilization. Spiritualized humans are the expressions of spirit en- tities. These spirit entities must act within their limi- tations, and never, never, by any possibility, does a spirit entity take possession cf any other than the evolved human organism. Spirit knows no such negation as retrogression. When riian on any Planet has evolved to a certain condition, or degree, he becomes a partially self- conscious soul, and then he walks erect. Ages pass and he becomes a Spiritualized Being, Spiritualized through the incarnation in him of a Spirit entity, which enables him to fully recognize himself. Not until then, is he evolved into the Spiritualized IMMORTAL— THE GOD MAN, as are all Spiritualized MEN everywhere. Nay, you owe me no apology. I quite understand your mental state, and desire that you shall ask such questions as naturally must occur to you. Observe now the very beautiful hangings of this apart- ment. Thev are of thick, lustrous silk, and their rich Journeys to the Planet Mars. 29 shades of crimson and gold form an excellent background for these superb paintings and marbles. It is to be re- gretted that limited time and space will not admit of a more detailed description of the many works of art in this collection. As it is, we must content ourselves with glances here and there. We think it advisable to notice this large painting, which vividly illustrates another fea- ture of the sacrificial observance. It represents the interior of a richly ornate temple, and on a raised space stands a number of Priests and Priestesses, clothed in long, flowing, crimson and yellow garments. With the exception of three Priests, who are brown haired, blue eyed, and fair skinned, all are very dark hued. The hair of the younger, dark complexioned Priests is very black, and worn quite to their shoulders, and that of^the aged ones is as white as wool, and worn in the same fashion. Around the heads of all are narrow fillets of gold, binding back their flowing locks. On these fillets, directly over the forehead, are golden suns, the points of the rays tipped with yellow jewels — topazes, I should say — and the centre of each sun is what appears to be a fine ruby, encircled by topazes. The Priestesses are young, dark skinned, and dark eyed, and their long black hair falls loosely toward their feet, which are concealed by their crimson and yellow robes. Around their heads are fillets, corresponding with those worn by the Priests. In the foreground are a number of youths and maidens, and back of them a throng of men and women, all with anxious, terror stricken faces. Well may the eyes and faces of the assemblage be full of fear, for some one's child will be selected as a sacrifice to their Gods, whose dwelling place is beyond the clouds which veil the portals of Astranola, lest impious, inquiring eyes gazing upward, may behold what mortals may not see, and live. 30 Journeys to the Planet Mars This painting depicts a scene once of frequent occur- rence, but during four centuries past the horrible cruelty has not been practiced. We now will pass into the adjoining apartment. This appears to be a sort of lounging room, in which form and color combined have produced some fine effects. Over the lofty corniced windows and doorways, velvet-like, crimson drapery falls in graceful folds. Luxurious divans line the cream tinted walls, over which sprays of lovely, dainty blossoms are scattered. The floor is a mosaic of exquisite effects. The field, a rich cream color, the de- signs, graceful, lifelike flower pieces, united by trailing vines. A deep border of aquatic plants, grasses and vining lily blooms, forms a fitting frame to the lovely floor picture, over which very beautiful rugs are disposed. This large and massive table, so exquisitely carved, and inlaid with rare colored woods, in a design partly arabesque, partly floral, is indeed a thing of beauty, but more beautiful still is this superb vase, occupying its raised centre. These portfolios of pictured illustrations we can only glance at. Yes, in conception, coloring, and execution, they are highly meritorious. The same may be said of these handsomely bound volumes. You had not thought to find books on Ento? Why not, madame? Do not you yet comprehend that the inherent attributes of the genus homo, not only impels, but inevitably compels him in one common direction? This is a universal law, and there is no escape from it. As I already have declared, its ex- pression, wherever demonstrated, is essentially the same. We doubt not that many things we shall show you on Ento will surprise you, more by their likeness than by their unlikeness, to what may be found on our Planet. The entire ornamentation and appointments of this Journeys to the Planet Mars. 31 apartment are rather quiet in tone, but le tout ensemble, is very refined and beautiful. George is so urgent to hasten our movements that I suspect he is up to some mischief. Yes, yes, we are coming. George, George, you are incorrigible; it is not surprising that madame is startled, for this figure is wonderfully lifelike, and what an odd conceit, to use one of its long arms to hold back this heavy drapery. Medium — Eeally, for a moment, I thought it a living creature. Does it represent a human being ? It looks very like one. De L'Ester — Truly it does appear very human, but it represents a species of Ento anthropoid, so intelligent, that frequently it is trained for simple requirements, mostly of a domestic nature. As later on, you will see living specimens of the same creature, I shall not now describe it. Enough cannot be said of the fidelity with which the artificer has reproduced the form, coloring, and expression of the living animal. Of what metal is it made? Of a composition of copper and tin, and if you choose, you may call it bronze, for that is what it is. Yes, the enamel- ling is very fine, the tinting is true to nature. Here is a collection of miniature paintings, and be assured that these illustrations of Ento female loveliness are not at all exaggerated. Some are types of the blonde, blue eyed Northern races, others of the dark skinned, lovely women of the Orient, with eyes as dark and liquid as quiet pools in shady nooks. As you perceive, all are arrayed in graceful flowing garments, unlike the hideous robes worn by even the most highly civilized women of our Planet. Ah, what a gem! We cannot pass this by unnoticed. Madame, you will carefully observe this painting, as some time you may have occasion to recall a memory of it. 32 Journeys to the Planet Mars. In the foreground is a youth in the early flush of man- hood, whose shapely head is crowned with black hair waving down to his shoulders, and bound away from his fine forehead by a jewelled silver fillet. His smiling, parted lips, form a perfect Cupid's bow, and above them is a nose as straight and finely formed as ever graced the face of a Grecian statue. A robe of azure blue, bordered with silver embroidery, clothes his very tall, grace- ful form, and falls in artistic lines to his sandalled feet. Looped high on his left shoulder is a loose sleeve drapery, caught into folds by a jewelled ornament, indicating that this youth is of exalted rank. Bending slightly forward, he smilingly listens to the words of a young girl, reclining on a low couch, who is costumed in a soft, clinging, white robe, which scarcely conceals the outlines of a fragile but perfect form. Her golden hair, which is caught back from her low, wide, white forehead, by a silver fillet, adorned with sapphires no bluer than her lovely eyes, seems to have caught sunlight in its tresses, as it falls in rippling masses over her shoulders and onto the floor, where it lies in golden confusion, on a rug of rich, dark hued fur. She is as fair as the youth is dark, and in 'her beautiful face is the innocence and mirthfulness of the child, with the promise, too, of a gracious womanhood. Eemember these faces, for one day you may see the originals. How true it is that art expressions are the mute speech of genius, and genius is but another name for inspiration. It has been said "back of the artist is art, and back of art is that which men name God." That is a fine expression of the unity of things. George, Agassiz, Humboldt, hasten here. Ah! you too, recognize this scene. Is not it an agreeable surprise? Madame, I will explain. This is a most exact representa- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 33 tion of a locality these friends and I have visited. Rather recently we with some scientific and other persons were, for a certain purpose, making a tour of Ento, and while slowly journeying toward a distant portion of the planet we found ourselves passing over the spot illustrated by this painting. It attracted our attention, and descending, we found it such a quiet, tranquil spot that unanimously we named it the Valley of Eepose. With wonderful fidelity and consummate art the painter has reproduced the lovely scene. Stand here, madame, and I will attempt to describe it, A spacious valley surrounded on three sides by gently rising uplands, which in long gone ages were portions of a mountain range. From a rocky formation in the upper end of the valley debouches a considerable volume of water, forming this sparkling stream, which empties itself into yonder pretty lake, dotted with tiny islands. Those rather fragile looking bridges thrown from island to is- land form continuous passageways to either side of the valley. The villages dotting the rim of the lake, and those white structures on the larger islands, to one's imagi- nation suggest flocks of white plumaged water fowl nest- ling amid the luxuriant greenery. Boats laden with the products of labor. Crews intent upon landing their crafts. Other boats carrying pleasure seekers, who call to passing friends, fill up the animated picture. Gazing with admir- ing eyes upon the lovely scene, we tarried awhile under these great trees laden with, sweet scented blooms. You may like to know that this valley is in the North Temperate Zone, in latitude and longitude correspond- ing nearly to that of the northern central portion of your State of Tennessee. Being sheltered by the uplands, the climate is very genial, and the loamy soil produces grains, vegetables and fruits in great abundance. 34 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Continually artists frequent this valley to sketch its beauties, and the painter of this picture, who signs him- self as Lafon Thedossa, has literally transferred the lake and its surroundings to his canvas. It seems as though we have met face to face a well known friend. My dear madanie, do not vex yourself that we cannot use your organism for all purposes. Were we engaged in a purely scientific work it would be altogether necessary that we should have a Sensitive through whom we might express technicalities pertaining to matters under investigation or discussion. All along we have fully understood your limitations, as well as your extremely skeptical and cau- tious nature, and we well know that should we attempt to express through you statistics, technicalities, latitude, longitude, and other matters your nearly morbid dread of making mistakes would render you so positive that we could not use you at all. At present we are quite satisfied with what we can accomplish through you, and we anticipate a time when you shall have so developed that we shall be able to use you for ends you little dream of. So we pray you to fret no more that you are not equal to our wishes, for you quite satisfy our requirements. We must not hold you longer to-day. Gradually you are adjusting yourself to present conditions and ere long we may lengthen our visits to this Planet, but now at once you must be returned to your Earth home. There are indi- cations that the occupants of this residence are about to return to it, so endeavor to hold yourself in readiness, for we may come for you at an unusual hour. Now, George, Earthward. Not another question, madame. We must not allow you to become exhausted. Safely arrived, and some one is knocking at your door. May loving angels have you in their keeping. Au revoir. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 35 CHAPTER III. ENTO, AND ENTOANS. De I/Ester — To our faithful comrade we tender our greetings, and an apology for our early appearance. You will arrange quickly for our departure, for the family hay& returned, and we desire to visit them ere day dawn on Ento. Madame, you have not locked the rear door of the room, and some one might disturb you, which would not be well for you. Now you are comfortably seated, and will endeavor to tranquillize your disturbed equilibrium. We feared that our somewhat abrupt entree might startle you. George, I think that madame may find herself suf- ficiently sustained, through simply resting on your ex- tended arm. You are rapidly growing stronger, madame, and accustomed, too, to the peculiar conditions of your unusual phase of Mediumship, and we anticipate that soon you will overcome the timidity you at times ex- perience. Now you are quieted, and we at once may begin our journey. Upward now, and outward. You are at ease, madame? That is well. Yonder is the Planet Venus, regal, beautiful Queen of the Earth-night. And in the northwest is the grand constellation known to you as The Great Dipper — whose family of worlds, like Ento, and Earth, pursue their law compelling ways. Four of them are peopled with humans, far in advance of those of either Earth or Ento. In every direction are myriads of Worlds, inhab- 36 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ited by human beings in various stages of evolvement. Throughout limitless space are Suns and Systems of worlds, varying in bulk, and of diverse conditions, yet through intelligently directed energy, each shining wonder traverses pathless space, in conformity with un- varying law. In striving to conceive an idea of the universe, one is overwhelmed by its boundless immensity. Only Infinite Intelligence can compass a thought so far beyond the limit of the finite mind. We near the residence, and now will descend. Yes, near the fountain, George. Madame, you perceive that there are lights in portions of the house. With the Entoans it is a universal custom to keep lights burning during the night. Later on, you will learn their reason for doing this. There are no developed clairvoyants in this family; of that we have assured ourselves. In what manner? Well, previous to coming for you we investigated their condition. We now will enter the home, so that you. madame, may obtain a general view of the apartments and their occupants, on the second floor. The front room to the left, George, and you, madame, will please depcribe whatever may attract your attention. Medium — This is a large, almost square room, ele- gantly, yet rather scantily furnished; that is, it is not overfurnished-. The ceiling is lofty, of the tint of old ivory, and decorated in a delicate design of wreaths and sprays of foliage and flowers. The walls also are ivory tinted, but of a deeper shade than the ceiling, and are decorated in designs harmonizing with those of the ceil- ing. On the highly polished floor, which is of some light, rose colored wood, are fine Oriental looking rugs, and) there is a very handsome divan, and some richly upholstered chairs, and a large, beautifully carvedi wood table, and a massive dressing bureau, which is built into RUVACCA PLIMOS Journeys to the Planet Mars. 37 the wall, and on it are many pretty toilet articles, some of which have a very familiar appearance. Near the one lofty, wide, front window, in an ornamental tub, is a large growing plant, which looks like some species of palm, but is unlike any palm I know of. It bears an enormous truss of lovely scarlet flowers, which give out a fragrance resembling that of the hyacinth. I am pleased that it is to be included in the illustrations of Ento's flora. De L'Ester — It is not related to the palm family. Observe carefully the forms of both calyx and flower, and you will consider its Ento name, Euvacca plimos, quite appropriate. You may name it trumpet flower. Now, madame, you will proceed. Medium — How shall I describe the sleeping occupant of this beautiful couch? I am at a loss for words that might do justice to this revelation of Ento female love- liness. Allow me to be silent, De L' Ester, while you, who are more competent than am I, shall attempt the im- possible. De L'Ester — As you will, madame, though I confess to an unwillingness, to attempt through words to convey an idea of the appearance of this extremely beautiful woman. The invasion of the privacy of her apartment, to you, seems an impertinence. But that you may learn many things pertaining to the Entoans, we must use means at our command, so I think we may be pardoned for this intrusion. The woman sleeping upon this shell shaped couch is young, and indeed "tall, and divinely fair." Below a wide, shapely forehead, shaded by flossy curls, long, silken lashes fringe white eyelids, concealing large, luminous blue eyes. A profusion of golden brown hair lies in curling, waving masses, over snowy pillow, and bare, blue 38 Journeys to the Planet Mars. veined/ white throat. Her complexion is as fair and rosy as pink rose petals, for this is not one of En-to's dark skinned beauties, but one of a Northland race. In her sleep she dreams and smiles, her slightly parted lips revealing a hint of two rows of pearls, in keeping with this shell shaped couch, so closely inlaid with pearl that one can imagine it the former abodfe of some great ocean creature and the white fleecy covering of its present occupant the foam of storm tossed waters. Fair dreamer, may you long experience joyous awaken- ings to happy days, and happier years ! We now will pass to the apartment across the hallway. The dimensions of this chamber are the same as those of the one we have but now left, and the decorations and fur- nishing is much the same, the noticeable exception being this low, broad couch, of some fine wood, artistically inlaid with a variety of colored woods in a floral design. Its corners are held by heavy, ornamental silver clasps, which add much to its sumptuous beauty. Lying on it in a profound sleep, is a man of apparently middle age, and though quite dark skinned, he is extremely handsome. He is very tall, and finely formed, as are all of his race, and in his quiet face one reads dignity of character, and gentleness. Through his black, silken, curling beard one perceives that he has finely curved lips, and that his black, abundant curling hair graces an admirably statu- esque head, neck and shoulders. Yes, all Entoans have abundant hair. Their head covering, which seldom is worn, is not of a kind to destroy the growth of their hair. This man is a fine specimen of a race known as the Hovana, and doubtless were he awake, and clear-seeing, he would find himself greatly surprised, if not alarmed, on perceiving a group of strange appearing persons gaz- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 39 irrg upon him so intently. Adieu, monsieur, and should we again meet, may it be under more favorable conditions for a mutual acquaintance. A bath and dressing room adjoins this apartment, which now we will examine. Quite a large, and well appointed room, with floor of very beautiful marble, its whiteness relieved by vcinings of gray and pale rose color. From the floor to half the height of the room the walls are of silver richly wrought in festoons of vines and flowers of various kinds, all suggesting aquatic growths. Thence, to the slightly curved ceiling, the walls are of highly polished wood of a deep rose color. The ceiling, too, is of wood, of a paler shade of rose, and is carved in exquisite floral designs. The bath is of snowy marble, lined with burnished silver, which curves over, forming a broad rim. The outer surface of the bath is chiselled into a composition of aquatic plants and! grasses, which are very artistic and effective. Here is a large onyx dressing table, on which are various toilet accessories of admirable designs and work- manship. Truly, "Necessity is the mother of invention/' and the necessities of humans, everywhere, lead to very- similar results, hence these familiar looking objects. I recall that during my Earth life I imagined that if any of the Planets might be the abodes of intelligent life forms owing to varying conditions, necessarily such forms, and their requirements, must altogether differ from those of Earth, and I assure you that one of the greatest, and most pleasing surprises awaiting my renewed acquaintance with the spirit side of life was the realiza- tion, that not only was the genus homo of other worlds essentially like myself in appearance, but that their characteristics, pursuits and requirements were very like 40 Journeys to the Planet Mars. my owb, and that the Spirits of all Planetary spirit worlds recognized their common origin, and universal re- lationship. Your mental state is similar to what mine was, hence you find it difficult to realize the universal homogeneity of substance, which under like, or similar conditions, must manifest itself, in harmony with intelligent, uni- versal laws. I am aware, that as factors, or potentialities, forces and qualities, known as gravity, attraction, repul- sion, density, volume, distance from Solar influences, position of Planets, etc., are to scientific minds the pivotal points upon which certain results must of neces- sity turn, and largely they are correct. But while draw- ing conclusions from real or apparent facts scientific minds seldom consider the one all-powerful factor, The Infinite, Intelligent energy, the adjuster of causes and effects into a harmonious whole. But really at present we have not time for either scientific or philosophic dis- sertations, and I must conclude this digression into which your remark has beguiled me by saying that on Ento you will find the same humans, with the same requirements, as may be found on numberless Planets. Everywhere the man creature evolves along fixed lines. and sooner or later this hairy-headed person requires combs, brushes, mirrors and other appliances with which to enhance his charms or to contribute to his comfort, his well-being or his vanity, consequently here are veritable combs, brushes and mirrors, and here, too, is a familiar looking cleansing preparation. You may doubt it, madame, but I swear it is soap, and a very excellent soap it is. It is delicately scented, too, which may indicate that my lord and his lady are somewhat dainty in their requirements. You may know that on our Planet, in various localities, there are deposits of a saponaceous character. Such de- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 41 posits exist not only on Earth, but on Ento and other Plan- ets, which affords another bit of evidence that worlds are akin. These bath appliances are quite admirable. Overhead are faucets with spraying attachments for both hot and cold water, and here, at the foot of the bath, are silver faucets for the same, and from these yawning mouths of silver nondescript heads both cold and hot water pours into this great silver bowl. But we cannot devote more time to this room. Certainly, for a country house, one scarcely would expect such luxurious appointments. This door opens into the sleeping apartments of the wife of the slumbering gentleman. Shall we enter it, madame? You are silent. I have observed that curios- ity is not your ruling trait. Ah, I see. You think that we gentlemen should not intrude upon the privacy of the lady. Then, that you may acquire certain information, I suggest that you shall go alone, and in the hallway we will await your return. Medium — Well, here I am, and will relate what I have seen and heard. Asleep on a couch very like that on which the gentleman lies is a large and very beautiful woman with a most charming expression of countenance. Her complexion is rather dark, but much fairer than that of her husband, and her hair is very black and luxuriant, flowing loosely over the pillow and down on to the floor. Xever have I seen hair so abundant or so beautiful, and she has such lovely arms and hands. On tables and on the side shelves of a magnificent dresser are beautiful toilet articles and the loveliest jewel caskets. Of what are the caskets made ? Dear me, I cannot say, but I should think of gold and silver. One looks like gold filagree set with different colored stones forming flower sprays, and one appears to be of silver closely incrusted with diamonds and 42 Journeys to the Planet Mars. rubies in a peculiar pattern. Another is a rather large shell clasped with some kind of metal hinges, the edge of the upper half set closely with large, lovely pink pearls-, which I should think might be worth a fortune. There are several other caskets, but I did not observe them closely. Clothing of beautiful texture and exquisite coloring hangs in closets and other receptacles. There are robes of what I should call Grecian style. Some are of a plain weave, others are brocaded in admirable designs. Some are of silken texture, others are of wool or silk and wool. Some are undecorated, but almost all of them are trimmed around the neck, sleeves and hems with borders of very beautiful embroidery of gold, silver or in colored silks, imitating foliage and flowers or in arabesque designs, some of them set thickly with small jewels of several kinds. They are the most beautiful garments I ever have seen. Close by the lady's couch is a smaller one, on which lies the dearest, loveliest child. She appears to be about four years old and is very large for that age. I felt inclined to kiss the darling, but feared that I might awaken her, so stood intently looking at her. when suddenly she stirred and opened her eyes in a startled manner, crying "Omnia, Omnia." Instantly I retreated behind the window dra- pery and peered through. The mother arose in haste and knelt beside the child, murmuring as she caressed her. '•'Omnia estro, Omma estro, gentolena. Emenola grandu, emenissema grandu." That is all I can remember of what she said, but soon the child fell asleep, the mother stole softly to her couch and I came away. I hope, monsieur, that I have satisfied your curiosity. De L/Ester — Madame, your complaisance overwhelms me. My curiosity. Truly I do not find myself equal to an expression of my appreciation of your effort on my Journeys to the Planet Mars. 43 behalf, and can only bow my acknowledgment. May I ask if you looked into the apartment adjoining the one you visited? George informs us that in it is a younger and handsomer woman than the one you have described. Medium — I only glanced at a very youthful and hand- some girl who was asleep on a couch. Although I realize that these persons are unaware of our presence, I cannot avoid an unpleasant consciousness that we are taking ad- vantage of their unconscious state. Of course I know that idle curiosity has nothing to do with it, and that you all are doing your utmost to assist in my Ento education, for which you have my thanks. George, how do you know that there is a young and handsome woman in that room? I shall have to report you to Inez. George — While looking through the house I came to her room, merely glancing in as you did. Inez has too much confidence in her other self to listen to an ill report of him ; then, too, madame but jests. While looking through this spacious dwelling and into its history, I have learned that it is modelled in a style antedating what we will term Ento's modern architec- ture. This style was in high favor four centuries ago, Ento time and for suburban and country residences is yet much favored. It was designed for the requirements of a large family and has served its purpose during several generations and still is so substantial that its massive walls may shelter generations yet to come. At present, only the first and second floors are occupied or furnished. From the conversation of the domestics I also have learned that the proprietor is a distinguished Government Official, who, with his family, resides in the Capitol and .that occasionally he and they come here for recreation and to look after his estate. 44 Journeys to the Planet Mars. It may surprise you, my sister, to learn that all the lands of Ento are held in trust by the government, only the im- provements of an estate are owned by the proprietors. Later on we will have occasion to further inform you con- cerning this regulation. In the Istoira is a sort of genealogical record of this family and De UEster suggests that, as our time is lim- ited, it will be well to at once go there. De L'Ester — We will enter by way of this inner door- way, and for a moment we will pause here. As you may not correctly estimate the dimensions of this Istoira, I will inform you, madame, that its depth, including the sanctu- ary, is about one hundred and twenty feet ; its width about sixty feet. These private Istoiras are attached to the resi- dences of all large country estates and are used, not only for religious purposes, but for placing of memorial rec- ords, and as depositories of the ashes of the dead. As you perceive, the seats are placed only along the sides, and facing us is a beautiful altar, back of which falls heavy drapery concealing from view the sanctuary. In this sub- dued light the white, very ornately sculptured marble altar gleams like masses of snow flowers. In contrast to its whiteness here are some red and yellow blooms so recently laid on it that the atmosphere is laden with their sweet fragrance. All over the planet at high noon and at the moment of the disappearance of Anduinana's shining abode in the numerous Temples and Istoiras religious observances oc- cur. At high noon, on occasions, animals are sacrificed and offerings of value are laid on altars. At the evening service only grains, fruits and flowers, the sacred red and yellow tsoina and valseta blooms are offered. Soon, we believe, sacrifices involving animal life will be known no more on Ento. S O I N A Journeys to the Planet Mars. 45 Medium — De L'Ester, pardon me for interrupting you. You have informed me that the Entoans, as a whole, are more highly civilized than are the peoples of our planet. Why, then', do they still practice these superstitious ob- servances ? De L'Ester — Superstition, madame, is a feature of all religions. The Entoans who offer to Andumana, or the Deific Ones, an animal as an atonement for wrong doing, or to perhaps appease an angry God or Goddess, are no more superstitious than the Christian who believes in the vicari- ous atonement of Jesus of Nazareth,, whom he regards as an embodiment of God. In the early ages of man's evolve- ment (I speak of man of any Planet) he gropes his way with uncomprehending senses until a period arrives when he becomes a spiritualized being. Then he looks about him. Effects present themselves to his wondering, fear- ful gaze, and more or less clearly he perceives them, but as yet he is too immature to associate effects with causes of which he has no conception. Gradually he becomes con- scious that back of effects there appears to be an intelli- gent cause or causes, and in accordance with the degree of his spiritual unfoldment he invests this cause or causes with beneficent or maleficent qualities, frequently with both. In time his unfolding ideas become more distinct- ive, and from them he evolves two personalities, one good, the other evil. The former he reverently adores, the latter he regards with fear and disfavor, yet with a certain re- spectful consideration. The human ages and ever intui- tively he seeks after truth. In his uncertainty he looks this way and that, gathering as he goes fancies which, by and by, he formulates into facts, and these fanciful facts keep pace with his growth, and a period arrives when he establishes a religion which is a concretion of inherited tendencies conjoined to such legendary and other myths 46 Journeys to the Planet Mars. as may have come his way. Further along his larger un- foldment obliges him to discard beliefs which do not fit into his wider views which are the logical consequences of his wider experiences, and in his unrest he grows des- perate or indifferent as to what may or may not be true. You are aware that at this time among Earth's peoples many are in this unhappy state of mind, and that, what is little less deplorable, multitudes are held in the bonds of ecclesiastical legends and dogmas which ever obscure the truth, and superstition ever is where truth is not. But the God-Man is coming; he ivill break his bonds asunder, And go marching through the ages, his gaze turned toward the blue; Where the Angel hosts, in tones as of reverberating thunder, • Sing hosannahs to The Highest, who alone is true. To the Entoans Andumana, the Supreme One, is abso- lutely perfect, yet his perfection admits of righteous anger against his willfully offending children whom He, for their own good, chastises until, realizing their culpability, they make atonement for their sinfulness. In bygone times the atonement for sin against their Creator demanded human sacrifice, or, perhaps an offering of their most valued pos- sessions, against which no one dared offer a protest. Gods and Goddesses who are Andumana/s Ministers and Messengers, He created less perfect than Himself, and to appease their anger or to secure their favor sacrifices and offerings without number have been, and are, laid upon :the altars of Temples and Istoiras. ; Certainly such beliefs are very childish, very supersti- tious, but childhood conceives of childish fancies, and VA LS E TA Journeys to the Planet Mars. 47 man on Ento and on Earth, spiritually, is yet in swad- dling clothes. Beyond the limits of his present unfoldment his infi- nite possibilities are as little understood as are abstruse utterances by a lisping child, but intuitively, within his being, he perceives godlike attributes, and ever he is im- pelled toward higher spiritual unfoldment, which is but another expression for what is termed civilization. On Ento, as on Earth, the Priesthood stem the tide of human progress. Always the Priesthood are conservative, holding tenaciously to old traditions, rites and ceremonies, and, as a rule, they are sincere in their professions, for it is a fact that through their constant affirmations of the tenets of their various faiths they become so self -psycholo- gized as to be unable to perceive beyond their established views. Never are the Priesthood in advance of the people. It is only when the multitudes demand larger views of truth that they yield to the necessity of moving forward, and always under protest. Yes, certainly, to be religious is a natural impulse ; nat- ural, because man is a spiritualized being, the expression of Infinite Intelligence and Infinite Energy in form. You will allow me to repeat that notwithstanding cer- tain features, the Entoans as a whole are more highly evolved spiritually, hence more highly civilized, than are the peoples of Earth. In the arts, their attainments are productive of most excellent results. As much may be said of the sciences, in which, with two notable exceptions, of which presently we shall speak, they are far more learned than are Earth's scientists. But they are domi- nated and restricted by their Holy Writings, which de- clare that Audfimana, the Supreme One, ever has been, and ever will be. That in a remote time he said, "I no longer will dwell alone and in silence/' So, out of him- 48 Journeys to the Planet Mars. self he created Astranola, a beautiful realm beyond the clouds. A realm ever abloom with loveliest flowers and watered by flowing streams as sweet as nectar. A realm where deep darkness never comes and its dim twilight is irradiated by the innumerable lamps of the Deific Ones, which Ento's children may behold gleaming in the quiet night sky. A realm where storms, sickness and death are unknown and where the air is filled with sweetest per- fumes and the land is bathed by dews which fall like clouds of silvery mist. A realm where birds of wonder- fully beautiful plumage fill the air with melodious songs, and where no noisome thing exists. When the creation of Astranola was completed Andu- mana contemplated the expression of His will and was sat- isfied. Then he spoke into existence Gods and Goddesses, who should dwell in this realm and who should be his Ministers and Messengers, and then he created Ento, which, in the beginning, was as beautiful as the children of His love whom He also spoke into existence and for whom he declared Ento should be a home for evermore. Through his Messengers he gave to them a revelation of His will, which instructed them as to their duties toward their Creator, toward his Messengers, toward each other, and toward all living creatures whom He had created for their uses and pleasure. And it was specially enjoined upon them that no eye should ever attempt to penetrate the cloud veil falling between them and the abode of the dwellers in Astranola, Should any one presume to dis- obey this commandment, swift vengeance would be vis- ited upon the offender. To a people entertaining no con- ception of a continuity of existence and to whom death is an ever present terror, curiosity is not a powerful enough incentive to induce the Entoans to risk their chiefest treasure, life, or to bring upon them and theirs the wrath Journeys to the Planet Mars. 49 of the offended deities of Astranola. Thus, as a science, astronomy is unknown to the Entoans. The Holy Writings do not forbid an investigation into, or even allude to, Ento's physical constitution, but for co- gent reasons the learned Priesthood ever have opposed themselves to whatever might remotely imperil their cherished dogmas. Thus it occurs that, while many scholars possess a minute knowledge of the science of min- eralogy, geology as a science finds small favor. Xo, no- where in the Holy Writings is there even a suggestion of human or other living sacrifice. It was not until after a fanatical and powerful Priesthood became the sole inter- preters of the mysteries of religion that Andumana, through a revelation of His will, demanded human sacri- fice as a test of obedience or as an atonement for sin. At another time I may inform you further in relation to the Ento Scriptures, which embody not only the revela- tion of Andumana's will and the fanciful story of Ento's creation, but also much of the history of ancient times. How far back do the Ento Scriptures date ? We have been informed that unquestionably this supposed revelation oc- curred nearly fifty centuries ago. Yes, Ento time. The age of the Planet no Entoan either in or out of the phys- ical body assumes to know. Soon we shall have with us some learned Ento Spirits, who, we doubt not, will gladly afford us exact information upon this and other subjects of interest. Xo further questions at present, madame, for time flies and soon we must return you to Earth. The Sun held aloft in the hand of the statue surmount- ing the altar is emblematic of Andumana's supposed abode, and this really fine mosaic, representing sun rays radiating from the circular altar, also is an emblem of the same. Observe, now, this central marble shaft which rises nearly to the domed roof. Both base and capital are 50 Journeys to the Planet Mars. sculptured masses of grains, fruits and flowers. The sur- face of the shaft is divided into sections on which are en- graved names and brief records of departed Entoans. Above each legend is a head in bas-relief, and so well executed are these images of the dead that one can easily determine as to age and characteristics of the originals. Through such knowledge of their written language as I possess I shall attempt to gain some information relating to these people of a bygone day. Muyolos Kalaf and Feniston Inisella were ancestor and ancestress to Inisellena. Their sculptured faces indi- cate that they were handsome and intellectual persons and that all lived to a good old age. Here it is stated that the original of this admirable bust was one Huyten Demos, who was sire to Endoifan Inivos, who became the mother of Kosilla, who in time gave birth to Stivon Izamma, which also was the name of his sire, who was greatgrandsire to Silvano Izam, the present pro- prietor of the residence we have been viewing. Engraved on this shaft is quite a family history, but we shall find matters of greater interest to enlist our attention. This edifice in itself is both Istoira and Fava a croidas, where the ashes of the departed are deposited, and in those sealed, ornamental receptacles are the incinerated remains of past generations. Observe the many sculptured forms on this and on the opposite wall. Here is a face, hoary with age, but with a fine, majestic expression, and here are others of the midday of life, representing splendid types of the human. Here are faces of youths and maidens as entrancing as dreams of love. Of children, too, angelic in their beauty and innocence of expression. Ah, me ! Were mortal life the end of all, better to not have been born into it. Think of all that these sculptured faces stand for. Smiling in- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 51 fants, youths and maidens and mature men and women, who loved with intensest devotion and who passed to their spirit world without either hope or expectation of reunion. All, all lived and loved, joyed and sorrowed and when death came hopeless despair came also. How could it have been otherwise? To live, to love, to die, and then — nothing. This was their belief and is yet the belief of the entire peoples of Ento, whom it holds in a state of hopeless despair, of measureless anguish. Medium — Have the Entoans never believed in a con- tinuity of existence? De I/Ester — We have learned that previous to the es- tablishment of the national religion, which largely was based upon their legendary Holy Writings, there w r ere those who entertained vague theories relating to it, so vague indeed that they do not appear to have influenced those who formulated the Ento religion. You have been informed that planetary influences are controlling factors, accelerating or retarding the spiritual unfoldment of humans of whatever Planet. The influ- ences dominating the Entoans ever have tended toward a positive mental materialism, but their spirituality has conserved and exalted them, thus enabling them to sub- missively yield to the will of their Creator. Then, too, there is that in the human which impels him to submit to the inevitable. In agony unspeakable he may for a time rebel, but in the end he submits. Thus it has been with the peoples of this Planet. They have hope- lessly, despairingly submitted to what they have considered inevitable. But for them a brighter day is dawning, and is near at hand ; the darkness of a hopeless belief ere long will pass away, for bright rays from their spirit realms are irradiating their inner consciousnessness and death, the dread messenger who ever stands between them and happi- 52 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ness, soon will be known as the angel who will open for them the gateway into a continuous, glorious existence. To their soul consciousness there iar yet no visible sign of the coming religious revolution, yet events are so shaping themselves that you shall see this prediction verified; not only see it, but you will aid in bringing it to pass. Ere long you will better understand my meaning ; at present it would not be well to say more in this direction. We might with pleasure and advantage remain here for another hour, but you are somewhat exhausted, and we must act prudently, else we may find occasion for re- gret. George alone will attend you on your Earthward jour- ney. Special duties elsewhere demand our immediate at- tention. To-morrow at the appointed time we will come for you. No, madame, we will not again return to this locality. Adieu. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 53 CHAPTER IV. DESCRIPTIVE FEATURES. De L'Ester — With pleasure we salute you, and we are gratified to find you awaiting us. But before starting on our journey I must again insist that you shall protect yourself against interruption. Yes, I see how you are situated, but the fact remains that it is harmful to you to be disturbed. Yesterday, while you were with us, some one attempted to enter your apartments. The locked doors prevented the intrusion but you were so disturbed that it was all we could do to keep control of you. It is not well that you shall be suddenly called back to your physical body. It injures you, and is a great disappoint- ment to your comrades. Cannot you take further pre- caution against intrusion? Medium — I do not see that I can. I fully realize that it harms me to be disturbed, but at times I cannot pre- vent it ! : !] De I/Ester — Well, what cannot be cured must be en- dured, but we shall hope that you may be left in peace to- day. Your sister Inez accompanies us, and desires to speak to you. Inez — Dear sister Sara, I bear greetings to you from many loved and loving ones, who, with delight and bound- less interest, watch the progress of our mission of loving endeavor to which you and many other devoted ones are for its accomplishment applying such talents and energy as are at your and their command. But our Counsellor 54 Journeys to the Planet Mars. and guide grows restive, and we must not delay our journey. De L'Ester — Now, madame, we are ready for our flight to Ento. Compose your too active soul forces and trust yourself unreservedly to our care. George, we are a little late, so will make a hasty passage. Upward now and outward. More swiftly than the lightning's flash cleaves the sky we are borne on this wondrous magnetic ocean which knows no shore but is as boundless as the universe and changeless as God. In grandest, sweetest cadences ever its magical undu- lations are murmuring, "Glory to the Highest ! Glory to the Highest !" and angel choirs innumerable join the glad pasan, "Glory to the Highest! Glory to the Highest!" Ah, madame, little do or can mortals know of the wonder- ful existence on our side of life, and in some not very far away time you again will enter the marvellous spirit realms, which language is too poor to describe, and we, with our dear ones who watch and wait for you will meet and greet you on the threshold of two worlds, the spirit- ual and the physical. Yes, madame, we are nearing Ento. Lower, lower, George. That is well. We will move slowly, so that we may closely observe such scenes as may come into view. We now are about 1,400 miles north of the equator, and below us is a mountain range of no great altitude. The height of its loftiest peak is not over 3,000 feet. Those rugged heights are but the vestiges of snow-capped, clouds-piercing giants of bygone ages. Yes, in that shaded cleft is some snow, and to mortal sense the air here would appear quite cool. Lower still, George. Madame, look downward now, for beneath us is the deepest canyon on Ento, but in either area or depth it is not to be compared with many such formations on our Planet. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 55 George, we will alight near the margin of the stream. Medium — What a quiet, solitary spot. De L'Ester — It is indeed a quiet, solitary spot. Here is a scant growth of grass amid which are some tufts of flowering plants and on yonder rocky elevation are some low-growing shrubs and stunted trees. From its base up- ward the mountain's side is worn into deep fissures, partly screened from view by shrubs and several species of conifera. There is no sight or sound of bird or bee or of any living thing. From the rocky ledges tiny rivulets of sparkling water trickle downward, finding their ways to the level and into this limpid stream. From yonder cleft in the mountain side a volume of water gushes with such energy that as it strikes the ledge lower down it is dashed into silvery spray whose myriad; drops fall into the deep-, dark pool whose overflow is tributary to this stream, which flows southward, then eastward, finding entrance into an underground channel at the base of the mountain, where it too curves outward, thence debouching on the further side, where it is joined by other streams, all flowing into a small but pretty lake, which later on you shall see. Madame, you are silent. Does the quiet of this solitary spot oppress you ? Medium — Friends, I feel absolutely dazed. I had thought to find everything on Ento altogether unlike any- thing on Earth, yet here is water and there are tufts of star-shaped white and pink flowers very like some I have seen on Earth. Then see those pretty purple flowers, so closely resembling violets, and on that elevation and up the mountain's side are shrubs, trees and vegetation so very similar to growth on our own Planet that you will pardon me for saying that not only am I surprised, but in a sense am disappointed. Xo, George, I did not imagine 56 Journeys to the Planet Mars. that I should find either people or trees growing upside down, but I did imagine that surely there must exist more striking dissimilarities between the life expressions of this Planet and our own. Such speculations relating to it as I have become aware of have led me to expect some- thing very different from what thus far I have observed on Ento. Vox Humboldt — Madame, with your and our Coun- sellor and guide's permission, I shall say that since I have been not of Earth, I have journeyed far and have looked closely into nature as expressed on many habitable Planets, and I have learned that everywhere Infinite, Intelligent Energy is manifested in strikingly similar ways. You have been told that the homogeneity of matter is univer- sal. That the qualities of metals of all Planets are exactly the same and that the constituents of water never any- where vary, neither do the crystallized forms of either ever vary. So it should not surprise you to find here water quite as palatable as the sparkling beverage of our Earth- world. Of course their relative positions to, and their distances from central Suns, occasion differences in the bodies of Planets, particularly as to their density; then, too, in ac- cordance with conditions, atmospheres vary as to being rarefied or dense, humid or dry and so on, but life germs of fauna and flora ever are the same, and given like or simi- lar Planetary conditions their expressions will present more or less close resemblances. Yes, environments occasion differences, but environments are the results of Planetary conditions. But that is too comprehensive a question for present consideration. At another time we may recur to it. The physical and atmospheric conditions of Ento and Earth being so much alike, naturally their Fauna and Flora must present mutual likenesses. As for chemical Journeys to the Planet Mars. 57 affinities and their unvarying expressions, they are uni- versal. As has been said to you the universe is indeed a unit. Everywhere Infinite, Intelligent Energy seeks to express itself not only in harmony and beauty, but along the same lines, and ever toward a state of perfection, beyond the highest conception of Spirit or mortal, for who can con- ceive an idea of that which is known by many names, but whom you name God? From my own observation and through association, with spirits of advanced spheres whose mission, like my own, is Planetary research, I can say with assurance that among the life expressions of all sufficiently evolved Planeits there is what may be termed a universal homogeneity, for while there are dissimilari- ties there are equally close resemblances which may be ex- pressed as unity in variety. As to man on Ento, Earth and other Planets, we find our brethren so like ourselves that, logically, we all must claim the same origin. Yes, madame, I do assure you that in limitless space there are myriads of worlds, vary- ing as to bulk, density, and atmospheric conditions, but in other respects so like Ento and Earth as to present fauna and flora very similar to those of either Planet. They are peopled by humans like ourselves, in various stages of evolvement, and all, like the peoples of Ento and Earth, are engaged in the endeavor to solve the prob- lem of eternal progress. Between those on the lowest and those on the loftiest heights of progress on different Planets, the intermediate stages represent man in all degrees of evolvement. On some Planets I have visited, man, — the human animal, slowly, through ages, — has pursued his certain wa}', toward the period in which he is destined to become a Spiritualized being, and now the hairy, un- shapely limbed creature who scarcely walks erect, with face 58 Journeys to the Planet Mars. full enough of the mystery of existence to startle one, approaches nearly the line of demarcation between the human animal and the Spirit man. On other Planets, compared with man on either Ento, or Earth, the spiritualized human is as a god. If what I have said may suffice as replies to your ques- tions and remarks, or may in some measure reconcile you to the close resemblances between features of Ento and Earth, I shall account myself more than fortunate. De I/Ester — Thanks, Von Humboldt, for your timely remarks, which we hope may lessen madame's regret at finding Ento so like our own beloved Planet, and its human denizens so like ourselves, — with but one head, two arms, and as many legs. Madame, I but jest that I may bring a smile to your preplexed face. Since I have accomplished that I feel that I may hope for pardon. Aside from affording you a general idea of the varied formations and scenery of Ento, we have a special purpose in bringing you to this spot. We desire that you now shall closely observe these rose-colored, lily-shaped blooms, whose long slender stems springing from tufts of dark green, glossy foliage are crowned with a profusion of the pretty, dainty flowers. As they will be used for one of our illustrations, I will give their Ento name — which is Loisa yanu, in your language water gems or jewel. These compact masses of prettily leafed plants with their numer- ous w T hite, star-like blooms are named Oina mista. Oina signifying lamp and mista, snow. You will remember that to the Entoans the shining points in space are the lamps of Astranola, hence Oina mista, or snow lamp. Yes, these purplish blue flowers, almost hidden by abundant foliage, in form, color and fragrance are very like Earth's wild violets. Entoans know it as Loisa infuen, but you may name it, Water drinker, for that is as near the Journeys to the Planet Mars, 59 significance of its Ento name as I can arrive at. Loisa yanu, oina mista, and loisa infuen, always are found grow- ing in marshy places, or by the margin of flowing streams. Now we will learn what yonder elevation may offer. No, it is not an isolated mass. Do not you perceive that on the further side it connects with the mountain of which, doubtless, it is a small spur ? I have said that in bringing you here we have had a special purpose in view. In this pretty, flowering plant our purpose stands revealed. Yes, this is The Hinifro enora. The yellow wonder which re- quires so little soil or moisture as to be practically inde- pendent of either. When, nearly two years ago, through your automatism, Poole created a copy of it, promising to sometime on another Planet show it to you growing and in bloom, you smiled rather incredulously. As we have fulfilled that promise, so shall all else that we have prom- ised you come to pass. These densely foliaged trees are known as Oonamosa tula. In your language this would signify burr-berry. They seldom grow to a greater height than thirty feet. Yes, they do resemble chestnut trees, but the burrs con- tain berries, not nuts, and they now are fully ripened. Certainly it could not harm you to taste the fruit, but through its extreme acidity and astringency it is very un- palatable. We now will examine these pretty shrubs whose dark green, glossy foliage renders them quite attractive. The fruit has a luscious appearance but is unfit for human food. Its Ento name is Gufon litza, which I shall translate into Bitter sweet. Once Inez was curious enough to taste this fruit and very much to her discomfiture. As you are aware, your sister was a still born child, consequently her mortal education has been acquired under such difficulties as you, in your present state, little comprehend. Being 60 Journeys to the Planet Mars. of an inquiring turn of mind she investigates for herself, at times gaining information at some cost, which makes it all the more valuable. Inez — De L'Ester, I owe you thanks for regarding my overweening curiosity so leniently. I confess that I am of a very inquiring turn of mind, but since largely through this means I acquire necessary mortal experiences which, through my premature return to the spirit side, were de- nied me, I feel assured that your forbearance will condone what may amount to a fault. De I/Ester — Inez, dear friend, I did not mean that my brusquerie should occasion you even a passing thought. Pardon me if I may have caused you a suggestion of pain. Inez — Pardon is not a word that should pass between two such close friends as are we. . There, I offer you my hand with my heart in it and thus the fancied wound is healed. Medium — De L'Ester, George, what a strange looking animal is emerging from that cleft in the mountain. What an ungainly, ugly creature and what vicious looking eyes it has. De I/Ester — Eeally, the creature is as much a sur- prise to us as to you. As none of us have seen its like on Ento, we must conclude that it belongs to a nearly extinct species. That it is of the marsupial family is apparent. Its structural formation, hair and other char- acteristics are those of your American opossum, but its size is much greater than that of those creatures. I should say that it is quite two feet in height, four in length, and its weight not under one hundred pounds. As it comes this way sniffing, grunting and rooting under the leaves for the fallen fruit of the Oonamosa tula, it impresses one with the idea that it is an ill-tempered, H I N I FRO EN O RA Journeys to the Planet Mars. 61 pugnacious animal. When our Ento spirit friends join us we may learn its name, habits and so on. Although we twice have visited this canyon we have not, until now, seen in it an animal or bird of any kind, but we have been informed that during the mid-summer season of this latitude a species of water-fowl comes here for breeding purposes, but that as soon as their young are able to fly they migrate to other regions. We know that very recently they were here in considerable numbers, now not one remains. Earlier in the summer the canyon pro- duces a harvest of wild grains, and those low growing shrubs bear an abundance of fruit which affords them sub- sistence. Madame, you perceive that the mountain curves toward the east; now look quite to our left and you will observe a rift in it extending southward. Once when George with these and other friends were examining this region they discovered an opening in the rift, leading into a cavernous formation which they consider worthy of obser- vation. As neither Inez nor I have yet seen it, we will share with you whatever of interest it may offer. George, you and Inez will lead the way, and I shall have the pleas- ure of assisting madame. Yes, the entrance is somewhat forbidding. We will re- main here while George lights up the interior. How? Through the ignition of elemental substances. Sooner or later all Spirits learn the laws of chemical affinities. It is a simple matter, the production of molecular combus- tion. We now will proceed. This rather low and narrow passage widens as we de- scend, and now terminates in this vast chamber, which truly is wondrously beautiful. Stalactites depending from the lofty ceiling meet upspringing stalagmites, forming seemingly endless rows of columns, united by snowy arches 62 Journeys to the Planet Mars. so singularly perfect in their outlines as to present a spectacle strangely, weirdly, marvellously lovely. In this soft radiance columns, arches, and walls appear as though incrusted with countless, many colored jewels, whose splen- dor might bedim the rarest, costliest gems worn by Ento's or Earth's rulers. We now will approach more nearly yonder grotesque formations,, which certainly are very remarkable. Suffi- ciently so to suggest a sermon on w r hat some learned per- sons might term unintelligent energy in unintelligent mat- ter. Be not alarmed, friends, though in these peculiar formations there are many sermons of a nature to arouse earnest inquiry; at present I am not in a mood for ser- monizing but I must say that they positively are startlingly strange. One readily can imagine them animal forms of some far away age whom suddenly death stilled into im- mobility, leaving to pitiful nature the kindly office of enveloping them in snowy winding sheets. In this spacious niche is another group, apparently com- posed of the forms of a man, two females and the torso of a child, all so admirable in outline, pose and drapery as to suggest the skill of an able sculptor. It, indeed, would require uncommon artistic ability to surpass, or even equal the grace of this snowy group. Here is another formation still more wonderful than those we have been observing. George, you have done well to hold in reserve this masterpiece of nature. It really is marvellous. It is as though some weary mortal of a past age laid down to rest, Death coming this way blew upon him his icy breath and froze him into perpetual silence, then gently enshrouding him in purest whiteness passed on, leaving him to the peacefulness of endless sleep. How many years have elapsed since nature began these strangely beautiful formations? Who can say? Not I, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 63 madame. Such a lapse of time is inconceivable. But we know that here, during an unrealizable length of time, from dripping water charged with lime, atom has been added to atom and thus the stupendous wonder has grown, grown in darkness, and silence, and never have any but Spirit eyes gazed with admiring awe upon the splendor and loveliness of this scene which naught but Infinite, Intelligent activity could create. On no other Planet have we found formations of this nature excelling these, seldom have we seen them equaled. Those arched openings invite us into other divisions of this underground fairyland. We will enter this chamber on our right. These formations differ somewhat from those we have seen, but are quite as beautiful. See how those great stalagmites, singly and in groups, unite them- selves with the white loveliness of descending stalactites, all apparently forming a gateway to a veritable garden of snow trees and vegetation, the drooping branches laden with blossoms and fruit, forbidden fruit, we may conclude, as between it and ourselves there is a swiftly flowing stream. What do I think of the Biblical legend concerning Adam and Eve ? Madame, my opinion is, that had the mythical garden been as beautiful as this the commendably inquisi- tive Eve would have been content with the prescribed diet and the amiable Adam would, to this day, be promenading under the Edenic trees. One is tempted to linger in this strangely beautiful spot, but we must pass on. We pointed out to you that the stream traversing the canyon entered an opening at the northern base of the mountain ; it is the same stream now rushing by us toward an exit at the southern side of the mountain, thence into the lake of which we have spoken. We now will cross it to glance through other portions of the cavern, some of 64 Journeys to the Planet Mars. which, George says, are not greatly unlike those we al- ready have explored. Medium — Although I have not seen them, I know that on our Planet there are formations similar to these; may I ask are such formations features of all Planets you have visited? De I/Ester — Yes, of all Planets sufficiently aged. Do not you remember that on our moon we once showed you a cavern similar to, but not nearly so extensive as this that contained stalactites and stalagmites too, but of rather diminutive proportions? You also may remember that we demonstrated to your satisfaction that there was a time when Luna was capable of and did sustain many life ex- pressions of both fauna .and flora, but that now the in- ternal heat of the little Placet is so nearly exhausted that but a limited number of peculiar life expressions survive the rigor of its extremely low temperature? The history of a planet may be likened to that of a human. In the case of the Planet, birth, growth, maturity, with a gradual but unceasing withdrawal of vitalizing heat and energy, which finally must culminate in the extinction of all its life forms, aye, of even the cohesive energy which has so long held it in form, followed by inevitable disintegra- tion of its atoms which are the building material of new worlds. The parallel history of the human includes birth, growth, maturity, then gradual withdrawal of vital energy, during which the heart beats respond less vigorously to the crim- son current which flows more and more sluggishly and the history draws near its conclusion. The extremities grow colder, colder, animation dies out of the expressive features, the eyes grow dim and sightless, pulseless, breathless, lies the mortal body, but it is not dead. No, no, there is no death. Life is in every atom of the uni- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 65 verse and the disintegrated particles of the physical body afford material for new life expressions, while the freed Ego, the ever conscious, cohesive, vitalizing spirit force which held the mortal body in form assumes other and higher relations and thus revolves the wheel of evolution whose circumference is the universe, whose centre is God. Madame, you are so given to asking questions and I to loquacity that we too much delay our progress. Your pardon, friends, for having kept you waiting. Now we will move on. Yes, it would be rather difficult for even a diminutive mortal to penetrate this passage which now widens and grows loftier, and now we have reached the last of the series of caverns. Gradually we have been descending and now are far below the level of the entrance and on the brink of a deep and narrow chasm. No occa- sion for alarm, madame, but to reassure you we will join hands. Inez, you will take your sister's right hand, giv- ing your right hand to Humboldt. I will hold your left hand, madame, and Agassiz, with George, will precede us. George, you will be good enough to light us down the abyss. Yes, it is a tremendous chasm, but here we stand, safe and sound, and you perceive that there was no danger. It is too much to expect that, while you yet are on the physical plane you will wholly free yourself from appre- hension. Indeed, we have experienced some misgiving as to the amount of courage you might exhibit on occasions to which, during your mortal existence, you must be un- accustomed. George, as you are acquainted with this uncanny local- ity, I desire that I now may stand aside while you shall act as guide and I suggest that you shall say to madame something relating to our mission. Your discretion will limit your statements. George — You, madame, have been informed that cer- 66 Journeys to the Planet Mars. tain Spirits being aware that you possessed such qualities as gave promise of a peculiar phase of mediumship, suited to a special purpose, have since your birth, been endeavor- ing to prepare you for it. With measureless patience and loving care they have guarded and guided you, sometimes by straight, of t times through devious ways, but ever toward a definite end. Finally it became possible to control you for our purpose and I, with Von Humboldt, Darwin, Agassiz, Bulwer Lytton, Giordano Bruno and others of our band traversed Ento, with the purpose of arranging a programme against the time when we should have you with us. As unfavoring events may oblige us to accom- modate our movements to such circumstances as may occur, we do not anticipate that our programme will, in its en- tirety, be carried to its conclusion, but to that end we all will do our utmost, and we feel assured that Divine influences will aid us in our mission which, as yet, you but slightly comprehend, but which in time will unfold itself. One purpose we have in view is to show you much that will be of interest to you, through whom we hope to bring to the peoples of our Planet the positive knowledge that the neighboring world, about which they are so curious, has much in common with Earth. Yes, it is matter for regret, that much concerning our journeys and mission must be left unsaid and that neces- sarily the written account of our experiences must be some- what sketchy, otherwise it would be too voluminous for the average reader's patient perusal. Through some Ento spirits we learned of the existence of these great caverns and of a very unique spectacle which, presently, w T e will observe. This one is much larger than any of those we have examined and, as you perceive, it contains no formation to break its immensity. We are Journeys to the Planet Mars. 67 about eleven miles distant from the outer entrance and quite one thousand feet below its level. A half mile fur- ther on will reveal the cause of this continuous vibration and the tumultuous detonations which resemble the dis- charge of artillery. Thanks to our spirit condition, we are invulnerable to the condition existing here, else we would not dare to approach the fiery horror we are nearing. The roaring of ocean's storm-tossed waves is as nothing to the sounds breaking upon the stillness of these cavernous depths; but fear not, madame, for with safety you may, with us, approach a scene so grand, so appalling that you are not likely to ever forget it. We now are in another great cavern whose floor slopes abruptly to this precipitous elevation and, standing on its edge, we look down upon a very hell of tumultuous flames. Yes, lacking a stirring feature or two, it easily might hold its own against Dante's "Inferno." Look, now, away toward the left where is bursting forth a huge column of flame. Up, up, toward the vaulted roof it climbs, twisting, curving, writhing like a gigantic ser- pent ; now it slowly sinks downward and is engulfed. Now in the distance a storm is raging. See how the fiery bil- lows are rising; higher, higher, leaping and curving their angry crests they madly rush toward us as though they would overwhelm us and as they burst against this preci- pice, involuntarily one shrinks back from their hot, me- phitic breath. Observe that pyramidal fountain near the centre. Is not it grandly, wonderfully beautiful ? See how it forms itself into a rose shape, while from its heart numerous jets shoot upward. A moment and it is gone and all over the surface of the fiery lake myriad fantastic shapes of many hued flames are glowing, scintillating and projecting them- 68 Journeys to the Planet Mars. selves toward the lofty roof, forming a magnificent pyro- technic display. The noise is indeed deafening and the ever changing spectacle so awe inspiring that words cannot adequately describe its terrible, but wondrous beauty. Truly, silence is at times golden. Medium — Still, I should like some one to break the silence by an explanation of this, to me, strange phenome- non. Is it volcanic? Von Humboldt — One does not desire to long remain in proximity to this underground conflagration, for, madame, that is what it is. ISTot for one moment could a mortal live in this mephitic atmosphere. As you perceive even Spirits are, to a degree, sensitive to it. As we return toward the upper world I shall briefly explain to you the origin of the truly wonderful spectacle. We have reached the cavern at the bottom of the chasm and if it may please you, friends, we will pause here while I shall attempt to satisfy Madame's laudable curiosity. All over Ento in certain localities, are deposits of the various coals of sulphur, of naphtha, of natural gas, and of such mineral formations as are found on other Planets, and since remote times coal, naphtha, natural and manu- factured gases as fuel and for lighting were universally used. Then came a knowledge of applied electricity, and with this knowledge a disinclination for the old, cumbrous methods of heating and lighting, and ere long, save in rural localities, electricity became almost the sole illumi- nant and heating energy, and coal as fuel fell into dis- use; but for certain uses, to a limited extent, it yet is mined. The region in which, for a period equaling nearly twenty years of your time this conflagration has been raging, con- tained vast stores of bituminous coal, sulphur and naph* Journeys to the Planet Mars. 69 tha. Through, some mischance a colliery became ignited, and ere the danger became apparent, the lire was inextin- guishable. A large area has been burned out, extending to the southern base of the mountain where the fire burst into the immense cavern which holds, as in a basin, the terrific, raging, incandescent volume of heterogeneous mat- ter. As the coal deposit extends no further than the base of the mountain and other inflammable materials involved finally must become exhausted, we may conclude that at no very distant time the conflagration will die out. Soon an opportunity will be afforded you for observing the de- vastation it has wrought elsewhere. Madame, you owe me no thanks. It is both my duty and my pleasure to contribute what I may to the interest of our undertaking. Medioi — May I ask if you still are interested in such researches as engaged your attention while in earth life ? Vox Humboldt — Madame, the bent of mind which, dur- ing earth life, has impelled mortals in certain directions or toward special pursuits, is an inherent part of each in- dividual. Entering upon an advanced plane of existence I found myself possessed of the same inclinations and traits as formerly characterized me. The same may be said of our friends, Agassiz, Darwin, Bulwer Lytton, Bruno and others of this Band. The chemist, the mathematician, the geologist, the naturalist, the astronomer, the mystic each is true to his inherent traits or tendencies. When freed from the ills and cares incident to mortal existence, with quick- ened senses and desires, with enlarged abilities and the uni- verse an open book in which all who strive for attainment may learn to read the wondrous story written by Infinite In- telligent Energy, strange, indeed, would it be did not these and all aspiring Spirits in time acquire a larger knowledge 70 Journeys to the Planet Mars. of such arts, sciences or pursuits as dominated their lives on the physical plane. In contradistinction one must use such terms as Spirit, mortal, spiritual, physicaland others. Yet, substantially, they all are states of being. Spirit, per se, as we under- stand it, is the vitalizing, unchanging principle which ex- presses the infinite, intelligent, indestructible, unvarying, all pervading energy and in every atom of the universe this indivisible spirit is manifested. As without substantiality there can be no existence or state of being, conclusively, spirit is substantial and all entities or individualized ex- pressions of substance hold within them the spiritualized potentiality of evolution or growth. And, as in each in- dividualized expression of substance there is a quality which may be termed plasticity, it follows that through in- heritance and environment entities evolve in various direc- tions, thus manifesting the scientific, the artistic and other tendencies. Yes, the spirit body is as substantial as is the physical body, but of a finer expression of substance. You now are apart from your physical body, yet you are conscious that your spirit body is substantial, and where there is con- sciousness there is being, which is but another name for spirit. I may add that there is not an atom of the universe that is not, in a certain sense, conscious, hence, in a certain sense, individualized and intelligent. I am aware, madame, that I have answered your ques- tions in a superficial manner : at present I cannot do other- wise. Our chemist is ready to light our way to the outer world and you will allow me to assist you. As we proceed, I shall, with your permission, relate a past personal experience. Age and infirmity came to me as it comes to many, and the hour of my departure from earth life drew near. For a Journeys to the Planet Mars. 71 time I had lain apparently unconscious, though really I was fully alive to all that was transpiring about me, and gradually, yet with a certain suddenness, I experienced a most peculiar sensation. I felt as though I were ascending what seemed to be a rift between walls of adamant. Dark- ness so profound I never before had experienced and, in some perplexity, I reached out my hands and groped blindly, hoping to touch something that might indicate my whereabouts ; but in vain. The sensation of being between two walls continued and I felt myself ascending, ever ascending. I do not recall that I experienced a sense of alarm, but in an indolent fashion I queried as to what the peculiar sensation might mean. Certainly, I did not asso- ciate it with the change called death. Suddenly, as we now come into the sunlight, I emerged into a soft radiance, indescribably, gloriously beautiful, and in great surprise I looked about me, seeing nothing but the soft radiance which wrapped me about as with a garment. Great as was my surprise, I at once began to wonder where I was and as to what had occurred to me. Was I dreaming? Was I delirious ? No, I was fully awake and in possession of all my senses. Yet something unusual had occurred. Surely I had not died. No, that could not be, for here, I said, is my body, and I am as alive as a man can be. Perceiving that I could move about through the bewildering, unac- countable radiance, I began to investigate my surroundings which, imperceptibly, had assumed an air of strangeness. Imagine, if you can, my amazement when, after a little, I found myself standing near my old, worn body over which friends were tenderly bending, closing its wide open, dim eyes, smoothing its scant locks, and otherwise preparing it for its last resting place. As spellbound I gazed upon the pitiful scene, I felt, 72 Journeys to the Planet Mars. rather than saw, some one near me. Turning, I, in great surprise beheld a company of radiant beings, who called to me in joyous tones: Alexander! Alexander! We have come to meet and greet you ; come with us, come away from this Sorrowful Star* to our glorious spirit realms. In a moment I recognized dear, long-lost friends of my youth. In a moment I was in the embraces of my parents, no longer aged, but glowing with life, with love, with the beauty of immortals. There were my nearest and dearest ones, each vieing with the others in joyous congratulations upon my having been freed from Earth life. All, all with loving embraces and tenderest speech, drew me away from my mortal home to the realms of immortals, the realms which know neither death or hopeless partings. Has this reminiscence wearied you ? No ? Then I shall not regret having related it. You, and all mortals, must pass through the change called death. When this change shall come to you the memory of this recital may aid you in your ascent from the physical to the spiritual plane of being. De L'Ester — Dear friend, you are silent. Nay, you need not tell me why. I read your thoughts, as you might read an open book. True, the change called death must come to you, as it must come to all mortals, yet dread it not, for so frail is the tie between your real self and your physical body that almost ere your physical eyes shall be closed as in sleep, your spirit eyes will open to undreamed of glories. Now make your adieux, for we must not hold you with us longer. George, I shall accompany you and this some- what wearied comrade to her home, where approaching night is already enfolding her physical body with darken- ing shadows. * Spirit name for Earth, "The Sorrowful Star/' Journeys to the Planet Mars. 73 Across space with the speed of thought we have jour- neyed. And now commending you to the care of angelic guardians, whose watchful love ever protects you. Au revoir. 74 Journeys to the Planet Mars. CHAPTER V. GIORDANO BRUNO. De I/Ester — Good morning, madame. It gladdens us to find you quite recovered from the exhaustion of yesterday and in such a cheerful mood, and ready for our journey to Ento, which only for a few moments will we delay. Yes, we propose returning to the locality of our visit of yesterday, from whence we shall prosecute our quest for further experiences. How long shall we hold you with us to-day ? For at least three, possibly four hours. All will depend upon your endurance, and may loving angels strengthen and sustain you, for only through your instru- mentality can we hope to attain the fulfillment of the em- prise so ardently desired by countless hosts of many spirit worlds. Now, away for Ento. Our swift movement no longer disturbs you ? No ? We knew that soon you would adjust yourself to it. George, we will descend to the rift in the mountain. You recognize the spot, madame ? Yes, that is the entrance to the cavern, and our way lies through this rugged, fern-clad rift to the further side of the mountain. The convulsion which rent it asunder must have been a ter- rific one. How long ago did it occur ? It is our opinion, madame, that it may have occurred at about the period during which our planet was assuming recognizable form, which was so long ago as to be not a matter of years, but of ages. As we proceed, the rift narrows into this gloomy defile, A s^H5» Journeys to ihe Planet Mars. 75 overhung by insecure-looking crags, from which we emerge into the sunlight. What a beautiful spot is this niche in the southern slope of the mountain ! It is a veritable flower garden. Indeed, maclame, I wish you might bear to your Earth home some of these lovely, fragrant, w T hite star flow- ers. Yes, they are a variety of Oina mista. The tiny stream trickling from the mountain's side provides neces- sary moisture, and the sun so warms the sheltered nook that the growth of the plants is very luxuriant. These starlike blooms are fitting emblems of the spirit group of which you and Inez are members. What do I mean? Why, have not you been told that in our spirit realms, as in the spirit realms of all worlds, the law of affinity, holds Spirits in different groups, which are desig- nated by different names? Both you and Inez belong to the group known as Star Angels. Onerous as is your pres- ent mission, on your return to the spirit side it will be no less so, for the Star Angels are the teachers of the Spirits who wander in darkness in the Earth spirit sphere, multi- tudes of whom scarcely, if at all, realize that they have left the physical body, and ever are hovering about the places where formerly they existed, Not alone to those whose mortal lives were passed amid vice and squalor and wretch- edness ; not alone to those who were the very undertow of the murky tide of human degradation and misery; not alone to these do the Star Angels minister. There are myriads of men and women who have passed, and contin- ually are passing, to the spirit side of life, who have dwelt in luxurious homes, surrounded by all the splendors and de- lights their selfish, perverted natures craved ; having, dur- ing their Earthly existence, chosen spiritual darkness rather than light, they reap as they have sowed, and in sorrow and bitter anguish gather up their sheaves of tares. To such unhappy ones the Star Angels also minister. 76 Journeys to the Planet Mars. In the Earth spirit sphere licentiousness, selfishness, un- charitableness, envy, cruelty and all the baser animal pas- sions are the chains which hold the Spirit in bondage. Sep- aration from the physical body makes no change in the status of the physically disembodied Spirit. It goes to its own place, and cannot go elsewhere, until it lias earned ad- vancement to a higher plane. Madame, I should like to make my replies as endless as your questions, but this mutual pleasure must be deferred. We will now move toward what has aptly been named Mouentos hoa falados, for, truly, it is a desolate valley, made so through the conflagration to which Humboldt has alluded. We will pause on this elevation, underneath which is the remarkable spectacle we recently observed. The roar- ing, rumbling, hissing sounds and constant vibration of this spot are rather disquieting, but as they can work us no injury we need not hasten our departure. In this region during the winter season there is a heavy snowfall as spring advances, the snow rapidly melts, rains add to the volume of water which pour down the mountain side and into those fissures from which gases and smoke are issuing. The water coming in contact with the fire raging deep down beneath the surface, tremendous explosions occur, casting out such quantities of ashes that, as you perceive, the entire valley is covered as with a parti-colored mantle. Vegeta- tion there is none, and living creatures shun the pestilent locality. Previous to the conflagration the valley afforded sustenance for a large number of agriculturists and others engaged in various occupations. At the further end of the valley we yet perceive vestiges of the wrecked homes and industries of a busy community. On our right the mountain spur separates this valley from another of about the same conformation and area. We will now pass on to it. George, you will allow me to assist Journeys to the Planet Mars. 77 your sister. As you see, rnadame, the summit of this moun- tain spur is nearly level. Its eastern side, which forms the western boundary of the Valley of Desolation, is somewhat abrupt, while on the west it gently slopes toward the pic- turesque and lovely valley at its foot. As this spot affords a fine view of what we desire that you shall observe we will for a little remain here. Nearly two centuries of Earth time have elapsed since this valley became a solitude. The climate is temperate and salubrious, the soil prolific, and w r ater abundant, yet no Entoan could be induced to attempt to dwell in this ill- fated locality. From Ento spirits we have learned the story of the horror which led to its abandonment. As briefly as possible I shall relate it. While in the canyon you were told that its converging streams, through an underground channel, flowed into a lake, which later on you should see. Behold the sparkling waters of the canyon, the swiftly flowing stream of the cav- ern gushing forth nearly at our feet. Observe that several mountain rivulets add to its volume, which empties itself into yond'er tranquil, oval sheet of water, which, like a great mirror framed in emeralds reflects in its depths the sapphire sky, and white, ever-changing forms of fleecy clouds. Previous to its abandonment the valley, which is about seventeen English miles in length, and half as many in width, was for the most part devoted to the cultivation of gt ains and fruits. For the convenience of those dwelling on© either side it became necessary to bridge the little river. Those substantial piers of stone and iron, attest to the di- mension and stability of the structure of nearly two centu- ries ago. Where the river empties into the lake was another and more imposing bridge, and there we perceive a number of great white piers, like ghostly sentinels, keeping watch 78 Journeys to the Planet Mars. over the ruins of a once populous city, extending from the bridge to far along the eastern and western shores of the lake. The name of the city was Petusaa Tylu. In your language Petusaa signifies pearl. Hence, Petusaa Tylu signifies City of Peans, so named because of certain pearl- bearing mollusks inhabiting the lake and river. In Petusaa Tylu were magnificent temples and institutions of learning, and its private residences were sur- passingly beautiful. Its various industries flourished and prosperity smiled upon a cultivated arid opuient community. Suddenly an ominous oppressiveness weighted the atmosphere, and, nature aghast, was as silent as death. Then from toward the south came a seismic wave, the ground trembled, heaved and burst asunder into yawning fissures, towering temples crashed to the ground in fragments, and public buildings and private dwellings were shaken from their foundations in ruinous masses. Fire added to the horror of the catastro- phe and no one attempted to stay the conflagration. Ter- ror-stricken, all who survived the sudden disaster strove to escape from the deadly peril to a place of safety. At intervals, during two days and nights, the appalling shocks continued, and it was estimated that fully one-third of the population of Petusaa Tylu, and the valley perished out- right, or died from injuries, terror and exposure. After the subsidence of the seismic disturbances the sur- vivors returned to look after their dead, and, peradventure, to find some remnants of their belongings ; but so effectually had fire and destructive elements done their work, that but few of their dead were recovered, and only the ruins of their beautiful city remained. Ever since that dread visitation, at intervals in this locality slight seismic shocks have occurred, and no one has been found adventurous enough to attempt to dwell in it. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 79 Previous to this destructive event, this valley was one of the most desirable spots on this portion of the planet. Sheltered as it is by the mountain, its mean temperature is considerably higher than that of other regions of the same latitude, and being thoroughly cultivated it produced certain grains, fruits and vegetables in unusual abundance. Xature, left to her own devices, has perpetuated some grains, fruits and vegetables, but the harvests are gathered by wild creatures, who, being undisturbed, have increased prodigiously. The air is vocal with the notes of many birds, some of gay, others of modest plumage, and trees and un- dergrowth are alive with small animals, whose chatterings are to you unfamiliar. Underlying the valley and the outlying region are coal fields, reservoirs of naphtha, and deposits of various kinds, exactly corresponding with those of our Planet, and in this mountain range are immense stores of gold, silver and other minerals. Elsewhere these minerals are mined or other- wise procured, but this locality will remain undisturbed for as long as occasional slight seismic disturbances occur or those ruins serve as reminders of the terrible catastrophe which destroyed Petusaa Tylu. To the Entoans life is the chiefest consideration, and no inducement is strong enough to tempt them to risk losing it. Could our daring Earth men voyage between our Planet and Ento, how quickly would this solitude be overrun with a gold mad multitude. Come here, they some time may. but, heigh-ho, they will then care not at all for all the gold in the universe. Medium — Do the peoples of Ento and of other Planets consider gold and silver more precious than other metals ? De L'Ester — We have visited many Planets peopled by humans, and wherever we have found them sufficiently evolved to be able to distinguish the qualities of things, we 80 Journeys to the Planet Mars. also have found gold and silver taking precedence of all other metals. The Ento name of gold is Vybo, which in your language might mean either glittering, shining or brilliant. On this Planet gold is almost the only currency, and you will have an opportunity for observing that it is coined in flat, oblong pieces of varying weights. On the largest coin is what may be termed the national emblem, a hand holding a full blown Eodel. On other pieces are characters or symbols denoting their values. The Ento name for silver is Rytza, and as currency, it relatively holds about the same value as copper holds in the estimation of your nation. Indeed, with the Entoans, copper is little less valuable than silver, but for ornamentation and the finer uses they prefer gold and silver to any other metals. Eepeatedly you have been told that the components of all Planets are the same. From unquestionable sources the truth has come to us that the formulas of the Divine Chem- ist never vary. Thus Ento, Earth and other planets, in pro- portion with their bulk and density, contain a due amount of each universal component. On this Planet during past ages, attrition and disintegration have been releasing the precious metals so that they are easily procurable, and this has led to their application to common uses. You say that you find it difficult to adjust yourself to a belief in or, rather, to a realization of the homogeneity of matter. That is not to be wondered at. Old beliefs which, as a rule, are old superstitions, cling to one with great tenacity. Nevertheless, it is a fact, and a compre- hension of it will enable you to adjust yourself to other facts, one of which is that the Infinite Intelligent Energy compels each and every atom to assume its orderly relation to all other atoms. Further, that indeed, atoms are embry- otic universes, each atom containing within itself all tlhe properties which anywhere exist, and any one atom may Journeys to the Planet Mars. 81 form the nucleus about which other atoms caay congre- gate, until a world is in process of formation. But such was not the formative process which brought this Planet and our distant World into recognition as members of our Solar System. To reply intelligibly to your questions is one thing, to do so satisfactorily is another affair. At least I may hope that I have not shocked you. Xo ! Then on some other occasion I may feel emboldened to recur to this subject. Now, one more look at the tranquil lake still mirroring in its limpid water fleecy clouds and sapphire sky. One more look at this lovely valley so luxuriantly clothed with grasses, flowering plants, shrubs, trees and blossoming vines, and we will flit to yonder distant mountain peak. Allow me the pleasure of aiding you. Ah, what a pleas- ing view ! Madame, you will kindly attempt a description of it. Medium — To the best of my poor descriptive ability I shall try to meet your wishes. Extending westward are plains reaching further than my sense of vision. From the base of the mountain, southward, the surface of the land is broken into shallow, valleylike depressions, cov- ered with luxuriant vegetation. To the left is a forest of gigantic trees, and in the distance and toward the south I see houses and cultivated lands and some animals graz- ing. Thanks, George, I do not care to approach them more nearly, I see them quite distinctly, and they closely resemble one of the animals already described. I mean the one so like a horse, but they are smaller, and they are altogether white, excepting their black, short, erect manes and long black tails. De L'Ester — They are a smaller variety of the same animal, and they and their larger relatives, are at times used for such purposes as the peoples of our planet use 82 Journeys to the Planet Mars. the horse. They are designated as Luma Zeon, and their services as draught animals are but seldom required, the Entoans regarding them more as a luxury than as a necessity. The animal near yonder clump of shrubbery is a cross between the Luma Zeon and another animal known as the Algou. Yes. it is a graceful and handsome creature, its marked peculiarities are its coat of long, silken brown hair and its very erect appearance, the result of its shoul- ders being a trifle higher than its haunches. Otherwise it closely resembles the Luma Zeon. George will now assist you downward to the level. George — Ever at your service, my sister. Gently gliding toward the plain, In my arms I safely hold you; Downward, downward, once again, Here we are on terra firma. I take it for granted that you all admire my poetry. De L^Ester — Your doggerel, rather. George — Unadulterated envy prompted that ungra- cious remark. Alas ! how often genius excites jealousy or goes unrecognized save by superior minds. But I am mag- nanimous and I forgive you. A poet can afford to be generous to one less gifted than himself. It really ap- pears as though you all are more interested in this brows- ing Algou than in my inspired utterances. I shall con- sole myself with the reflection that as time is endless I can afford to wait for appreciation. In the meantime, shall we follow the course of this sparkling rivulet, which fur- ther on loses itself in a marshy tract? De L'Ester, as you are more familiar with the flora of Ento than am I, I shall now be silent. A poet should not be expected to know everything. LOISA MICANA Journeys to the Planet Mars. 83 De L'Ester — Your modesty, George, is only a little less admirable than your poetry. What more can I say? You perceive, madame, that Spirits, as well as mortals, at times indulge in a bit of nonsense. Ah! you recognize these tufts of pretty flowers. Yes, it is the vining water lily, which our artist friend, Poole, drew for you two years ago. See how bees are extracting sweets from its pink chalices, whitfh are quite as fragrant as the flower you name tuberose. You have been informed that the Ento word Loisa stands for our words water, lake, pond, reservoir, stream and so on, and that the Eodel is the representative of the Ento lily family. Loisa micana is a diminutive relative of the true Kodel, and, with the Entoans, who are flower lovers, it is a universal favorite. In your language, mi- cana would mean angular, crooked', curved and twisted, and you will pronounce it Mecanah. This variety of the Rodel always is found by the mar- gins of streams or in marshy localities. Its long, slender, crooked leaf and flower stalks convey the impression of a vining tendency, hence its name. See how the rivulet is bordered with this and other blooming plants whose white, red, blue and yellow tints present an endless array of floral beauties. Yes, several of them have been drawn for you by Poole and Jared James. I believe you and Jared had a slight unpleasantness over one of his drawings. He is a very right minded person but does not take kindly to interference with his plans. As we move along you may observe that the rivulet is widening and losing itself in yonder great marshy tract, and if you will look toward our left you will see some- thing that may surprise you. Certainly, we may go nearer. Yes, this is the same gorgeous, carmine hued, many pet- aled, golden centred Water Queen, so faithfully reproduced 84 Journeys to the Planet Mars. for you by Aaron Poole. You may recall that at the time it was drawn we promised to some time show you the grow- ing plant. Poised on their long, slender flower stalks and stirred by the breeze, the stately beauties bow this way and that, as though in gracious acknowledgment of the homage of the myriad blooms growing luxuriantly all over the marsh and filling the air with their sweet perfume. The queen, though holding her head so loftily, has only her beauty to commend her. Such odor as she exhales is very objectionable, and her train of many slender stemmed leaves falling about her feet and onto the limpid pool which serves her majesty for a looking glass, are covered with a viscid exudation, and woe to such insects as may alight on their treacherous surface. Her royal high- ness is known as Loisa Gentolissima. In these near-by, showy masses of bloom you will recognize the Water Prin- cess. Considering the difficulties in the way, Poole cer- tainly very fairly reproduced those two plants. You may observe that the Princess differs from the Queen in having shorter, thicker flower stalks, smaller leaves, fewer petals of a paler carmine, and her pistils and stamens are of a brownish tint. This near relative of the queen is Loisa Gentolana. Your English words, lady, friend, gentle, loving, kind, beloved and the like, in the Ento language is represented by the word Gentola. The affixes ana, anaa, issima, issimaa, ena, enaa and others add to the word gender, number, dignity, distinction, tenderness and so on. Fre- quently one or more of these or other affixes are used as diminutives. You will remember this, as the word is a common one and used in varying senses. Medium — You speak of this or that as being known to the Entoans by such or such a name. Am I to under- stand that all Entoans speak the same language? LOISA GENTOLISSIMA Journeys to the Planet Mars. 85 De L'Ester — Strictly speaking, the Entoans have but one language, which is spoken by all educated persons, but among what you might term the common people of differ- ent Provinces there are dialects and provincialisms, but not of a very marked character. Yes, all the peoples of Ento are, to a greater or lesser degree, educated. Nowhere on the planet does a condition approaching barbarism exist. In every community there are industrial and other schools, which the youthful Entoans are obliged to attend ; thus all become fitted for such occupations as they may choose. Ere long two friends from Ento's spirit spheres, who at times serve with our Band, will join us. They are more competent to afford you special information relating to Ento educational matters than are we. Medium — Allow me to remark that, having all my life heard of but one Heaven, it seems strange to hear you speak of other heavens or spheres, as belonging to other Planets. De L'Ester — Doubtless it may appear strange to you. For myself, upon entering our spirit world, one of my great surprises was to meet Spirits from other Planetary spirit spheres who had come into our realms on voyages of discovery or to make acquaintance with us and our ways. No, only very advanced spirits can journey unaided beyond their own spirit spheres. Those less advanced, by which I mean less spiritualized, may, when assisted, visit other planets and their spirit spheres. Yes, all Planets inhabited by the spiritualized human are surrounded by their own spirit spheres. Your beloved and loving son implores us to allow him to accompany his dear mother on these journeys, and, through earnest endeavor he progresses so rapidly that we purpose attempting soon to bring him with us. Nearly five of earth's fleeting years have greatly added to Ber- 86 Journeys to the Planet Mars. nard's spiritual growth and strength. Earth life with its temptations, its defeats and victories, now appear to him as a troubled, vanishing dream, dreamer and dream alike sorrowful. Heredity, overlapping tendencies of previous embodi- ments and environments, largely, are the influences which act as character builders. Bernard's really fine, generous nature on one hand served him as armor against foes without and within, on the other hand it rendered him vulnerable to assaults to which impetuous youth ever is subjected. But he builded as well as he could. So do all. Every one rough hews his own character and, through the Divinity who shapes all ends, eventually all learn to build according to the perfect law of love. Yes, we are aware that Bernard has made you acquainted with his experiences and progress, and be assured that all that loving service can offer is aiding him in his highest aspirations. We have not yet informed you that a dear friend, a member of our Band, is to meet us here, and at any mo- ment he may arrive. ]STo, you have not yet met him, but — Ah, here he comes ! Hail ! hail ! and a welcome from all. Madame, this is Giordano Bruno, of whom I doubt not you have some knowledge. We are delighted that you are to have the pleasure of a mutual acquaintance. Bruno — Madame, I kiss your hand and shall be honored if I may place you among my closest friends. Medium — I assure you that I appreciate the kindness which prompts you to meet me in such a friendly fashion. De L'Ester — According to prearrangements, our friend and comrade, Bruno, has come to take an active part in our plans. He and George, having made a study of cer- tain features of our programme will, from time to time, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 87 lead our movements. I now shall give way to one whom we all delight to honor. Bruno — I am charmed, madame, that henceforth I shall have a place in the Band of which you are the valued instrument. Since my entrance into our spirit world, I have experienced much pleasure in visiting this and other Planets, but seldom have I desired to return to our own sorrowful Star. Memories of the terrible, woeful torture that freed me from my physical body have disinclined me to look upon the land of my birth. Ah, how often recol- lections of that sorrowful time force themselves upon my consciousness. Never have I been able to forget the hour when, rather than renounce what I knew to be a truth, I yielded up my mortal existence. But Giordino Bruno lives. Aye, despite the ignorance and cruelty of men who, in the name of the gentle, loving Nazarene condemned him to an ignominious death; he lives and knows as many of earth's learned ones now know, that worlds do revolve. Aye, that systems of worlds as infinite in number, as the universe is infinite in extension, pursue their appointed ways through space, proclaiming as they fly : God is In- finite, God is Law, God is Truth, God is All. Despite Papal excommunication and condemnation to eternal torment, Giordino Bruno lives in a realm so sur- passingly fair that even tongue of archangel cannot de- clare the glory thereof. Madame, will you bear from me a message to the peoples of your native land ? Yes ? Then I thank you. Children of earth's most favored land — children of America, I, Giordino Bruno, once a citizen of sun-kissed Italy, greet you. Eejoice unceasingly that freedom of thought and speech are yours. Guard jealously this priceless blessing which through centuries of bloodshed, torturing flames and 88 Journeys to the Planet Mars. agony unspeakable has become your heritage. Glorious in- deed are your United States of America, blest beyond ex- pression in being as a "City of refuge" to the oppressed of other nations. Not yet, Heaven born one, have you outgrown your years of infancy and, though yet with un- certain steps you totter and waver, ever your generous hands are extended toward the helpless, ever your loving heart is pitiful for those who drink of the overflowing cup of human misery. Ever your eyes are brimful of com- passionate tears for the unfortunates beyond ocean's watery wastes to whom your voice is as the voice of an angel crying : "Come to us ! come to us ! and share with us our bounteous store. Come to us and be free as we are free." I greet you, child Eepublic. Thou, indeed, art the bright- est jewel in earth's diadem of nations. Freedom is thy most precious possession; lest selfish greed and love of power may seek to wrest it from thee, wear it next thy heart. Swear by all that to you is sacred, that neither political nor religious intolerance shall find foothold upon your soil. Let your unalterable declaration be : Liberty of conscience, liberty of speech for all; license for no one. Cherish in your heart of hearts a love of justice, of for- bearance, of toleration, of that charity which neither thinketh nor doeth evil, but permit no faction or Eeligion to interfere with your liberty of righteous action. Insidiously, aristocratic ideas are striving to cross the threshold of your Temple of Equality. Guard well its door- ways. Sacrilegious hands are seeking to smirch the records of your courts of justice; let your vengeance fall swiftly upon the offenders. On the fair face of your Goddess of Liberty there is a troubled frown; beware lest ghe turn from you in anger. Spotless is her snowy robe, children of earth's greatest Journeys to the Planet Mars. 89 Republic. See to it. See to it that in the coming years you shall not stain it with your heart's best blood. May the angels who watch over the destinies of na- tions be strong enough to guide through the perilous future your "Ship of State/' which, through calm and storm steers toward an unknown shore. Amen ! Amen ! Madame, our spirit realms are deeply interested, not only in the progress of the United States of North America, but of the entire continent. It is a matter for regret that your people do not more fully realize that they are an object lesson for all the other nations of Earth. The heart-beats of your Republic send a vitalizing cur- rent through all the peoples of our planet. How all-im- portant then, that this life current shall flow unpolluted to the hearts and brains of all nations. Madame, through your kindly attention to my words you have made me your debtor, but I feel assured that if these friends can bear with me, I may ask as much of your courtesy. Xow, with your permission, we propose conferring on you a new name. In madame there is no comradeship. Medium you do not fancy. Sara is somewhat familiar. Gentola, an Ento name, we consider very appropriate. Will you allow us to know you by this name, whose sig- nificance you understand? Yes? Then with Love and Truth as sponsors, you shall be to us Gentola. George — Congratulations are in order. With tenderest, truest affection, I offer mine. De I/Esteb — As all are children of The One, I offer a brother's love and devotion. Agassiz — De I/Ester's sentiment is also mine. Humboldt — And mine, too, our friend, our sister. Inez — And mine, for my sister by birth and "for love's sake." 90 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Gentola — Friends, this is a strange christening, and for a time, I fancy that my new name will to me seem equally strange. I promise you that I shall strive to be all that it signifies. Bruno — We chose the name because we know that it indicates your nature, which is in tune with all that is best in the human. Now, Gentola, what I have to say is in line with the pursuits of our friends, Agassiz and Von Humboldt, con- sequently, quite aside from the science which engages me. But, having, with George, and other friends, explored this portion of Ento it is thought that I am qualified to offer you such information as may be pertinent to the present stage of our mission. On Ento during a remote age, there existed certain amphibious creatures so enormously large and unwieldy that only through their prodigious strength could they have coped with other fierce, active, gigantic forms of that early time. Scarcely can one realize their size, their uncouth forms or their extreme ferocity, which impelled them to a continuous warfare against not only their own kind, but against other species equally huge and aggressive. As has been said, Spirits, on our side of life, sufficiently progressed, can and do visit Planets, not only of our Solar System, but of other systems of worlds, and now, as at all times, there are Planets of our and other systems evolved to a degree analogous to that of Ento, during the age in which, these and similar creatures existed. Through observation of conditions obtaining on such Planets, we arrive at a conception of the appalling conditions that must have existed on Ento during the Reptilian Age, when the steaming waters teemed with countless life forms and on unstable shores huge creatures fought to the death, filling the hot, moisture-laden atmosphere with their savage cries, roarings and hissings. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 91 Cunning, sagacity, instinct, call it what we may, is an accumulated unfoldment of innate ability expressed as the sum of inherited experiences ; hence, on Ento, in that age, the cunningest, the strongest, the most active and tena- cious of certain species survived the many calamitous oc- currences which swept out of existence myriad reptilian creatures. Yes, modified through environments, even yet pigmy representatives of ancient, huge ancestors inhabit the watery divisions of Ento. Previous to the spiritualized man epoch there w r as an enormous production and destruction of life forms, and in time Ento became a vast repository of fossilized re- mains. Time, climatic changes and other causes so con- tributed to their destruction that only petrified specimens of the larger and later reptiles are occasionally discovered. How long ago did the earliest Ento humans appear ? Gen- tola, the germinal man of Ento appeared when the first life cells swarmed in the warm waters of the young Planet. But the evolved human, the Spiritualized Man, became conscious of himself long after the great creatures of the Eeptilian Age had of necessity yielded place to no less huge quadrupeds, who were more highly evolved expres- sions of life. When one speaks of an event as having occurred some hundreds of thousands of years gone, in the mind of an uninformed auditor it is likely to occasion a sense of in- credulity. But I safely may say that the lapse of time which merged the Eeptilian into the Mammalian Age, during which came to the evolved human animal his crown- ing glory, a spiritualized, conscious existence, if measured by years, might be compared with the countless sands upon the seashore. Now we must recur to the matter under consideration. As you perceive, this division of the plain extends from 92 Journeys to the Planet Mars. the base of the mountain to the verge of this extensive morass, which rests in a basin-shaped formation of lime- stone. The plain itself is the result of ages of attrition and disintegration of the foothills of the mountain chain, and the morass is the result of many centuries of ac- cumulated remains of vegetable growths and debris washed from mountain and plain into the basin of what once was one of a chain of fresh water lakes. Its southern rim is a rather narrow ledge of limestone, once of con- siderable elevation, but now a mere barrier between the morass and a much lower level. Prior to the filling up of the lake it extended westward quite thirty English miles, where it connected with a series of smaller lakes leading into a great fresh water lake known to the Entoans as Loisa Bascama, of which later on you will learn more. For the double purpose of draining the morass, thus rendering it tillable, and also that the mountain streams flowing into it may be used for irrigation of the lands southward at the foot of the ledge, a great basin is being excavated, into which they will be led. Already the ledge has been pierced to afford them egress. At a depth of about eighty feet the excavators unearthed some petrifications of remote life forms. One of a pro- digious size, has, among the learned ones, occasioned excited interest. Savants from all over the Planet are hastening to examine the fossils, especially the larger one, and to no doubt talk learnedly of those relics of bygone ages. When, very recently, George and I visited the spot we learned that the large petrifaction is the well preserved skeleton of an amphibian quite sixty feet in length. How came it there ? One can only conjecture as to that. Certainly there was a time when the temperature of this latitude was much higher than at present, and the waters of the entire chain of lakes teemed with forms of Journeys to the Planet Mars. 93 life now extinct. It is quite as certain that the enormous spring floods so increased the volume of the lakes that their waters then poured over the ledge, which was loftier than it now is. It is not so certain as to how the am- phibian came to find lodgment at the base of the ledge. Perhaps, in fleeing from a foe it rushed over the ledge, or having through some mischance lost its life, its body may have been swept over it, thus adding its skeleton to an already large accumulation of similar structures. George and I observed a number of learned men and women eagerly examining and discussing the probabilities and possibilities relating to the great fossil, which is but slightly mutilated and is to be removed to some museum. As we looked and listened we were somewhat amused by the remarks of some of the assemblage who evidently were quite sincere in their statements. One studious looking man mildly declared that the Holy writings clearly intimated that in the beginning Andumana created from within Himself all things. An- other man warmly disputed this declaration on the basis that Andumana being perfect, could not out of his own Personality have created creatures so monstrous, so hid- eous as was this and many others. No, clearly it was through a misunderstanding of the Holy writings that such an illogical conclusion could be arrived at. Then a person of great dignity of mien gave his opinion, which, evidently, he considered final, that in the beginning, after Andumana created Astranola and His messengers, He created Ento. Having prepared homes suited to their needs He created all living creatures. Some He found un- suited to His pleasure ; such He destroyed, as is evidenced in these fossilized structures, which, for the most part, find no correspondence in creatures now existing. Having perfected His designs, He, oat of Himself, created Hib chil- 94 Journeys to the Planet Mars. dren who perpetually should dwell on Ento. Then, with conviction, he exclaimed: Andumana, through His Mes- sengers, who dwell in the best realms of Astranola, re- vealed to His children the origin of all things, all of which is contained in the Holy writings, and I call His Mes- sengers to witness that I, Kelofa Irdomyn, am not so impious as to question His divine words. No one seemed inclined to dispute with this expounder of mysteries and with a self-satisfied air he resumed his critical examination of the ancient fossil. To be told that in nearly all directions the Entoans are further advanced than are the peoples of Earth, and in a breath to bring you face to face with their extremely cir- cumscribed and absurd religious ideas and beliefs, out of which have grown equally circumscribed and absurd notions relating to certain scientific matters, naturally, may occasion you to hesitate as to your acceptance of other statements we have made and others yet to follow. Real- izing this, we consider it advisable to offer an explanation of a seeming paradox. Through the process of unfoldment, spiritualized hu- mans grow into clearer, higher conceptions of personality. Through ages of ignorance and savagery intuitively they grope their ways toward truth, which, like a beacon light, beckons them onward and upward, and slowly, but surely, their consciousness grows and unfolds as lotus blooms grow and unfold from ooze and darkness into sunlight. Thus, through ages the Entoans evolved into a recogni- tion of self as personality, hut not as spirit, for Andumana, being to them a Material Personality, naturally, they could not conceive of aught more sublimated than their Creator. Still their unrecognized spiritual forces inevitably urged them forward, and in their history a period arrived when to a degree, society became organized, and about certain Journeys to the Planet Mars. 95 centres congregated those most learned in such sciences and arts as had resulted from ages of evolution. As yet the masses were almost wholly uneducated, consequently their ideas relating to social obligations and other niceties of civilization were extremely crude. Wars between dif- ferent nations were continually waged, and of necessity, the weaker succumbed to the stronger. Selfish, ambitious, cruel and successful leaders grew arrogant, and the people were impoverished and enslaved and such civilization as existed seemed threatened with extinction. It is a fact that under adverse conditions, humanity degenerates more rapidly than under favoring conditions it is capable of progression. Were this truth generally recognized, it might act as a deterrent against the reckless, criminally foolish conduct of nations who rush into wars as though they were a pleasurable pastime, rather than a damning process for the breeding of generations of pre- ordained murderers, suicides, thieves and prostitutes — the inevitable results of inherited tendencies. The Entoans, being no exception to a universal rule, were in a deplorable condition, when a memorable epoch arrived which ushered into mortal existence a man fitted for his arduous mission. A man wise and humane be- yond any one of his time. A man of high courage, firm will, a fine sense of justice and a wonderful ability for controlling other men. About him he gathered not only an immense army of soldiery, but all who cared for their own safety and the welfare of the people, hastened to join him in his efforts to bring about a better state of affairs. In an incredibly brief time he subdued the vicious oppressors of the people. Forced warring elements into peaceful subjection. Established in the fullest sense, a centralized government, based upon equitable principles. Autocratic, certainly it was, but with the peculiar feature 96 Journeys to the Planet Mars. that rulers and people should be amenable to the same laws. When through peace and prosperity the peoples of the Planet were brought into harmonious relations with each other and with their newly found freedom from op- pression and dissension, Zoifan Ouidas, their deliverer and Supreme Euler announced that through a shining mes- senger, Andumana had communicated to him certain in- structions relating to His now obedient children. A con- gress of Ento's learned and pious ones having been con- vened, Zoifan Ouidas made known the revelation he had received which constituted a basis for what was to be ac- cepted as the Holy writings. To this revelation was added such beliefs and legends as appeared reasonable and de- sirable, and from these writings a creed was formulated and a ritual established. To this day the creed remains unchanged, but from time to time the ritual has been added to or modified to suit the views or aims of an all-powerful priesthood. Since the establishment of their national religion, cen- turies have been added to centuries. Steadily the genera- tions of Entoans have been evolving, and were it not that an unyielding ecclesiasticism has held them in spiritual bondage, this closing of their fiftieth century of peace and equal rights for all would find them not only with knowl- edge of all the arts, but of all the sciences known to the people of our planet, and their faces on which pathos, sor- row and despair are written in every line would be beaming with the priceless consciousness of a continuity of existence which ere now should have been a possession of the plane of their unfoldment. To a degree you now may comprehend the paradoxical situation, and I trust that what I have related, may serve to explain other incongruities which from time to time may attract your attention. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 97 De I/Ester — George, with an excited air, is return- ing from the excavation. What so perturbs you, mon ami ? George — Hasten, friends, hasten. A professor is about to hold an autopsy over the remains of the ancient amphi- bian, and I fancy it will be an edifying occasion. De L'Ester — We immediately will accompany you. You with Inez and our friends will lead the way. Gen- tola, allow me to aid you. Direct your gaze southward, and toward the right. Yes, quite a large assemblage which will afford you an opportunity of seeing some of the emi- nent personages of Ento, scientists, writers and others. We need not approach nearer. Gentola, attend closely to what the very modest and intellectual appearing Pro- fessor may say. I shall translate it word for word. Professor — I have been requested to express an opin- ion as to what order of life this fossilized structure may represent. Also as to the probable date of its existence. Speaking with exactitude, this creature was, like its di- minutive descendants of the present, at home on the land, or in the waters of Ento's lakes and rivers of temperate and warmer climes. I need only allude to a fact that is well understood that all this order of life, of which in ancient times there was a greater ^variety than now exists, belongs to the Acrocusteno ingo-lavion (amphibious flesh- eaters). Of the probable date of the creature's existence I hesitate to speak. In these days many men and women of learning and research find themselves in a state of unrest and indecision. On one hand science demonstrates what appears to be facts. On the other hand these apparent facts are opposed by the declarations of our Holy writ- ings. To state the matter briefly through ancient records we learn that nearly two hundred centuries have elapsed since the Creation of our beloved Ento. Our Holy writ- ings declare the same, and also make mention of and de- 98 Journeys to the Planet Mars. scribe huge forms of life similar to, if not exactly like this as having been of the first created creatures who long previous to the establishment of our Holy religion had be- come extinct. How shall I proceed? Step by step scientific research has led us backward, and now we face the indisputable fact that in this fossilized structure, and the formations about it is positive evidence that the creation of Ento dates incalculably further back than two hundred cen- turies. Friends, how shall we reconcile the positive state- ments of our Holy writings, with this equally positive statement in stone? May the gods be merciful, for, alas, I see no way out of the dilemma, and I refuse to further incur the wrath of Andumana's messengers. Bruno — This person is in a fair way to get himself into trouble. As we read the thoughts of the assemblage we learn that were some of them as outspoken as this professor he would not find himself alone in his skepticism. As it is a craven fear of their gods and the priesthood seals their lips, and as the professor with a troubled face turns away, they regard him with an air of disapproval. In the reports these scribes are writing many learned terms will be used, many learned opinions expressed, and doubtless many learned lies will be told, all for the glory of Andumana, to whom it is believed His messengers will bear an account of these proceedings. De I/Ester — Gentola, you will attempt a description of this scene. You need not hesitate. Where you may fail we will prompt you. Gentola — Extending eastward and westward I see a not very broad ledge of limestone rock. On its southern side it is so perpendicular and its surface is so smooth that it presents the effect of well executed masonry. I can- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 99 not estimate the distance from where the petrifactions lie on a broad shelf-like projection to the top of the ledge, or from the projection to the bottom of the excavation. De L'Ester — From the projection to the top of the ledge is quite one hundred feet, but at the time of the creature's misadventure the altitude of the ledge must have been considerably greater. From the projection to the bottom of the excavation the distance is, I should say, about eighty feet. Gextola — On the eouth side of the ledge an immense excavation is being made. On the north side the morass is on a level with the top of the ledge, but on the south side the ground slopes rather abruptly to a plain which appears to greatly need irrigation. Aside from the large and very perfect petrifaction there are numerous smaller ones which do not appear to interest the investigators. Indeed they are in a very fragmentary state, and I suspect that my description is of the same character. I see a large number of men at work in the excavation. Some are engaged in lining the sides with huge cut stones, which are mechanically lifted and laid with much pre- cision, some kind of cement being used to fill the inter- stices. Other men attend the working of scoops, which take up great quantities of soil, which is hoisted to the top of the excavation and dumped into receptacles which run swiftly on a tramway to the plain where it is thrown out, the empty receptacles returning on another track. Xearly all of the labor is done by machinery, but I cannot say what the motive power may be. De L'Ester — Electricity furnishes the motive power, not only for those machines, but as you will have occasion to observe for nearly all mechanical purposes of the En- toans. 100 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Gentola — One noticeable feature of this scene is the behavior of those laborers who move about so quietly and speak in such a polite and gentle fashion. The work proceeds very expeditiously, yet no one seems in haste, or exhibits the least excitement or impatience. How very tall those dark skinned men are, and they are so erect and finely proportioned. Yes, notwithstanding their lustrous bronze complexions they certainly are hand- some men. Their long, black, wavy hair, large dark eyes, regular features and very intelligent expression is in strong contrast with the fair complexioned, brown or blond haired, gray or blue eyed, and smaller men who are work- ing on the tramways. All, both dark or fair, wear their hair to their shoulders, parted in the middle or on one side, pushed well back from the forehead and held in place by what appears to be fillets of silver. All wear shapely, half loose garments, reaching to the knees, and the lower limbs are clothed in loose fit- ting — well, as I do not know the Ento name, I shall say trowsers. De I/Ester — The Ento name for the upper garment is lenivo. For the trowsers, as nearly as I can pronounce it, the Ento name is birrsch. And for the foot covering, which you perceive is a very nicely formed shoe, not of leather, but of a manufactured material, the name is — no, not fettos, but pfettos. We now will move to the tented space, and in a general way, but briefly, you will further describe the appearance of those men and women who are engaged in quiet dis- cussion over fragments of the smaller fossils. Gentola — Both men and women of the dark skinned race are exceedingly tall. The men are very handsome, very distinguished looking, with a dignity of bearing quite devoid of ostentation. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 101 The women are very beautiful, very graceful, very gentle, and quiet, and with such fine, intelligent expression, that I cannot find words to express my sense of their superiority to any women I ever have seen. I do not quite so much admire the fair skinned men and women who are more slightly built, but who are taller and stouter than any earth race that I know of, and certainly they are in appearance very admirable. Bruno, were you sufficiently tall, you might claim kindred with some of those handsome, olive skinned men and women, who are but slightly darker than yourself. They appear to represent one race, the bronze complexioned ones another, the fair skinned men and women an entirely dif- ferent race. It seems odd that the men, as well as the women, wear their hair long and flowing. The hair of the men to their shoulders, that of the women quite below their waists, and all wear fillets of various kinds. I must say that I think the effect very pretty. As for the garments of both sexes, they seem to me simply perfection, not at all volumi- nous, but loose, graceful and of textures so admirable as to weave and coloring that seldom have I seen fabrics so beautiful. De L'Ester — You have mentioned the fillets worn by both sexes. The metals, the width, form and settings of the fillets indicate the official positions and occupations of the w r earers. Not alone are they worn for convenience or as ornaments, but also as badges of certain distinctions, for which all are urged to strive. Class distinctions in the sense of caste do not exist, and all are incited to a spirit of emulation in the direction of meritorious achieve- ments, which are considered the only real distinctions. From the laborer yonder to the Supreme Ruler, all men and women strive to attain to the utmost of their capabili- 102 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ties. The cut, color, ornamentation and other features of apparel also indicate the position and occupation of the wearer. As our mission progresses you will have oppor- tunities of further observing such matters. No, for decorative purposes the Entoans do not wear head coverings. They tdo much prize their beautiful, abundant hair to risk such abominations as hats and bon- nets. Then, too, their taste is too finely cultivated to admit of personal disfigurement. Gentola — I commend both their judgment and taste, and I wish I might understand what those learned persons are saying. The scene itself I shall not soon forget. It is worth the experiences of an ordinary lifetime. De I/Ester — These friends and I possess a general knowledge of the language, but of scientific technicalities we know next to nothing. If we did both time and space are too limited to devote ourselves to their consideration. Not another word. We have held you long enough. One momentary, comprehensive glance at the scene and then Earthward. George and Inez will bear you swiftly to your quiet home. Au revoir. George — Safe you are in your own room, and some one desires to enter. It is your friend, Mrs. S le, who always brings you flowers. May divine and loving influences abide with you until we again come for you. Adieu. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 103 CHAPTER VI. INIDORA AND GENESSANO. De L/Ester — Like musical chords touched by unskilled fingers are your thoughts, Gentola. For some minutes we have watched your hurried preparations for our journey and it is evident that, ^hough your spiritual aspirations reach out toward highest ideals, material duties equally claim your attention. Yours is a harmonious combina- tion of the Mary and Martha natures. Martha, now, will please close her eyes, fold her active, capable hands and rest while Mary shall accompany us starward. We too, wish that it might be possible for you in your fully conscious moments to recall the memory of events, scenes and other matters pertaining to our journeys. As you cannot, that which your soul self will be made to write must serve as a record of your experiences while absent from your body. And when under my supervision you will, for publication rewrite the record, you will vividly realize all that has or will occur during our mis- sion. You now are in a tranquil state and we will be off. George, we are ready. Ah, how grand, how exhilarating is the movement of this inconceivably swift magnetic current, bearing us on its glowing, undulating bosom toward our destination, which we are nearing. Lower, lower, George. Look down- ward now, Gentola, for we are over the morass. We perceive that the learned visitors have departed and 104 Journeys to the Planet Mars. that the great fossil is being carefully prepared for removal. The ledge is being further pierced to afford a passage for the waters of the morass, and the excavation is nearly com- pleted. Some time we again will pass this way to observe the result of the skill and labor expended in accomplish- ing so considerable an undertaking. This being an agricultural region, the irrigating reservoir will greatly add to its fertility. We now will move southward for about fifty miles, and you will observe how thickly populated is the region over which we shall pass and that the inhabitants enjoy a degree of the comforts and luxuries of life found only among a highly civilized, consequently prosperous, people. Observe too, the fine architectural effects, the well tilled fields and roadways as smooth and level as floors. And let me tell you, fine roadways always indicate an advanced civilization. You are surprised at the paucity of animal life, but if you will consider that but few Entoans are flesh eaters, that but a limited number of milch animals, known as Vochas, are required; that agricultural machinery and most vehicles are propelled by electrical appliances, you will perceive the reasons why animals are not more in evidence. However, on portions of the Planet there are herds of animals known as Angossa, which are bred solely for their wool. By but one race, who are flesh eaters, are they used as food. Having reached the southern limit of this cultivated plain, we now will turn eastward. Yes, owing to porosity of the soil throughout this region irrigation is prevalent. Now that we are about to lose sight of the mountain range, it occurs to me that I have neglected to acquaint you with its name, which is Keneto alista. The exact sig- nificance of Keneto I cannot find in your language, but Journeys to the Planet Mars. 105 the shades of meaning would include giantlike, enormous, immense and the like. Alista is the Ento word for moun- tain. From northeast to southwest its length is about two hundred miles, and for the most part it lies almost parallel with the equator. Its greatest elevation is but little more than 6 ; 000 feet above sea level, and among mountain ranges north of the equator it takes first rank. We now approach a region whose natural water supply is quite exceptional and the inhabitants equally so. To say why would but mar your interest in what may come under your observation. We now will descend to yonder slight elevation, and you, Gentola, will speak of whatever to you may appear noteworthy. Gentola — All about us is a level country, luxuriantly clothed with grains, grasses, flowers, shrubs and groves of great, forest trees. Here and there are gray stone buildings, some quite large, others smaller — apparently outbuildings. At a distance are a few animals like some we have seen elsewhere. In front of us is a large meadow on which the grass grows luxuriantly and at its further side, in a grove of great trees, is a rather large gray stone building with smaller ones near-by. From that direction a man and woman come toward us; both are taller than any persons I have seen on Ento. Eeally, they are gigantic in stature and well proportioned. They are dark skinned, black haired and black eyed, and in their faces is an expression of gentleness and simplicity which renders them quite attractive. Both are clothed in loose garments of what appears to be a coarse, brown woolen cloth. The upper garment of the man falls a little below his knees and he wears what you term birrsch (trowsers) of the same cloth, and pfettaa (shoes) of what seems to be leather, or a material very like it. His heavy black locks are held back by a really pretty filagree, silver fillet, which 106 Journeys to the Planet Mars. is wider in front than at the sides or back of the head. The rather loose fitting upper garment of the woman falls nearly to her feet, which are incased in shoes similar to those worn by the man. The distinguishing feature of her very simple costume is the queer head ornament she wears. It is very like a gilt bird cage without top or bottom. The lower band fits closely about her head and her long, black hair is drawn upward through the cage, falling over the upper band and down onto her shoulders in a heavy fringe. Sheltered, as though under a canopy, she walks behind the man, and both seem to be search- ing in the grass for something. Carefully parting the grass with his hands, the man eagerly hastens forward, snatching at some creature running away from him. Now he springs forward and seizes — ugh, it is a large serpent, and he with one stroke of a large knife severs it in pieces. The woman laughs delightedly, and pats him on the back, but evidently the hunt is not ended, for Giant resumes his search in the tall grass, and Giantess follows timidly. Now he waves her back, and with a great leap he has caught another serpent, which he also decapitates and casts from him. You may laugh at me if you like, but I am not fond of snakes. An inherited aversion? Per- haps so, and a very positive one. From their exultant exclamations, it is apparent that Giant and Giantess are greatly elated over the destruction of the serpents. De I/Ester, do you understand what Giant is saying? De I/Ester — He says "Hildian, Gandulanaa saleno ranavu cominista testo. Ino du lana. Ah, viamon dula testo, landisto osten vi, ona pra-o Gentola." This is not pure Ento, but a dialect of this race. I can only attempt a very free translation of what he has said. Hildian is the woman's name, and he says, "The bad serpents are Journeys to the Planet Mars, 107 killed, and I am glad. Ah, they are dead, and can no more harm thee, dear." Listen, Giantess calls some one. Giantess — Ouamen istan! Ouamen istan! Gandii- lana, fanistu testo. De L/Ester — In answer to her reassuring call, "That surely the serpents are dead/' two boys and a girl are bounding across the meadow, and as they rush to their mother's arms, they fill the air with their excited exclama- tions and inquiries. Now Giant swings the girl to his shoulder, and like a conquering hero, leads the way toward the dwelling. The boys cling to the mother's gown, and all follow the father who relates to the delighted children the story of his prowess. We will follow them to the dwelling, which is a fair example of the homes of this giant race. All their dwellings are built of stone, and though simply con- structed, are well suited to their requirements. The aver- age height of this pastoral race is quite eight feet and they are symmetrically proportioned. They are affec- tionate, gentle, industrious, devoted to their families, and in their way, intensely religious. They are the Keneto Sotivanallo, which I shall translate as meaning giant flesh eaters. They never intermarry with other races, and what they now are as a race they have been for as far back as their history reaches. They cultivate only such grains, fruits and vegetables as their needs require, their chief sustenance and possession being animals, which are herded in the surrounding luxuriant .grass lands. These animals are unlike any we have shown you, later we will afford you an opportunity of seeing them. The region occupied by this race is about two hundred miles long by one hundred and fifty in width, and its southern border approaches equatorial lands. You now will describe the exterior of this dwelling. 108 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Gentola — It is built of a grayish stone, the surface rather rough, but the stones are very accurately fitted and cemented. It is two stories high and of ample width, and there are a number of windows filled in with what looks like glass. Some stone steps lead up to the front door and a flight of stone steps at the north side of the house leads up to the roof, which slopes a little from front to rear. Around the roof is a low balustrade, and spread all over it are several kinds of fruits drying in the warm sunshine. I think that is all I can say of the exterior. As I do not possess fine descriptive ability I fear that I fail to convey adequate ideas of things. De I/Ester — You are too modest. True, your style is not ornate, but you possess the greater virtues of con- scientiousness and conciseness. We now will enter and learn what of interest the interior of the dwelling may offer. This hallway, running the depth of the house, divides it equally, and in the front room on our left, on a couch covered with skins, lies Giant, talking excitedly with Giantess. I gather from their conversation that in tfiis region the presence of venomous serpents is very uncommon, but that there are harmless varieties, which these flesh eating giants consider delicacies. No, they are true serpents, and not allied to the eel, which on Ento has some close kindred, known as Chifa. We now will look into the room across the hallway. Ah, this is the sanctum sanctorum, the invariable feature of all rural Ento dwellings, not pretentious enough to afford an Istoira. On the draped altar are fruits and flowers and the floor is covered by a really handsome rug. These gentle, simple minded folk are faithful observers of the all pervading religion, and their spiritual concep- tions are on a level with those of their teachers, the priesthood, who regard Andumana and Gods and Goddesses Journeys to the Planet Mars. 109 as personalities who are to be adored, or appeased, as occa- sions may require. With great sincerity they fulfill their religious obligations and peacefully await whatever of good or ill may come to them. Ah, Giant, Giantess and the children have left the house and are wending their way toward the forest. During their absence we will look through the dwelling. In this and the adjoining sleeping room are couches, tables, chairs, some garments and nothing more. We now will as- cend the stairway to learn what may be on the upper floor. As is the custom of this race, the upper floor is used for storage purposes, and here are grains, fruits and nuts in abundance. You will describe the contents of some of these receptacles. Gentola — Here are two varieties of berries, and were I on earth I should say that they are raspberries and blackberries. Taste them? Shall I? They are slightly acidulous and well flavored, but do not taste like either raspberries or blackberries. These pretty scarlet berries look like very large cranberries. De I/Ester — Do not taste them; they are not berries, but what you may term Ento Capsicum. Gentola — Thanks for your warning. I have a sort of mania for tasting things, so, if you do not object, I shall taste this grapelike fruit. It is delicious, quite like fine raisins. I am especially fond of grapes, so, if in the dim future I must again become re-embodied, this fine fruit might induce in me a desire to be reborn on Ento. De L'Ester, that reminds me of a question I have wished to ask. After the change called death can spirits choose their homes ? Yes, I mean the locality and their manner of living. De L'Ester — Time and opportunity permitting, I al- ways am pleased to reply to your questions. As both are 110 Journeys to the Planet Mars. limited I must reply briefly. Spirits, while yet in the physical body, in a sense earn their homes, or places, they must occupy on our side of life, and also in a sense they have a choice as to the place of their abode, but the choice must be made while on the physical plane. As you have learned, spirits are entities, individualized personalities, requiring homes, associations and pursuits, i^ccording as life on the physical plane has been elevated, pure, loving, true, or the reverse, so are spirit homes and pursuits beau- tiful and supremely enjoyable, or lamentably wretched. All newly-freed 1 spirits gravitate to the sphere and condi- tion for which their degree of evolvement has fitted them, there to remain until they have progressed to a more ex- alted state of being. Do all spirits progress? Most as- suredly. Evolution is not confined to the physical plane. Progress, everywhere, is continuous. Yes, spirits, who through countless trials and experiences have earned the exalted position of teachers, lovingly, patiently labor to aid all unevolved freed spirits to outgrow conditions which, like soiled garments, cling to those of the lower or Earth spirit sphere. Seldom does a newly-freed spirit gravitate to the higher realms. Only exalted spirits, who, for some special purpose, have become re-embodied, db, when freed from the physical body, return to their former place of abode, or, perhaps, to a higher sphere. The legend of Jacob's ladder, on which angels de- scended and ascended into heaven, is a fitting symbol of the spirit's progress. Ever descending angel teachers reach downward to those walking in darkness on both the mortal and the spirit side of life, instructing, inspiring, encouraging and strengthening them, until emerging from the shadows of sense, their quickened vision per- ceives the descending angels of love, and with eager, out- reaching hands and trembling feet, they strive to climb Journeys to the Planet Mars. Ill the ladder of eternal progress, finding on each round the home, the place, the plane suited to the degree of their ad- vancement. Have I made myself understood? Gextola — Yes, as far as I am fitted to comprehend such an abstruse matter. Another question occurs to me. You have said that certain Ento and other planetary spirits visit Earth's spirit spheres. Can they also come to our planet, as you and other spirits come ? De I/Ester — Yes, after they have learned how to ac- commodate themselves to Earth's conditions. Some Ento friends who are learning this strange process soon will be able to visit you in your own home. Xot another question, I beg. We have already consumed too much time. George — If you are ready to descend from celestial to terrestrial affairs, come to the adjoining room, Gentola, and tell us what you think of its contents. Gextola— What do I think of its contents? Well, I think that if these ears are not corn they are surprisingly like it, and in this round receptacle is a white grain very like,, though considerably larger than grains of rice. And here is a small, round, black grain of which evidently this dark meal is a product. I wonder if Giantess makes bread of it ? What a noise ! What is it, De L'Ester ? De I/Ester — As there is nothing more of note here, we will learn what occasions the disturbance. Ah, it is the family returning, and what a spectacle ! Giant holding at arm's length a reptile which writhes and coils about his arm, and now, playfully, he thrusts it toward the chil- dren, who are in an ecstasy of excitement and delight. Giantess does not appear to have an aversion for snakes, for see, she takes from her spouse the harmless ophidian, allowing it to coil about her arms and holding it so that the children may toy with it. Xow she brings it into the house, and very unceremoniously cuts off its head, skins 112 Journeys to the Planet Mars/ it, cuts it in pieces, which she tosses into a large cooking vessel, adds some seasoning, covers the vessel and suspends it over the fire, which Giant has kindled in the great stone fireplace. Now she puts into a broad, deep pan, some of the dark colored meal we have seen on the upper floor, adds milk until the pan is two-thirds full of a thin batter, and, with the addition of some honey and a quantity of yellow- sliced fruit, we have before us a pudding which, if not to the queen's taste, is quite to the taste of our Giant friends. Yes, generally, the Entoans use cooking stoves of various kinds, but these Souvanallos appear content with a more primitive method, The brazier over which the pudding is boiling and bubbling is something of a compromise be- tween a fireplace and a stove. As you have learned that the Entoans have both milch animals and bees, you no longer are surprised that they have both milk and honey. They also have sugar as ex- cellent as you have on Earth. Have you observed the animal lying under the projec- tion near the fireplace ? What a short-legged, long-bodied creature it is, and as spotted as a leopard, which, but for its short legs, it closely resembles. Now it yawns, stretches itself, and follows Giantess about, purring and rubbing itself against her garments, and as she stoops and smooths its glossy fur in a caressing tone she murmurs : "Feneta, Feneta, Inevo Gandulana, casto seffila dissima. Gan- dulana essin a tuno, espen duro." What dbes she say? What I have learned of the Ento language I have learned correctly, so find it difficult to translate this dialect. The sense of what she says is about this : "Feneta, Feneta, you shall have some of the serpent broth. The serpent will soon be cooked." Feneta appears to understand his mistress's hospitable intention Journeys to the Planet Mars. 113 and lie has taken a position where he can keep an eye on the odorous mess. Animals generally can perceive spirits. Approach Fe- neta, Gentola. He snarls and shrinks from you as though affrighted, and Giantess seems greatly surprised at the behavior of her pet. Now touch her hands. She re- gards one hand, now the other, evidently puzzled over the peculiar sensation. Touch both her hands and face. She cries out in alarm, looking about her fearfully. Again touch her face. She flies to Giant and clings to him, cry- ing, "Gandulana, oina dos a correnda, espen vao a tosa teste," She tells him that the serpent's life is not gone, that it or something has touched her. Valiantly Giant lifts the cover from the cooking vessel and critically inspects the contents. With evident satisfaction he reassuringly says: "Gandulana, a testo, espen eno nuyan duro." Giantess, as though doubting his assertion, that not only is the serpent dead but well cooked, timidly approaches and takes a rather furtive look at the bubbling mess. Appar- ently satisfied that no harm can come from that quarter, she excitedly relates her experience, to which Giant listens sympathizingly but evidently incredulously. Not so Fe- neta, who has crawled under the projection and is re- garding us with strong disfavor, but is keeping a sharp outlook for the promised savory stew. As Giantess, with nervous apprehensive glances, stirs some meal into the mess the escaping odor fills the room and Giant says ap- provingly: "Es fuyan musa," and Feneta quite agrees with his master, that the odor is good, so tempting, indeed, that he seems inclined to crawl out of his lair, but seeing such uncanny folk about, he draws back. On the long table across the front of the room Giantess places plates, spoons and drinking cups. Into a large deep platter she 114 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ladles the stew and carries it steaming to the table. The pudding follows and the luncheon is ready. Giant places some seats, while from the rear doorway Giantess calls, "Ferrand, Teda, Listano," and the children rush into the house and to their seats at the table. The mother serves the father and them bountifully and Feneta, reassured by the coaxing invitation of his mistress and the children, goes shyly to the generous platter of stew placed for him near his mistress's feet. This meal is an appetizer for a more substantial one later in the day, and as two of our Ento friends are to join us here we may witness it, not that it is likely to be of particular interest, but it is a part of our plan to show you various features of Ento life. While awaiting the arrival of our friends we will further observe this family. Gextola — What an incongruity there is between the stature of these children and their apparent ages. The boys are nearly as tall as any of you gentlemen, and the girl is nearly the height of a medium-sized woman. I wonder how old they may be ? De L'Ester — I should say that their respective ages are about eight, ten and twelve years. The luncheon is ended and the family are repairing to the sanctuary. The father with a boy on either side of him, the mother with the girl by her side, stand before the altar with bowed heads and outreaching hands. Eeverently the father re- turns thanks, the mother and children repeating after him: "Andumana, Andumana, Omi felistu, Gandulanos ino testo. Omi felistu onda ino omi musa fer-uja, Oirah, Oirah, Oirah." The sense of this is: "Supreme One, Supreme One. We offer thanks that the venomous serpents are dead, and again we offer thanks for the good one we have eaten." Oirah means praise, thanks, it is so, and the like. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 115 The children return to their play. Giant reclines on the \ Giantess busies herself with household affairs, and Feneta has retreated to his lair, from whence he suspi- ciously but rather drowsily watches our movements. We now will go out under the trees to await the coming of our friends. The Souvanallos occupy a position midway between Ento's most advanced races and several isolated communi- & people who are little more than semi-civilized, yet who are far from a condition of barbarism. They, like nearly all the Entoans, through a reverential regard for abstain from eating the flesh of animals, yet, rather illogically, all eat fishes of various kinds. The Souvanal- loa alone raise herd's of angossa for food and for their wool, which they exchange for such commodities as they require, in this manner procuring textile fabrics, household furni- ture and utensils, agricultural implements, ornaments for personal adornment and so on. In no sense are they arti- sans. Their dwellings and other structures are erected by men of other lands, and such materials as are nor pro- curable at home are brought by air or other transportation from elsewhere. Their priests are of their own race, they having been from early youth trained and educated for the office. They instruct the people in religion, in govern- ment, and in educational branches, officiate at marriages, at funerals, and adjust any differences between neighbors. Being a truthful, virtuous, generous and loving people, differences seldom occur to mar the serenity of their lives. Again the family go toward the forest, and yonder are our Ento spirit friends, Inidora and Genessano. who are calling to us a greeting. Gexessaxo — Lohau, Lohau, emanos. Itsu fon ipsoien? De L'Ester — We impatiently have awaited your coming and truly you are welcome. But while we exchange greet- 116 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ings we must remember that one whom you never have met is with us. Gentola, as these Ento spirits do not understand your language, or you theirs, it will be both my duty and pleasure to interpret for you and them. Ini- dora, Genessano, this is our missionary, Gentola, of whom you have heard and of whom we all expect so much. Genessano — My brother Inidora and I gratefully ap- preciate your efforts on behalf of our people and we pray you accept our homage and the earnest desire of our hearts that we may come to be numbered among your friends. Strangely do we come together, Gentola emana, you from a distant planet, we from our spirit realms. Appropriate indeed is your new name, for well beloved are you by your dearest ones and your many friends on the spirit side who also give to my brother and me a place in their affection. Drawn by varied duties and inclinations, we have visited other planets and their spirit realms, and, although we have visited Earth's spirit realms, we as yet have not visited your planet, and only twice, since passing hence, have we returned' to our beloved Ento. On this, our third return, we find ourselves amid scenes once familiar but now so changed that we are as strangers in a strange land. Through tender ties or weighty interests, often spirits are drawn to their former abodes, but Inidora and I, being, save for some distant kindred, the last of our race, have felt no attraction on Ento strong enough to draw us away from dearer ties. You, perhaps, are aware that we now return for a special purpose, and may the Supreme One aid us all in our loving endeavor. This my brother Inidora will speak for himself. Inidora — I am happy in being a member of this group of earnest, loving spirits. Gentola emana, you are devot- ing yourself to a grander, a loftier mission than you have yet been made to understand. Myriad spirits of many Journeys to the Planet Mars. 117 planetary spirit realms eagerly, anxiously, hopefully watch its progress. From star to star a message has been her- alded, summoning angel hosts to unite with us in a mighty effort to tear asunder the dense veil of materialism which so long has blinded £Ee eyes of Ento's despairing ones. To come in the might of their love and wisdom, that they may strengthen our hands and make firm our footsteps, while we strive to bring to the children of Ento a knowl- edge of continuous existence. In answer to this message, angel hosts are combining their forces to aid us in the momentous hour which swiftly approaches. In that hour your spirit senses will be so unfolded that then you will comprehend what now you but dimly perceive. And may divinest influences aid us in this, as in all righteous under- takings. Gextola — I well know that I do not understand the supreme aim of what you and these friends are pleased to term our mission. It is my nature to trust all, or not at all, so, implicitly, I trust you and them, believing that whatever information may, for the time, be withheld from me, will be for a kind/ and wise purpose. At present I am more interested in what you may tell me of yourself and brother than in what may be the special object of bringing me to Ento. Inidora — Our friends approving, it will afford me pleas- ure to make Genessano and myself better known to you. I regret that I do not know your language or you mine but, through our kind interpreter, De L'Ester, we may arrive at a mutual understanding. We are sons of Genessano Allis Immo, a former governor of the province of Ondu, and of Camarissa, his wife. My brother, Genessano, is but two years younger than myself, and since his birth sel- dom have we been separated. Since passing to our spirit world, at times certain duties have sent us far apart, but 118 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ever our mutual affection hastens our return to each other's presence. How long have we been on the spirit side? Nearly four centuries of our time. I passed from my physical body first and almost suddenly, and the memory of that hour saddens me even now. As the nearness of approaching death grew into dread certainty, my brother and I frantically clung to each other, our despair that we were about to part to meet no more, finding expression in grievous sobs and moans. Even while Genessano held me in his arms, our voices blending in entreaties that Andu- mana might stay the coming of Phra (death) the cruel messenger, my spirit departed from the physical body and I was received by our dkar parents and friends to be borne into our spirit realms and to my own place. I find no words to express my overwhelming surprise and joy when I at last realized that I still lived, that my adored parents held me to their hearts in rapture unspeakable; that dreaded dfeath' was but a birth into a higher life. Aye, life, life, life forevermore. Then very soon we joyfully real- ized that ere long our beloved one, our Genessano, would be with us. Yes, surely he would be with us, who would watch and wait for him. Often the memory of that won- drous time comes to me and so fills me with ecstatic exul- tation, that had I at my command the combined voices of all the angelic hosts I would strive to fill the universe with the amazing, the priceless message, life is continuous, life is continuous, for spirit is indestructible and unchanging, as is God, who is spirit, and) all that is is an expression of the One Divine Being. We waited and watched for the release of this dear brother, our Genessano, for we were aware that his despair that he was left alone and that never again would he behold the forms and faces of his beloved ones was fast sapping his vital force and that soon his breaking heart would be stilled and he would be with us. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 119 I was not yet strong enough to go to him, but our be- loved parents ministered to him, and when he was freed they bore him to his beautiful spirit home, where I awaited him. Oh, the rapture of that moment, when again I gazed upon the dear, familiar face and form of my brother, and the still greater rapture, when his slowly unclosing eyes rested upon our adored parents, then, in indescribable bewilderment upon me. Not yet could he realize the wonder that had occurred. As though he were dreaming, he murmured : "I — ah — I thought I — was dying, I thought — Inidora, my brother Inidora — leaned over me, and my — But I dream — I only — dream. I shall see him no more — no more." I stooped and kissed his lips, and he smiled, again murmuring, "I dream — I dream." Again I kissed him, crying to him our old* time greeting, "Lohau, lohau, Genessano." In extreme amazement and perturbation, and with widely-opened, affrighted eyes, he gazed into the faces of our parents, and then into mine, and as he gazed his wonder grew, but not his comprehension of the mar- vellous change which had come to him. Tremblingly, in- coherently, he cried, "Father, mother, Inidora — oh, pitiful Gods, deceive me not. Do I yet live? Have not I died? Phra, Phra, come quickly and end this dream, which be- wilders me with its alluring unreality, which" Again, in joyous tones I cried, "Lohau, Genassano, lohau," and into his dear eyes grew an expression of recognition and of joy so unspeakable that, as he reached toward us his trem- bling hands, no words fell from his lips, but on his radiant face was the smile of one arisen from the depths of despair to the very heights of supremest bliss. Then came to him the full realization that we his dearest ones were embracing him, that our tears and laughter, our endearing words, were a joyous, a blessed reality. Ah, Gentola, you who have ever known that life is continuous, 120 Journeys to the Planet Mars. can little comprehend the depth of the unutterable despair of a people ardent in their loving, constant in their affec- tion, but without even a thought that life may not end: with death of the body. But the hour is coming, quickly com- ing, when, through a knowledge of the glorious truth of a conscious continuity of existence, the shadows ever brood- ing over the lives of our people shall forever flee away. If I have spoken at too great length I pray you pardon me. Could you speak the planetary language, which, in your present but partly freed state, you do not remember, we would not be obliged to tax the patience of our com- rades. As it is I find myself at a disadvantage and must beg De I/Ester's forbearance. De L'Ester — Make no apologies, I am at your and Gentola's service. As we shall await the return of the family, I suggest that you shall relate to us whatever you may know concerning this gigantic race. Iistidora — With pleasure. Long previous to, and dur- ing the life of our father, Genessano Allis Immo, this re- gion was a portion of the Province of Ondu, of which, as these friends are aware, my father was ruha (governor). Later it became, and at this time is, the southernmost region of the Province of Esvenemo. While yet it was a portion of the Province of Ondu, our father resolved to visit it, and in such ways as might appear best, add to the well being of its inhabitants, of whom little was known. Calling together a number of learned persons, artisans and laborers, he prepared for the journey. With the eager curiosity of a boy I begged for and received' from my ever indulgent parents permission to accompany the expe- dition, which, in an uneventful manner, soon arrived at our destination. We found the country well watered and fertile, and its inhabitants, the Keneto Souvanallo, a gen- tle, hospitable and! industrious race, owning great herds Journeys to the Planet Mars. 121 of animals, and cultivating some land, but not to the extent or so well as they do now. They occupied rather rudely constructed wooden houses, which imperfectly protected them from inclement weather, and their clothing was as rude as their dwellings. As it was for the purpose of teaching Souvanallos better modes of living that our father had come to them, he had brought cloths and stores of various materials which he thought might be- come useful. Artisans and laborers soon throughout the country erected stone dwellings and constructed furniture suited to the simple needs of the people. The women were taught to design and make garments of a better fashion than they wore, and to prepare food according to more highly civilized ideas. More thorough communication was established between the singularly isolated race and the different provincial governments, and for the elevation of the people schools were more perfectly organized, in which religious instruction, an understanding of the laws, indus- trial arts and educational branches should be taught. Without exception the people were found eager and fairly apt in receiving instruction, and while witnessing the result of his expenditure of time and means our dear father felt himself highly gratified and more than repaid. When, after the lapse of more than half a year he turned his face homeward, he experienced profound satisfaction in the assurance that he had sowed good seed in a prolific soil. Once, previous to our passing into our spirit world, Gen- essano and I, impelled by both interest and curiosity, vis- itedi this region. Great was our surprise and pleasure to learn of the rapid progress made by this race. Truly our father had sowed his seed in a prolific soil. Up to the time of his coming among them they rarely had come in contact with their highly civilized neighbors, only, indieed, 122 Journeys to the Planet Mars. when their necessities obliged them to barter their wool and pelts for such commodities as their simple tastes and wants required. After the lapse of but a few years we found them occupying comfortable, and in many instances, well appointed homes, their newly acquired liking for the lux- uries of their neighbors having accelerated their progress in many directions. Previous to the visit of our father only rudie vehicles drawn by animals were used for draught and other purposes; now we found well made roadways, modern carriages and well tilled fields, yielding grains, vegetables and fruits in abundance. Clothing of a finer texture had replaced the former coarse and badly fash- ioned garments, and the people were earnestly striving for education, and the niceties of polite conduct generally were observed. Through various sources we have learned that still they are a wholly pastoral people. Nowhere throughout their country is there a city, town or village. There are depots where Air transports deliver and receive freight and trav- ellers, but about these depots there are only the necessary officials and assistants. As an illustration of the average condition of this race this family has been selected'. There are others of larger means and finer culture, others still of smaller means who are refined and well informed. Of all it may be said that they are good citizens, and the good citizen must be a man of many virtues. De I/Ester — The family are returning, and in a very hilarious mood. Across the meadow a party of three men and) two women also come this way. Giantess waves them a welcome and calls, "Sistu, emanos, sistu," and they quicken their steps. Gentola, have you ever seen an ante- lope? Yes? Well, Giant carries in his arms a very similar creature. Its large, beautiful eyes are full of alarm, and it bleats and struggles to escape, but Giant is Journeys to the Planet Mars. 123 not a sensitive person, and its bleatings and struggles do not appeal to him, for while Giantess and the visitors ex- change greetings, he coolly cuts its throat and dexterously removes its skin. The ladies have retired to the house, leaving the gentle- men to the society of Giant, who proceeds to dress the slain rimoh, meanwhile exchanging with them views upon the topics of the day, which indicates that though they live somewhat apart from the world they are interested and informed as to its movements. Poor rimoh is in readi- ness for the attention of the cook, and Giant, escorted by his friends, bears him to the waiting Hildian, who smil- ingly approves of the appearance of his remains, which she quickly dismembers and places in a large cooking vessel, addte a quantity of vegetables, seasoning and water, covers the vessel closely and suspends it over the fire. Now, with quite an air, she prepares a pudding. We will hope that the family and guests may possess good digestive power, for what with sweets, spices, fruits and other ingredients, it promises to be a rich and savory compound). Giant fills the brazier with glowing coals, on which Giantess depos- its the capacious vessel containing the pudding, and hav- ing gotten this important feature of the feast off her mind, she busily arranges the table and supervises a bever- age which Giant is brewing, the guests looking on with evi- dent interest and approval. There are juices of fruits, honey and spices, over which he pours boiling water, clos- ing the lid of the great jug to prevent the escape of the spice-laden steam. The combined odors of the stew, the pudding and the fragrant beverage are so alluring that Feneta, who, on our entrance prudently retired to his lair, cautiously crawls out but keeps close to his mistress, re- garding us with evident distrust and aversion. Gentola, you were wondering if these people use bread. 124 Journeys to the Planet Mars. In this high heaped platter of small, nice-looking loaves is a reply to your query. Giantess is preparing a batter of meal and milk, which she pours into the stew, stirs it about and removes it from the fire. With a large fork she lifts the meat on to a huge platter and ladles the gravy over it. Into another platter she ladles the vegetables and bears to the table the steaming viands. The pudding being done to a turn is placed in the centre of the feast, flanked by bowls of honey and confections of fruits, and now Giantess politely and very cordially says : "Ementos, rimoh ouman du rana dos lito, passen tento evossu." In your language, Gentola, the sense of the invitation would be: "Friends, rimoh and we wish you to partake of our hospitality." Giant sits at one end, Giantess at the other end of the table. The guest of honor is the white-haired, white-bearded giant at Giantess's left sidte, the remaining guests occupying the side of the table on her right. The children, who have quietly entered, sit on the opposite side. All being seated, Giant fills the drinking cups and Giantess serves the meal, which evidently meets with flattering ap- preciation. Feneta has not been neglected, and; as he carefully finishes the remains of a bountiful supply of stew, he regards us apprehensively,, and retreats under the table. Leaving these kindly disposed, gentle humans to the en- joyment of the good things, they regard as having been specially provided for them by Andumana, the Creator of all things, we will bid them adieu. Gentola, George and Inez will bear you to your Earth home and we will attend to a duty demanding our pres- ence elsewhere. But our loving thoughts will keep us in touch with you until we shall meet again. George — Come, sister, rest your hands on our shoul- 'ders. You require less assistance than formerly. As Journeys to the Planet Mars. 125 you are but slightly exhausted we need not hasten. How do we move through space ? That I cannot demonstrate to your present understanding. No words can convey to you that which is outside your sense of realization. Not until you shall again become a wholly freed spirit will your consciousness compass this and other marvels. So rest satisfied' and await such knowledge as in the nature of events must ere long come to you. No, I do not mean in a month or a year, but after your work shall be ended. Inez, dear, we will pause for a little. Yonder, Gentola, is our planet. See how its luminous envelope pulses and palpitates as though imprisoning the throbbing heart of some living thing. Imagine some of your learned astronomers, with one or more of your great telescopes, out here in space ; do you not think that through their observations they might arrive at some surprising conclusions? Were you less sensitive to possible scientific criticism, Bruno and others might use your organism for a grand purpose, and we are hoping that you may gain suffi- cient confidence in yourself and spirit friends to allow them to give through you some facts now only guessed at. Can you realize that beyond that luminous veil is your home ? It is not surprising that you cannot, for I, whose quickened senses are more acute than your own, can scarcely realize that once on the swiftly flying globe I, too, dwelt. Where? In England, on an estate near the banks of the Thames. Heretofore no opportunity has fa- vored my acquainting you with the story of my Earth life. Now I will briefly relate it. For services rendered their sovereign some of my ances- tors were rewarded with wealth and distinction. Thus the members of our family were regarded as eminently respectable Commoners. My father, who was in the army, was engaged in the War of the Revolution. At its close 126 Journeys to the Planet Mars. he returned from America to England and soon after- wards suddenly passed to the spirit side, leaving my dear mother a young and handteome widow. Some years later, when I was nearly sixteen years old, she became the wife of a titled 1 - gentleman, and in less than one year she, too. passed to the spirit world, leaving me to the care of my stepfather, a kind and honorable man. A year later, with a party of youths I went boating on the river Thames. Some of the lads, in a mischievous mood, began rocking the boat from side to side, the remonstrances of the more prudent ones only serving to render them more reckless. One more heedless than the others, stood up and shouting, "Here we go," gave such an impetus to the rocking boat that it was capsized and all were thrown into the water. Some of the party could swim, and thus saved' themselves and assisted others to the shore. I had nearly reached it when I discovered that the lad who had caused the catas- trophe was drowning, and I turned about to rescue him. Twice he had gone under, and as he again came to the sur- face I seized him by his hair, hoping to sustain him and myself until assistance should arrive. In his frantic struggling he caught me about the neck, and I being too exhausted to release myself, we both were drowned. My quickly freed spirit was by its own gravity borne to a realm suited to my condition, and there my dear parents immedi- ately found me and with loving ministrations assisted my recovery from the terror of my sudden change from Earth life to the spirit world'. Subsequently, they also assisted me in my efforts to complete my mortal education, which as you are aware, is a requisite of spiritual growth. I shall pass over the time intervening between my en- trance into the world of spirits and the coming of your infant sister, Inez. Being my soul mate, my dear mother brought her into our home, where she has ever remained. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 127 When your and Inez's mother came to our side of life she of course, claimed her daughter. Inez., with a joyful recognition of their relationship, and with the natural love of a child for its mother, was drawn hither and thither, but in the end the law of affinity was recognized by both mother and child, as eventually it become recognized by all spirits, and Inez remained with me. Now you know who I am, and how it is that I am your brother, George Brooke. Yes, that is Earth's satellite, the little planet Luna, and it occurs to me that from our vantage ground we behold what no astronomer or other mortal has ever seen or ever will see through the medium of mortal vision. Deso- late and well nigh inanimate it indeed is, and in coming time, atom by atom, its disintegrated particles will be attracted to other combinations of matter, and ages hence a period must arrive when its shadowy valleys, its frozen waters, its toppling crags and cavernous depths will no longer afford a spectacle for the learned or the curious. It is the purpose of our Band to some time afford you an- other series of visits to Luna, so you will pardon me for declining to now approach it more nearly. Gentola — It is I who should apologize for having made the request, but I so dimly recall what was shown me, that I am curious to again observe the peculiar features of Earth's satellite. May I ask if your Band always journeys together ? George — Always, unless one or more may be detailed for some special duty or mission. Yes, together, we re- peatedly have visited Venus, scintillating yonder like a great diamond on the bosom of space. Willingly I would tell you of the grandly beautiful planet, but as I am aware that our Band has under advisement certain plans relating to it, in which it is desired that you shall par- 128 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ticipate, I db not consider it advisable to further speak of it. My dear sister, your mortal existence will yet be so prolonged that yon will take many starward journeys with us. Has it occurred to you that this is January 4th, 1893 ? ]STo ? It would be well that all mortals should cease setting up milestones along the roadway of life. On our side of life there is only the ever present now. Why ? Because, to a degree, spirits realize what mortal mind cannot grasp, the meaning of Eternity. Ge^tola — Have spirits a knowledge of how long ago Venus or any of yonder shining worlds came into exist- ence as worlds? George — Not the slightest. Why, my sister, the im- mensity of time that has elapsed 1 since Yenus or any of the planets of our Solar System came into our galaxy of worlds is inconceivable, yet, compared with eternity, their birth was as of yesterday. When I said that spirits (and I do not mean all spirits) to a degree realize the meaning of eternity, I do not wish you to understand that any spirit has a conception or realization of the duration of eternity: Yes, I know how flippantly mortals, who have no concep- tion of either, prate of God, of time and of eternity, yet that is less remarkable than the stupendbus egotism in- ducing mortals to believe that the Infinite Spirit of an Infinite Universe became incarnated in the body of a finite human creature, that thus to the humans of one small planet (which is but one of a countless number of inhabited planets) certain benefits might be secured and. yet once I regarded any other religious belief as sacri- legious. What a puerile conception of Infinity, but one on a level with the evolvement of those entertaining it, and spirits constantly enter the world of realities who must outgrow this and other mistaken conceptions and in nu- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 129 merous instances a long time elapses before they yield to the evidences of their experiences. But, on both the mor- tal and spiritual planes of life evolution goes steadily, in- vincibly forward', and' inevitably all grow into a clearer comprehension of truth. Gextola — As we need not hasten our, or, rather, my return to Earth, I should like you to tell me how spirits define time, space and spirit. George — That which never had a beginning, and can never have an ending, may be denominated Eternity or infinite duration of time, and what is termed time as a separation of periods for the purpose of making definite statements, or for marking definite occurrences. Under- stand, I now am considering your question from a mortal, not a spirit standpoint, for, on the spirit side, we are not •conscious, in the sense that mortals are conscious, of the divisions of time. As neither time or space are dimen- sional, they can have no real existence or recognition, so we do not assume to d'efine that which is not. For pur- poses of convenience, conscious mortal mind takes cog- nizance of phenomena, but the subconscious self, the Ego, recognizes only realities, hence, unlike mortal mind (which is the intelligent human animal soul), bears no relation to the phenomena of so termed time and space. Thus, from a spirit view, neither time or space are definable. Xeither can angel or archangel define spirit, yet all spirits progressed beyond the first, or Earth sphere, are conscious of their spirit being. We are taught by those of higher spheres^ and our own experiences teach the same truth, that every progressive step affords the high reward of a clearer consciousness that all spirit entities are the expressions of the One Infinite Spirit, and are one and inseparable from their origin. Hence, is not it reasonable to assume that if all spirits in or apart from physical bodies are in- 130 Journeys to the Planet Mars, separable parts of the Infinite Spirit, vicarious atone- ment for sin, which is a misnomer for undevelopment, is an "uncalled for proceeding. Gentola — I rejoice to say that I have outgrown that belief, but I endured years of agony of mind while passing through the process. But, George, do the peoples of other planets entertain religious beliefs similar to those of Christians, Hindus and others of Earth's peoples? George — None of the peoples of planets we have vis- ited entertain a belief corresponding with the dogmas in- volving the incarnation and crucifixion of God. Human sacrifices are a concomitant of religious superstitions of the crude civilizations or dominant ecclesiasticisms of many planets. Animal sacrifices of a less cruel, hence of a more advanced state, offerings of grains, fruits, flowers and objects of value, of a still higher spiritual unfoldment. while devotional aspirations and a desire to benefit others, indicate a tendency toward rational views of the possible attributes of the Infinite Good'. All spiritualized humans are of necessity religious, and all adore such gods as the degrees of their evolvement fashion. Our Earth peoples have fashioned gods suited to their various immature conceptions, and for the selfish pur- pose of having their real or fancied wants supplied. All the divinities of all religions are the exact indicators of the spiritual status of their worshippers, and as the peo- ples unfold higher spirituality they will oblige their gods to keep pace with them. So will it continue to be and in some coming age Earth's peoples will have so evolved as to recognize but one God — the Infinite, All Pervading Spirit, in whom all things live, move and have their being, Yes, truly, the Entoans in nearly all ways are more highly evolved than are our Earth peoples, and when the bonds of ecclesiasticism and superstitious beliefs, shall Journeys to the Planet Mars. 131 have been broken they will emerge from spiritual dark- ness into light, casting from them forever the shackles which have held them in slavery to a dreary, deadening materialism. Gextola — If I should pass to the spirit side, would that interfere with what you all term our mission ? George — It would prolong the night of Ento's spiritual darkness. Our and other spirit Bands have been, and now are, endeavoring to prepare sensitives for this and similar missions, but as yet we can only use you for this special work. We find you fitted for it quite beyond our hopes and expectations, and now feel assured of entire success. Suc- cess that means life for death, joy for sorrow, to the present and coming generations of Ento. Xot yet, my sister, will you come to our side of life, not until your work shall be finished. We have journeyed so leisurely that night shadows are falling over your city of St. Louis. Xow we will descend!, and in good time, for your husband is rapping at your door. A hasty good-bye until we again come for you. 132 Journeys to the Planet Mars. CHAPTER VII. FIRST APPROACH TO ENTO SENSITIVES. De I/Ester — Good-morning, Gentola. Our satisfac- tion over the departure of your early visitor quite equals your own. You have forgotten to lower the shades over the south window, and soon, the sun will be shining through the blinds. Sit in the armchair, it is more restful than this armless one. Now, render yourself passive. That is well. As we are late, we will swiftly and directly pass to the country of the Souvanallo. Yes, that is Giant's dwelling and we now are moving di- rectly southward. From this low altitude we have a fine view of the country, andi we desire that you shall speak of whatever may to you appear noticeable. Gentola — In all directions there are extensive plains, with here and there forests heavily timbered with enor- mously large trees and undergrowths of shrubbery. To- ward the west are numbers of small lakes or, perhaps, they may be reservoirs connecting with each other through channels on which are small boats passing to and fro. Far eastward is a river, flowing southward, and it is the only flowing water within range of my vision. The entire region is dotted with residences and other structures. Some are very like the one occupied by Giant and his family, others are more pretentious and picturesque and all are surrounded by orchards, gardens and cultivated fields, in which are many men busily engaged. I see, too, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 133 immense herds of grazing animals which are quite unlike any you yet have shown me. De L'Ester — George, we will alight near the herds to- ward our left, and you, Gentola, will describe the creatures. Gentola — What gentle looking, pretty animals they are. They are twice as large as our domestic sheep, and from their heads to the tips of their short tails they are covered with a close growth of long waved, silken wool. Some herds are white, some brown, others of a light reddish brown, and their hornless heads, large pointed, erect ears, and large wide open eyes, give them such a surprised expression that it really is amusing. Even to their cloven hoofs, they resemble, but are handsomer ani- mals than sheep. De L'Ester — Your description is accurate. Yes, the creatures, naturally, are hornless; that is why they are known as the Angossa. Having already informed you as to their uses, we will not devote further time to them. Those bodies of water are, for the most part, reservoirs for the retention of the spring overflow of the river you have seen in the distance. Indeed, all are reservoirs, though formerly some of them were diminutive lakes which have been enlarged. Along the entire length of the river at intervals its banks are pierced by channels through which its surplusage is conveyed into reservoirs to be used for irrigation and other purposes. Inidora informs us that previous to his father's visit to these people their methods of irrigation were very imperfect, but quickly they were taught a better system. Apart from general irrigation, which is a necessary process on this leveled planet,, you have been informed that there is what is termed the Irrigating and Waterways System; as we journey toward the equator we will cross the northern half of this System, which is about 1,400 134 Journeys to the Planet Mars. miles wide, and at present nearly 5,000 in length. The central waterways traverse the equatorial and temperate regions, and in time the system will, through connections with natural water divisions, encircle the entire Planet. During the time allotted to our mission it will not be practicable to visit the entire planet, so only such por- tions and features of it as may best subserve our pur- pose will be shown you. Throughout the north and south temperate regions the lands, wherever practicable, are cultivated, and' densely populated by highly civilized and cultured people. Further northward and southward, even within the frigid zones, and under most unpromising conditions, the land's are well occupied by edtucated and refined races, who, possessing a knowledge of natural forces, db not so much accommodate themselves to their environments as that they, to a degree, oblige their environments to yield to their requirements. They are not at all nomads, but the vicissitudes and exigencies of many centuries of warfare with nature's pitiless and at times unconquerable forces has developed in them a migratory tendency, hence during the long win- ter season, through the agency of air and other transporta- tion, they in large numbers flit to other climes, returning in the spring to their homes and occupations. These races are most interesting and some time you shall visit them. We now will move southward. The plateau over which we now are passing is the southern boundary of Esvenemo, and a vestige of a once great mountain chain extending in a southwesterly direction and forming the northern boundary of Indoloisa, which is one of Ento's largest salt seas. Is not this a beautiful country? Certainly you have seen nothing surpassing it. Gentola — Truly, I have not, and I wish that I may be able to retain a memory of the wonderfully beautiful Journeys to the Planet Mars. 135 land which seems a very paradise. There are fields cul- tivated like gardens, and gardens amid which are fountains and statuary, and there are groves and groups of gigantic trees. The finest, I think, are those great Budas trees, whose feathery foliage is ever in tremulous motion. There are reservoirs like miniature lakes, and all are bordered by small, pretty structures, with statuary, trees, shrubbery and blooming plants, and all are surrounded by wide paved roadways, over which people in motor vehicles or on foot are passing, and overhead air transports, like huge hum- ming birds, are rushing in all directions. What an amazing, bewildering scene! I cannot conceive of even spirit realms being lovelier than this enchanting view. De L'Ester — Of its kind it is very attractive; but you will be shown other views much finer. You have mentioned the tremulous motion of the foliage of Budas trees. They are so named because of the tremulousness of their leaves. We now will move slowly onward. As you perceive, the scenes vary, but everywhere are indications of high intel- ligence, luxury and refined tastes. George, again we will pause for a little. What do you now see ? Gentola — What do I see? I cannot say. The scene is so unlike anything I ever have beheld that I cannot even attempt to describe it. De I/Ester — We have reached the northern limit of the Irrigating and Waterways System, and are 700 miles from the equator. Within the limits of this system, the civilization of Ento manifests its highest expression in sciences, arts, literature, mechanics and all that constitutes a very advanced social condition. As we move onward we perceive two parallel waterways running diagonally across the equator, and they at greater or lesser intervals are intersected by smaller, but navigable, waterways. Those lofty structures are the stations containing the 136 Journeys to the Planet Mars. machinery through which the waterways and irrigating system is controlled. To such perfection has hydraulic and civil engineering been brought, andl so adequate are the receiving reservoirs that little if any difficulty is exper- ienced in regulating the water supply of Ento. As we already have intimated, owing to Ento's exces- sively humid atmosphere and rather high temperature, as spring approaches and advances, the vast accumula- tions of ice and snow at the North Pole, and through- out the Arctic, Antarctic, frigid and temperate re- gions, melt with phenomenal rapidity, and water courses, lakes, rivers, canals, and waterways are filled to overflowing. Were it not that the soil to a great depth is as porous and absorbent as a sponge, even Ento's advanced methods would inadequately cope with its annual floods. The generally cloudless skies might lead you to suppose that necessarily rains must be of rare occurrence; quite the contrary, throughout the irrigated equatorial belt and temperate regions you will have occasion to observe sudden, frequent, heavy showers, but the porous soil so quickly absorbs them that they serve merely as additions to irrigation. Previous to the introduction of the Irrigating and Water- ways System, the entire equatorial regions largely were arid and unproductive; but as the great and beneficent work progressed, and the soil was supplied with life giving streams, vegetation was quickened into immediate growth, and gradually the then very infrequent rains came to be of common occurrence, and the lands of the progressing System prolific to a high degree. Inidora now will speak of matters which I doubt not will be interesting to all. Inidora — Ere I attempt to continue the conversation I propose that we shall pass directly to the height overlooking Journeys to the Planet Mars. 137 the City Camarissa. With your approval, friends, I will lead the way. Ah, here is a pretty vine covered arbor, in which we may rest while I shall endeavor to entertain you. The impos- ing edifice so grandly crowning this portion of the height marks the site of Genessano's and my ancestral home, of which at another time I may further speak. As an intro- duction to other themes I shall presume to speak of matters relating to personal history. This eminence was in a re- mote age, a lofty spur of the mountain range, a vestige of which we crossed on our journey hither, and for centuries its levelled summit was beautified by the residences of the governors of this Province of Ondu, and by other structures quite as admirable. After the death of our parents, my brother and I resolved to carry into execution a work con- templated by them, and left to us as a sacred trust. In pursuance of this resolve we decided that our home which had sheltered so many generations of our kindred should be demolished, and the height lowered to afford a suitable site for an institution which should be of lasting benefit to many generations of Ento's sons and daughters, and a fitting monument to perpetuate the memory of our beloved parents. We lived to see our work only well begun ; but in yonder stately edifice we find our plans and desires em- bodied. It is an institution devoted to science, art, and other educational purposes of a most comprehensive nature, and is what our parents contemplated that it should be, the best equipped and richly endowed Galaresa of Ento. After the death of his father, our father became hered- itary governor of this Province of Ondu, and it was he who conceived and carried into execution the plan of the Irrigating System. The Waterways were an afterthought, the result indeed of obvious necessity. You -will make a distinction between the Irrigating and Waterways System, 138 Journeys to the Planet Mars, and the imperfect methods of irrigation, which for many centuries previous to its introduction prevailed over a large portion of the arable lands of Ento, and which, owing to adverse conditions ever were unsatisfactory. The new and improved method revolutionized the old practices, and our father lived to witness the successful inception and assured progress of an undertaking which promised perpetual prosperity to the children of Ento, then with a mind at peace with himself and all men, he followed our dtear mother, the Lady Camarissa, into our world of spirits. 'The great and beautiful city covering the slope, and spreading far eastward, northward and southward, is named Camarissa, in honor and memory of our mother. It is at the head of what is termed the Great Central Waterway, and as you perceive it is intersected by canals, on which small boats carrying passengers, or laden with various wares, pass to all parts of the city. Over intersections of the canals are light, beautifully constructed bridges, affording passageways for pedestrians and vehicles of yari- ous kinds. Yonder huge vessel coming into view is one of many coming or going on the Central Waterway. Electricity is the motive power urging it swiftly forward. Our friends inform me that on your planet, electrical appliances are only coming into general use. On Ento, during many centuries of our time this force has been so well under- stood that aside from vibratory and atmospheric forces it has, as a motive power, nearly superseded all other applied energies. Now the vessel approaches the calloisa (landing) and draws alongside. While the busy crew attend to their duties the numerous passengers disembark and greetings and embraces are exchanged with friends awaiting them. Now a number of men, women and children also are dis- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 139 embarking and under guidance of an official of the Gal- aresa they are coming this way. It is apparent that they all are natives of a Southland town, known as Kyfu. They will attend courses of special instruction in the Galaresa, and, when qualified, will return to their own people to serve as teachers in industrial and other voca- tions. This is a custom which has long existed on Ento. You perceive, Gentola, that they are fair skinned, blue or brown eyed, brown haired, of medium height and of a more vivacious manner than are our darker complexioned peoples. Yes, they will reside in the Galaresa until suffi- ciently educated to assume the duties of instructors. What did I mean by medium height? Why, that they are not so tall as are Genessano and myself, whose altitude is above seven English feet. Looking downward over this terraced slope, with* its many statues, fountains, and stately and beautifully pictur- esque dwellings, embowered amid trees and flower laden vines, it is difficult to realize that once near this spot was our home. All is changed, but, as the improvement is a9 great as the change, my brother and I experience no regret. At the time of our passing into our spirit world this beautiful city was scarcely a promise of what it long has been, one of Ento's finest and most populous cities. The imposing structures crowning the height to the north and south are devoted to educational and beneficent purposes, and all, in their several ways, are very admirable, but through personal reasons my brother and I are more interested in yonder Galaresa than in other institutions, and we feel assured that within its walls we all shall find much that will be pleasing and instructive. If it may please you, friends, we will turn our steps in that direc- tion. Nowhere on Ento is there a more beautiful or imposing 140 Journeys to the Planet Mars. edifice than is this great Galaresa. The grand flights of steps leading up to the spacious porticos, with their golden domed roofs, supported by many lofty, massive, flower crowned columns, present a most harmonious and pleasing effect. The group surmounting the roof of the central portico represents the forms of eminent Entoans. In the admirable statue at the front of the portico is a faithful representation of our father Genessano Allis Immo, as he appeared during the middle years of his mortal exist- ence. He was, and is a man of noble and gracious mien, with features as harmoniously beautiful as a musical chord, and though of unusually lofty stature, he is so finely molded as to leave nothing further to be desired. As you may perceive my brother Genessano closely resembles our father, and in spirit they are two entities, with one thought. Nay, my brother, I do not overrate you,, for like our father you are an embodiment of all the virtues and graces. This Galaresa, having been built nearly four Ento cen- turies ago, its architecture is unlike that of the more modern style of some of the structures to the north and south, but to my taste it compares more than favorably with either of them. The rotunda, which we now are en- tering, De I/Ester will be good enough to describe. De I/Ester — From foundation to apex its height is quite two hundred feet, its diameter little less than half its height. Looking upward we perceive that the upper por- tion, including the domed roof, is filled in with glass of a soft opalescent tint, through which the sun's rays fall with a pleasing radiance. As we cannot avail ourselves of the lifting apparatus we will, like mortals, try the ex- perience of ascending the staircase, which winds and climbs upward around the walls to the landings, opening into balconies, until this topmost one is reached, and as it encircles the dome it affords a comprehensive view of the Journeys to the Planet Mars. 141 landscape. Yes, the view is really fine. Far westward and southward extends the waters of yonder inland sea, which is but little less than the largest salt sea of Ento. So tranquil are its waters that scarcely a ripple dis- turbs its sparkling surface. What a number of small boats are gliding hither and thither. Some of the occu- pants appear to be on pleasure bent, and the western breeze bears to us musical notes of stringed instruments. The great vessels coming, going or lying by the piers, extending far outward from the eastern shore, are of the same class as those traversing the waterways and large bodies of water with which they connect. They are most scientifically and stanchly built, and as on Ento's waters dangerous gales seldom occur, and their motive power is electric, they rarely are exposed to the destructive forces of storms, or of fire. Then, too, Ento's ethereal signal system is so perfect that collisions never occur. Indeed, by the Entoans accidents are regarded as little less than crimes. Life is considered so sacred, and death so deplor- able that all possible precautions are taken to preserve the one, and ward off the other. Inidora, you will kindly resume. Inidora — Genessano and I remember seeing the same kind of vessels plying between this and other ports. At that time Indoloisa's eastern shore was further away, and with surprise we note how its waters have encroached upon the land. I am informed that in your tongue Indoloisa would be quiet or tranquil water. Compared with other large bodies of water it is tranquil, yet I have seen it very tempestuous indeed. Yonder massive sea wall is being constructed for the purpose of arresting its aggressive waters, which have bitten deeply into its eastern and northern shores. De L'Ester says that some of your as- tronomers have decided that the surface of Ento is about 142 Journeys to the Planet Mars. equally divided between land and water. In a sense, this is true, but its natural divisions of water fall far short of occupying one-half of its surface. Considered as a whole, the made areas fully equal one-third of the natural water areas of our planet. At other times we may call your at- tention to this matter, so for the present we will pass it by. Indoloisa is a very salt body of water, but during the season of floods its volume being enormously increased, it, of course, is less so. Were it a fresh water sea long ago the plateau would have been pierced to form a connection between it and the Central Waterway. As it is, it is in- cluded in the System, interchange of transportation being as you perceive, effected by means of both air transporta- tion and soitzena (tramways). We now will descend, but before proceeding further De I/Ester has something to say to you. De L'Ester — I indeed have something to say to you, and am somewhat at a loss how to word it. From time to time we have intimated to you that our purpose in bring- ing you to Ento, is that we may use you as an instrument through whom we hope to accomplish a certain mission, trusting that its gradual unfoldment might induce in you a willing acquiescence with our desires until now we have deferred acquainting you with our entire purposes. Be assured, Gentola, that your personal safety and welfare is to us as sacred as is our mission, and we pray you to trust yourself unreservedly to our care and guidance. Gentola — I confess that you startle me, but as I already have said, it is my nature to trust all, or not at all, and I hope that the success of this mission may be as unbounded as is my faith in you all. De I/Ester — Then understand that in the lecture hall we now are entering an important step is to be taken, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 143 and now we will attempt it. On yonder slightly raised platform are several scholarly, dignified, fine looking pro- fessors, one of whom has just ceased addressing the youths and maidens about the hall. With their spiritual and mental states we have made ourselves acquainted, and we know that three of those youths are highly sensitive. As a subject for our first experiment we have chosen the . handsome, grave looking youth, clothed in dark blue. Ee- main where you are, we will approach and address him. You perceive that he is not aware of our presence. Now you who are not so etherealized as ourselves, will stand by his side, repeating to him what I shall say to you. Gentola — Commista estandu, Ento lisson? De L'Ester — He starts, looks about him in great sur- prise, and involuntarily replies, "Kevol antissa, Ento emana." Professors and students stare at him inquiringly. Gentola — Indoloisa, esto a fondu, comprano gardo, evon non ista paro mano. Ga-fon vos tran ista Gandu- lana. Gandulanos inos esta companista remondu. Illo emano, Illo. De L'Ester — Trembling and amazed he springs to his feet, crying, "Who speaks to me? Who speaks to me?" This youth, Leta Verronadas, is both clairvoyant and clairaudient, but cannot yet perceive wholly freed spirits. Neither does he quite clearly perceive you, but he is de- veloping rapidly, and soon will both see and hear in a man- ner that will greatly surprise himself and others. You wish to know what you said to him, and the sense of his replies? You asked, "How are you, Ento lad?" He re- plied, "Very well, Ento friend." You remarked, "Indoloisa oversteps its bounds. Like some huge serpent it stealthily crawls onward. Serpents are treacherous. Eemember, friend, remember." The commotion is disturbing conditions. Quickly ap- 144 Journeys to the Planet Mars. proach the student clothed in purple. He is Dano An- dulesa, son of Prince Basto Andulesa, and is destined to be one of the chief instruments for the spiritual en- lightenment of Ento's sorrowful peoples. He is so highly sensitive that already he perceives your presence, and glances about in an inquiring and perplexed manner. Touch his head with the tips of your fingers. Now he sees you, and oblivious of his surroundings, he trem- blingly exclaims : "Emana utsa istan ta uf an val ? Ef on foistu lana edosa." Gentola — Emano, Ento nouista mua vilo. Efon para nos oirandu lutza kiafu zetos antista. De I/Ester — Confusion reigns. The professors imag- ine that Leta and Dano have been attacked by sudden illness, and with much solicitude they question the youths, who are greatly agitated, and who are gently advised to walk in the open air until they regain composure. What did Dano say? He asked, "From whence come you, friend?" Then he regarded you very earnestly, and re- marked, "I do not recognize you." You replied, "Friend, Ento is not my home, I am of another world than this." Later on, Gentola, you and these youths will know each other better, for both Leta and Dano are instruments chosen to assist in the accomplishment of our mission, and the result of this experiment gives us assurance of a degree of success we scarcely have dared to anticipate. At present conditions are too disturbed to attempt fur- ther experiments. Observe this large assemblage of students, for they fairly represent the various races of Ento. Sitting some- what apart from the others, and near yonder great vase of flowers, there is a golden-haired, blue-eyed, fair-skinned son of a race dwelling in a Northland, known as Quend. His name is Faveon Myssonda, and he also is both clair- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 145 voyant and clairaudient. The average stature of the Quends is a trifle less than that of the darker races of Ento. They are a very symmetrically formed and hand- some race, and they excel in intellectual and artistic pur- suits. Their women are exceedingly gracious and grace- ful, and are known as Rudevos Quendaa. (Beautiful Quend women.) As far back as their history can be traced, this race has guarded its purity of lineage, permitting no inter- marriage with other races. Genessano has related to us a characteristic event which occurred during his mortal existence. Adjoining Quend Province on the east is the province named Zandu. The Zandus are also a fair- skinned race, who for many centuries have been noted as manufacturers of rich textile fabrics. A Quend wom- an, and a Zandu gentleman, both persons of distinction, loved and desired to wed. This the Quend custom utterly forbade. In this strait the lovers appealed to the Su- preme Euler, Tyvon Oiranza, but it was not within his province to interfere in a domestic affair. Being more ardent than prudent, the lovers resolved to defy con- sequences, and the lady fled with, and wedded the man of her choice. The Quends demanded her restoration to her own family. This the Zandus refused, and a bitter strife ensued, during which the husband and some others were killed, or injured, and the lady was recovered and consigned to perpetual seclusion. This affair put an end to exploits of this nature, and up to this time the Quends remain an unmixed race. Dano and Leta are returning, but their nervous, dis- turbed manner indicates that they have not quite regained composure. It is not desirable that they shall still sense our presence, so we will draw further away from them. To all Entoans this is a memorable day, for it is the 146 Journeys to the Planet Mars. anniversary of the birth of one of the most noted per- sonages of comparatively modern times, and as it will be observed by all connected with the Galaresa yon will be afforded the privilege of seeing male and female represent- atives of the various races of Ento. The great hall is filling to repletion with youths, maidens and their rel- atives and friends, and professors and teachers are crowd- ing the spacious rostrum. One of the professors is about to address the quiet, attentive assemblage. You also will be attentive, while to the best of my ability I shall attempt to translate into your language, what he may say. Professor — Children of the Supreme One, through whose will you and all things have come into existence, it is my privilege and my pleasure to address you this day upon a theme ever dear to the hearts of the children of Ento. You are of various races, and your diverse sur- roundings have to a degree engendered in your minds a diversity of ideas, still, I doubt not that all present yield ready obedience to the will of Andumana, whose laws con- trol all things. Although our Holy Eeligion permits a certain freedom of thought and action, it is of paramount importance that the unformed minds of our youths and maidens shall be trained to think and act aright. To this end . all instruction should tend, and all examples of right living should serve as incentives for righteous endeavor. In the beginning it pleased Andumana that his chil- dren should be unlearned, beyond what might be neces- sary for self preservation and for their happiness, well knowing that knowledge acquired through laborious and painful experiences would be to them as valued treasures earned at great cost. Since remotest times these treas- ures have been accumulating, until now, we, who are the inheritors of all the past, are rich, not only in knowl- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 147 edge, but in memories of noble deeds of great and admira- ble men and women. On this commemorative occasion I shall attempt to repeat the story of one whose name ever will be set above and apart from all other names. It is the story of one whose deeds ever will call forth the loving homage due to an illustrious benefactor of Ento's chil- dren. It is the story of one of the greatest men of any time. To him not only do we owe the prosperity of our beautiful lands, but to Genessano Allis Immo and his most admirable wife, the Lady Camarissa, we also owe our love and gratitude for the creation of this, the great- est of Ento's institutions. True, ere even its foundations were laid, they were in the voiceless silence, but it was through their wise and generous munificence that means were provided wherewith their two sons, Inidora and Genessano, might carry into effect their wishes, thus per- petuating the memory of their beloved parents and con- ferring upon the children of Ento an inestimable benefit. Genessano Allis Immo's greatest achievement, which, as I have said, will set him above and apart from the re- nowned ones of the past, present and future, was Ins con- ception and execution of the Irrigating and Waterways System. It is a subject of history that many Eyzo-entevaa (centuries) preceding the period in which Genessano Allis Immo's father, Apsidon Genessano Allis Immo, was gov- ernor of this province, Ondu (which then, as now, extended from the western shore of Indoloisa to the eastern shore of Gandulana Loisa and northward and southward from Bascama Loisa to Taimon), not only this province, but the provinces of the entire central regions had, through the action of natural forces, grown more and more arid and unproductive, and that gradually, in despair of a better- ment of their condition, multitudes had deserted homes and country for more hospitable regions. Eventually it 148 Journeys to the Planet Mars. became lamentably apparent that if the lands could not in some way be retrieved, at no very distant time the central regions must become entirely depopulated. The peoples who still tenaciously clung to homes and country, having, through no fault of their own, grown impoverished and unable to longer passively silently endure the hopeless situation, became not only discontented but to an extent rebellious against the ruling powers, ascribing to them lack of wisdom as well as lack of interest in the general welfare. At this critical juncture Apsidon Genessano Allis Immo passed into the silence, and his son Genessano Allis Immo became hereditary governor of Ondu. At the very outset of his official career, two grave mat- ters confronted him. Gradually, during the past centuries in Indoloisa's basin had been deposited the disintegrated substances of the lessening mountain range and the wreck- age of other parts carried into it by the annual floods. As its bed raised, its waters encroached upon the lands to the west and south and Genessano Allis Immo realized that this disastrous and alarming condition must be rem- edied. The other and more momentous matter was the ever increasing aridity of the lands of the central regions. Genessano, the wise one, rose equal to these perplexing conditions. Hastening to the capitol, he conferred with the supreme ruler, Tyvon Oiranza, and his Council of State, who, being impressed not only with the necessity for immediate and vigorous action, but by his compre- hensive grasp of the very serious situation, at once issued a proclamation to the Ruhas (governors) of all the provinces, eminent engineers and other learned ones to immediately repair to the capitol in order that, if possible, their united wisdom and knowledge might find a solution of existing calamities. The congress being convened, Genessano Allis Immo addressed the assemblage. On this Journeys to the Planet Mars. 149 occasion it is not fitting to give more than the substance of his oration. Amid profound silence and strained atten- tion he said : "Our gracious and Supreme Euler has called to this congress those upon whom he relies, as being de- voted to the interest of the peoples of our beloved Ento. Upon your combined wisdom and knowledge he also relies, as being the foundation upon which he hopes to build for the future prosperity and happiness of our children and their descendants. To the Ruhas of the several provinces of Ento I, your co-worker, off er a loving greeting. To you, the learned ones of Ento, I proffer my prof oundest considera- tion. To you all it is known that Indoloisa's waters en- croach upon the lands along its western and southern shores. From an inconvenience this condition has grown into a menace. What shall be done to avert it ? We rely upon your united wisdom and skill to find a remedy. "It is, alas, a woful, an overwhelming fact that gradu- ally natural agencies have changed the surface of Ento, more especially the surface of the central regions, until now the soil is so arid and unproductive that poverty and consequent discontent of the peoples is leading to their depopulation. Is it possible for science, aided by self sacrifice, by unlimited means, by unremitting labor, to restore the vanquished fertility of the lands of the vast, desolated area? It is my thought by day, my dream of the night, as to how the glory, beauty and prosperity of past times may be restored to them. We know that ere long we must go into the silence, but Andumana will create, and others of his children will reap that which we shall sow. Teach us, ye wise and learned ones, that we may sow to be remembered as benefactors and not as foolish and unkind ones who have gone into the silence leaving a heritage of barren fields, of poverty and wretchedness." Genessano Allis Immo then laid before the congress his 150 Journeys to the Planet Mars. plans for deepening and confining the waters of Indoloisa and also for the reclamation of the lands of the central regions. At first both plans were considered imprac- ticable, but, after much thought and careful calculation, the Supreme Euler and the entire Assemblage came to re- gard them favorably. The very necessities of the situation created in their minds and in the minds of the people a sort of enthusiasm and ere long the gigantic undertaking was inaugurated. Thus far the results have been beneficent beyond all expectation. Of that all are aware, but of the inevitable difficulties and discouragements attached to the earlier years of what, at the best, was considered a stu- pendous experiment, we can form no estimate. True, the people, understanding that upon its success depended their well being and that of their posterity, gave willing co-operation, but so many difficulties and exigencies oc- curred that many times Genessano's firm will and loving heart well nigh failed him. Then it was that his spouse, the amiable and lovely Camarissa, stood unswervingly by his side. It is related that during this critical and trying period she gathered about her many women of lofty station, of youth and loveliness, and that she and they made it their duty to go among the laborers, bearing to them cordials and palatable viands and so cheering and encouraging them by their sympathy and gracious presence that the work progressed with such astonishing rapidity that at the end of meos elipsaa (three years) the waters of the great stor- age reservoirs and of Bascama Loisa, flowed southward, ir- rigating a considerable area of arid land, which burst into verdure and bloom as though newly touched by Andu- mana's creative hands. This demonstration so quickened the enthusiasm of all concerned that thereafter discourage- ments and uncertainty had not to be combated. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 151 In planning the irrigating* system, Genessana Allis Immo did not include possible waterways, much less our great system of waterways, but as the work progressed the necessity for providing further storage for the annual over- flow became apparent, and it was Genessano Allis Immo's comprehensive mind that conceived the idea of turning to advantage that which at first seemed a deplorable re- quirement. The idea once conceived, its utility was quickly perceived and with great determination and vigor the added enterprise was quickly under way. That it has been and ever will be of incalculable service and profit to Ento is obvious. Toward the close of the seventh year (of en elipsaa) the Irrigating and Central Waterways System reached Gandu- lana Loisa, thence eastward through the province of Wyamo and onward the work has continuously been prosecuted. Ere Genessano Allis Immo passed into the silence, as the results of his grandly conceived and executed plans he beheld fertile fields yielding rich abundance and growing communities of industrious, contented people surrounding themselves with the luxuries and refinements of prosperous conditions. He lived to realize that even as a child nestles in the arms of its mother, so would the thirsty lands of his beloved Ento nestle in the encircling embrace of the life giving element. He lived to behold the infant city Camarissa smiling downward upon the sparkling waters of the Central Waterway, with its many outreaching arms. He lived to see great vessels traversing the waterway be- tween Camarissa and Gandulana Loisa. He lived to see his adored wife, the Lady Camarissa, whose virtues and beauty were themes for poets, painters and sculptors, pass into the dread silence, while over her beloved form rained his and their two sons' woful tears. He yet lived to see the basin of Indoloisa greatly deepened and confined by 152 Journeys to the Planet Mars. strong embankments and stronger walls. He lived until he arranged for the erection of this, the greatest of Ento's Galaresas, then with the quiet resignation of one who has wisely and lovingly fulfilled the will of Andumana, he too was no more. Passing into the silence he left his two young sons to perpetuate his and their mother's name and honors. As Euha (governor) of Ondii, Inidora, the elder son, emulated the virtuous example of his revered father, and Genessano, the younger son, who in resemblance and characteristics was very like his father was his brother's inseparable companion. It is related of them that the life of one seemed inseparably involved in the existence of the other. As two vigorous saplings growing side by side, their leafy boughs so interlaced as to cast but one shadow, so were the lives of the two youths interblended. The thought of one was the thought of both. The desire of either one found fullest response in the heart of the other. It was the will of Andumana that Inidora while yet in early manhood should cease to exist. His brother Genes- sano, bereaved and inconsolable, unable to endure the de- spair of knowing that no more should he behold the dear face and form of the brother he loved so well, that never- more should he hear the voice that was to him as sweetest music, also soon passed into the silence from whence, alas, cometh no faintest whisper of our lost, our beloved dead. Being the last representatives of their direct family line, and dying unwedded, the title and office of governor re- verted to the general government, whose Supreme Euler was Vestamon Oiranza, whose f ather, Tyvon Vestamon Oiranza, had recently passed into the silence. This great Galaresa was only well begun when the deaths of Inidora and Genessano left to others the com- pletion of their parents' and their own plans. Those who took up the work which death had obliged them to lay Journeys to the Planet Mars. 153 down, took it up lovingly, reverently, not as a burdensome task, but as a great and precious trust, whose faithfulest fulfillment should be reckoned no higher than a simple duty to the memory of the generous dead. Ah me, were life continuous with what gracious approval might they not regard this grand institution which, like the radiant beams of Andumana's glorious abode, blesses all alike? To us the memory of Genessano Allis Inuno, of the Lady Camarissa and their two sons has been handed dowit through song and story. On yonder flower wreathed pedestals their sculptured images form lovely groups. Seldom, if ever, has Andumana given to Ento four such adorable children. Alas, that such admirable beings should have forever perished. Alas, that there is no perpetuity of existence. Were it possible for father, mother and sons to revisit their former domain, and this institution dedi- cated to their memory, would not it enhance their hap- piness to learn how far reaching is the blessing which their beneficence has conferred upon the sons tod} daughters of Ento ? On this memorial day let us resolve to strive to profit by the example of these illustrious ones, and though we may not hope to attain to the greatness of their exalted characters, in some degree we may merit the benediction of their wise and generous munificence. It is written that the mighty gods are immortal, and may not Andumana in some blest abode still continue the existence of those whose lives were so nearly Deific ? Only Andumana knoweth. Our sacred writings contain no revelation relating to such momentous questions, neither have our priesthood, whose lives are most virtuous and exalted, any knowledge concerning a possible continuity of existence, and to our despairing importunings the mighty gods make no reply. But this we do know, that the good and evil deeds of men are as seed sown broad- 154 Journeys to the Planet Mars. cast. Has good seed been sowed? Then shall golden sheaves of a bounteous harvest be gathered. Have noxious seeds been cast upon the bosom of the wind to be wafted into the highways and byways? Then shall the unwise . sower gather his harvest in weariness and sorrow. Dear youths and maidens, and you of maturer years, on this commemorative occasion it will be well that we shall begin anew to sow the seeds of righteous conduct, of loving thoughts, of generous deeds, of helpful care for all who need our best service, for are not we all the children of Andumana, the Creator of all that is? Then when we, too, shall pass into the silence, may we leave in the minds and hearts of those who may succeed us, momories as sweet as the fragrance of these rodel blooms, which now we will lay upon Andumana' s altar, in recogni- tion and remembrance of His love for having given to Ento those who surely were His most admirable children. De I/Ester — Were it not so touching, it might be amusing to watch the faces of Inidora and Genessnno, but so worshipful is their love for their parents that they, like the assemblage, accord to them the fullest measure of their admiring homage. Now, as those dignified, gentle mannered professors, followed by students and visitors from many lands, .reverently go toward the Istoira to lay their flower offering upon the altar dedicated to Andumana and His Messengers, the Deific ones, one is filled with wonder that despite the hopeless creed of these people, their faces wear an expression of serene composure. Gentola — Yes, their faces do wear a look of serenity, but to my mind they also wear an expression of profound pathos. Their faces also express much intelligence, refine- ment and spirituality. Though when one realizes that they have no conception of the indestructible ego, the latter terms seems misapplied. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 155 Those wonderfully beautiful, gentle ; graceful and gracious youths and maidens are quite unlike the vivacious, self-assured young people of some portions of our planet. If the lesson of to-day has in their hearts found as full a response as it has found in my own, the professor will not have spoken in vain. What a grand thing it is to have lived to such splendid purpose as have Genessano Allis Immo, the Lady Cama- rissa, and these, their sons. De I/Ester — Truly so, and grander still that they con- tinue to exist, and that through their lofty spirituality they exert over the minds of the Entoans an incalculable influence. We now also will proceed to the Istoira. Yes, it is a pleasing ceremony. Scarcely less white than the marble altar are the fragrant rodel blooms laid on it by students and visitors, as they reverently salute the stately statue of Genessano Allis Immo, crowning its summit. This ceremony closes the observances of the present hour, and the assemblage is quietly dispersing. In the hall we will await their return. You have observed that a gentle seriousness is a marked characteristic of all the Entoans you have seen, and I will add that pathos is the minor chord of their being ever moaning out an appeal for that light whose radiance alone can pierce the veil between mortal consciousness and the spirit side of life. Gextola — Inidora, the more I see of your people the greater is my surprise that in certain directions their knowledge is so limited. For instance, it seems very strange that such intelligent, and as I have been informed, such learned persons, as many of them are, have not, despite all obstacles, some accurate knowledge of the science of astronomy. Inidora — Civilization and its expressions are not al- 156 Jaurneys to the Planet Mars. ways along straight or even lines. Thus, a people, in cer- tain directions, may have evolved to a lofty plane, while, through the retarding influences of special environments, they, in other directions, may have progressed so slowly as to have for a time remained practically inert. This condition applies to the Entoans, who, though spiritually and intellectually, highly evolved, have been for a time, and yet are, through the retarding influences of special mental environments, in a state of spiritual inertia. Through ancient records and yet more ancient Ento spirits we have learned that centuries previous to the estab- lishment of our national religion, the arts and sciences had attained a high degree of excellence, and that among the different races were various phases of religious beliefs, with universal tolerance of the same. That among the learned ones were some who asserted that Ento was but one of many worlds, and that through means of certain instru- ments these persons attempted to prove their sacrilegious theories. But at the time of the establishment of the national religion all these wild and reprehensible fancies were set aside as unholy and as tending to invalidate the statements of the Sacred Writings. From what our friend Bruno and some ancient spirits of your spirit spheres have related to me it appears that on your planet in a very remote period civilization was in a very advanced state and that a people known as the Chal- deans were learned in astronomy, chemistry and other sciences and also were wonderful seers. That one Aro- manes calculated the procession of the equinoxes and the occurrences of eclipses. Sosthene, another Chaldean, with whom I am personally acquainted, calculated very accu- rately the distances of the planets of our solar system from the Sun and their revolutions about it. Yet many centuries later, through religious intolerance, our dear friend Bruno Journeys to the Planet Mars. 157 was burned to death for like assertions. Thais you per- ceive that the Entoans are not exceptional in not having evolved equally in all directions. Even after the estab- lishment of ouixnational religion, from time to time, dar- ing and irreverent seekers after knowledge attempted to teach the people strange doctrines, subversive of estab- lished beliefs. One declared that the shining points in space were worlds like Ento and that Andumana having created them he perhaps also had peopled them as he had peopled Ento. And, heresy of heresies, one Sivonadas more than hinted that J;he children of Ento had evolved from lower life forms. Such pernicious teachings could not be tolerated, and effective means were used to efface them. An instance illustrative of attempts to break up the shackles of ecclesiasticism I will at another time relate to you. To you the religious beliefs of the Entoans appear ex- tremely superstitious, as indeed they largely are, yet, if I may draw a conclusion from what I have learned relating to the many faiths of Earth's peoples, I do not perceive that they have, as a whole, come into a truer conception of the Infinite One who is the sum total of all spirituality than have the peoples of this and many other planets. Eeligious creeds and observances, albeit the expressions of states of civilization, to an extent retroact as re- straints, if not actual barriers to progress, and rarely are the spiritual impulses of a people forceful enough to divert into new channels the extreme conservatism of established religions. Thus, though during later centuries the spir- itual impulses of the Entoans have been greatly intensi- fied, they tenaciously have clung to their hopeless beliefs as being the only known channel through which their spiritual energy might find expression. Like children learning to 158 Journeys to the Planet Mars. walk alone, they have not dared to let go of one support while no other has been within reach. Believing absolutely that Ento and all pertaining to it are special creations of Andumana, the Supreme One, whose glorious abode is in Diafon evoiha (the Sun), whose beams are effulgent and life giving because they are re- flections of His majesty and power, and that beyond the screen of the fleecy clouds is Astranola, where dwell His messenger^ who note and bear to Him a record of the thoughts and deeds of His children. Believing that Phra (death) the dread God, surely will destroy those who may be sacrilegious enough to question the statements of the Sacred Writings, or who may attempt to peer into the dwelling place of the Gods, or to search into forbidding mysteries. Believing that life, the jewel beyond price, is prolonged through strict obedience to the commands of Andumana, which, through His messengers have from time to time been revealed to the priesthood, who are the chosen custodians of all truth; believing all this, and more, the Entoans are not likely to forsake old beliefs until they are shown the way to a truer, happier faith. That spiritually, they are prepared to accept a happier, more rational faith, is beyond question, and that the time and means are at hand for this glorious consummation we do not for a moment doubt. De I/Ester — From what Inidora has said you may infer that he does not regard civilization as a result of religious concepts. Neither do we, for, through observa- tion and experience, we have learned that it is despite religious concepts, which invariably are more or less erro- neous, that the spirituality innate in the spiritualized hu- man, impels the forward progress of civilization, which means clearer recognition of truth, hence a clearer, higher conception of the all pervading Infinite Spirit. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 159 Spirit, recognized or unrecognized, is the positive, po- tential^ intelligent force of the universe, whose ener- gies ceaselessly, unerringly turn the wheels of evolu- tion. So called decadence of civilizations is but the re- couping of spiritual forces adjusting themselves to chang- ing conditions. All man inhabited planets necessarily pass through similar experiences. Like the alternate flow- ing and ebbing of ocean's tides are the advancements and retrogressions of civilizations, both being a fulfilling of natural law, whose infinite, intelligent, forceful activities are known by many names. From very advanced ancient spirits of Ento and Earth we have learned of civilizations of both planets adorned by arts, sciences and social con- ditions of a high order, but of an antiquity so remote that, compared with them, the civilization of their time was more than crude, and the revelations of their Yohoidas and Tsufalen (teachers of the divine mysteries) of Ento and those of the alchemists, astrologers and astronomers of Earth were as echoes of a dead past. Yes, it is a truth that there is nothing new under the sun. That which becomes perceptible to human consciousness is new only in the sense that it is a special presentation and recognition of that which always has existed. It is quite as true that all life forms of all inhabited planets invariably evolve from involved conditions, that is they evolve from the un- seen into the perceptible, which is the symbol of the real, and all ever are evolving into higher expression. Certainly no thought or act (which is thought ex- pressed) is ever lost, and though peoples of remotest times have left no written history or other record of their day, the impressions of their thoughts and deeds unquestion- ably are an active force in the present. Spirit force is the one and only force, and the spiritual- ized force of humanity is cumulative, hence each succeed- 160 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ing generation becomes heir to the accumulated energies of their predecessors. I am aware that the records of ex- tinct races and nations may appear to contradict this state- ment, nevertheless it is correct. Thus it occurs that Ento's peoples inherit a tremendous spiritual force, and the bonds of ecclesiasticism once severed, eagerly they will turn from the old to accept the new faith, and the very heavens will resound with their paeans of joy and praise to the Supreme One, who, in answer to their ceaseless prayers, has at last vouchsafed them the priceless boon of an assurance of a continuity of life. Ah, professors and students are reas- sembling, and for the present your questionings and our replies must cease. The very distinguished looking person robed in white and ; maroon is about to address the young people. Be attentive, Gentola, for I shall attempt to trans- late into your language what he may say. Professor — Dear youths and maidens, in further com- memoration of the virtues and deeds of the illustrious dead, to whom we, and all Entoans, owe so great a debt of reverential love, we have decided that on this occasion it will not be amiss to deviate from our usual order of exercises. Thus, in addressing you, I shall venture to touch upon subjects hitherto considered too abstruse for im- mature minds. In these enlightened days it is thought that the education of the young should be of a more com- prehensive nature; that, although a positive knowledge of facts is an imperative requirement, it is well that youth- ful minds shall also consider speculative theories, so that they may readily judge between truth and untruth. Un- til recently it has been thought not only unwise but irrev- erent to discuss the many theories, doctrines and unscru- pulous declarations of illy regulated persons, who, through all times, have sought to mislead the people through calling in question the authenticity of statements of the Sacred Journeys to the Planet Mars. 161 Writings. But of late a growing belief of observant, thoughtful minds is that that which is true is indestructi- ble, and that the intelligence of the people is quickened through comparing the spurious with, the genuine. Be- lieving that these propositions are irrefutable I have care- fully prepared a paper which I anticipate will both inter- est and instruct jou. At least it will inform you of some of the strange and erroneous, though possibly sincere, ideas which, from time to time, have occupied the attention, not only of the ignorant and credulous, but also the atten- tion of some miscalled scientists. To you all it is well known that Genessano Allis Immo and his family ever were faithful observers of the teach- ings and rites of our Holy Eeligion. Also you are aware that when the body of the Lady Camarissa was incinerated it was made known to the people that no ashes remained., and that when the body of her adored husband was con- sumed the same strange mystery occurred. By many it was and is believed that because of the sublime purity and nobility of their stainless lives they were, by the Deific Ones, borne to Astranola. But it is not for us to attempt to learn the secrets of the gods, to whom our reverent thoughts are ever due. De I/Ester — Gentola, stand near the youth in purple. He is Prince Dano, and presently you will speak to him. Professor — You will now honor me with your attention while I shall read the result of some recent researches into records written in a language of ancient times. It is re- lated by Tsohuta that during the ofen ryzo entevah (seventh century) succeeding the establishment of our holy religion, Zenano Yodas, a very learned man, but of a perverse nature, who feared neither Andumana or the ven- geance of the gods, sought to gain a knowledge of forbidden things. Through the aid of some strange device he pro- 162 Journeys to the Planet Mars. fessed that he had learned the n^stery of the realms of Astranola, which he blasphemously averred had no ex- istence, and that neither did Andumana dwell in Diafon evoiha (the Sun), but was an ever active, all pervading, intelligent, unknowable personality or principle. That there were neither gods nor goddesses. He also dared to declare, and what was, if possible, more sacrilegious, that Andumana had not created Ento, which was in a sense self- created. With utmost seriousness he declared that in man was an essence which was his life, and that at death of the body this essence, which was intelligent, took form and somewhere continued to exist. That these essences, not the gods, peopled space, and that, under certain conditions, he had even seen these essences in form, had conversed with them, had been touched by them, and, most incredible of all, he claimed to have recognized in certain forms, friends and loved ones who had gone into the silence. Of course these assertions were the ravings of one of lost mind or the hallucination of one who irreverently sought to gain knowledge of things known only to the Deific Ones. We who continually mourn for our loved ones who have gone into the silence, whither, reluctantly, our footsteps also tend, can well understand that Zenano Yoda may have been bereft of his dearest ones and in his despair became so disturbed in mind as to really have thought the vagaries of a diseased imagination were realities. It is well known that similar cases have been and are treated in our retreats for mental illness. Certainly no man mentally whole would have dared to be so impious as was he, and only one of unbalanced senses could have imagined a thing so strangely preposterous as that the life essence continued to exist after the form which had contained it had been wholly consumed and whose ashes De I/Ester — Now, Gentola, speak to Prince Dano. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 163 Gentola — Emano, Ento noan ista parii tenu. Efon analos esto para com bano Earth. Andumana esti com banu elos tissima. De L'Ester — Springing to his feet in great excitement, he cries aloud: "Zenano Yodas, esta purva. Zenano Yodas, esto purva. Emanos, Emanos, Efon vala genista tima. Ah, camano ufan tsi non ista valo? Camano uf an tsi non ista valo ? De L'Ester — Touch him on his face and hands. That will do. Trembling and amazed, swooning almost, he staggers and falls into the arms of his alarmed friends. The startled professors endeavor to quiet the excited stu- dents who are crowding about them, eagerly questioning them as to the cause of Prince Dano's strange seizure. All heard him cry out: "Zenano Yodas spoke truly, Ze- nano Yodas spoke truly. Friends, friends, I see a form. Ah, cannot you see it? Cannot you also see it?" Pro- fessors and students alike are greatly disturbed. Eeally, I am sorry for the professor, whose paper is thought to have had an effect quite contrary to his anticipations. His mind is so full of misgivings as to the propriety of having called attention to such an unusual subject that he declines, though urgently pressed, to further pursue it. What a commotion. Dano quietly, but strenuously, asserts that he did see a form, the form of a strange appearing woman who was clothed in shining garments. He also declares that she touched him on his face and hands and that she said, "Friend, Ento is not my home. I come from another world called Earth. Truly, Andumana is everywhere/' He expresses the hope and earnest desire that he may again see the Earth woman, and he shall not be disappointed. Zenano Yodas at least has one convert to his belief. As yet we only can convey the consciousness of these sensi- tives' detached sentences, but soon they will grow accus- 164 Journeys to the Planet Mars. tomed to the new and strange experience, and will learn to remain passive, hence receptive. Gentola — Have not I, elsewhere, seen this Prince Dano ? De L'Ester — In the dwelling we first visited I called your attention to the portraits of a youth and maiden. Dano is the original of the portrait of the youth. Gentola — Ah, yes, I recall the circumstance. The portrait is very like the young man, who possesses a very fine and exceedingly handsome face and form. De I/Ester — We have held you overlong to-day, and having for the present no further designs upon Dano or others we will now return you to your physical form. Gentola — May I ask if you have considered my request for an absence of some weeks from home ? De L'Ester — We have, and very regretfully we acqui- esce in your desire for rest and a visit to your World's Fair. Of course we are aware that your journeys to Ento exhaust your vitality, but constantly we have guarded you with utmost care, and thus far the result is so encourag- ing that it leads us to hope and expect that you will return home renewed in health and with a willingness to fulfill your promise to us. Gextola — When I return home I shall gladly place myself at your disposal. Must I immediately return to Earth? I should like to hear the next speaker, who ap- pears to be greatly agitated. De L'Ester — We do not consider it safe to hold you lon- ger. You shall be informed as to what may further oc- cur or be said that may indicate that the present state of involution is likely to be superseded by a marked evolution of the religious thought of the Entoans. Now, with the promise that during your absence from home we will, as far as we may, guard and guide you in Journeys to the Planet Mars. 165 all your ways, we will consign you to the care of George and Inez, who will bear you safely to your soul self, your objective personality, which, in a semi-conscious state, awaits your return. Now, make your adieux to these friend's and then we all may say au revoir. George — Not one question,, my sister. Always we are inclined to hold you with us too long. You are surprised that the shadows of night already are brooding over your city, and that here in your quiet room twilight has deep- ened into darkness. Gentola — George, Inez, bear my loving greetings to all our dear ones. Good-bye, good-bye. 166 Journeys to the Planet Mars. CHAPTER VIIL SPIRITUALIZED MAN. De L 5 Ester — Again you are at home, and we, your ever faithful friends are here to greet and congratulate you on your improved health. Gentola — And I with greater pleasure than I can ex- press reciprocate your friendly greeting. Yes, during my visit I was on several occasions conscious of your presence, once especially so. De I/Ester — That was when you questioned your archi- tect escort as to the dimensions of the rotunda of the building you were observing. Mentally you were com- paring it with the rotunda of the Galaresa. Gentola — That was the time to which I have alluded. I knew you were touching my head, and once I knew that you and George were walking beside me. De I/Ester — Indeed we did not at any time leave you unattended. We never do. You have such a genius for falling and other mishaps, that ever we are on guard to if possible avert them. No, we will not go to Ento to-day, but with your permission we will talk with you. Gentola — I shall be only too happy to have you do so. May I ask for your opinion of our World's Fair ? Did it at all interest you? t - De L'Ester — Truly, we all feel a degree of pleasure and pride in such an exposition of the achievements of Earth's peoples. It was a grand result of ages of evolution, and a Journeys to the Planet Mars. 167 fine illustration of the history of their progress. Should we say that largely the marvellous exhibit was the reflex of activities of the spirit side of life, you scarcely would credit the assertion, nevertheless it is true. All spirits submerged in mortals, subconsciously are en rapport with the spirit spheres, and when the subjective and objective consciousness are fully en rapport, they establish a medium, through which very advanced spirits of exalted spheres can convey into visible expression the results of their wisdom and attainments. But this is a topic we cannot now con- sider. We observed that you were greatly interested in the par- liament of religions, and the various ethical and other con- gresses. Could the audiences hare seen the multitudes of spirits who listened, applauding or disapproving, they would have been astounded. Myriads of Earthbound spirits were there, and spirits too from the higher spheres, not only of our own planet, but of others, and all were deeply interested in the proceedings. If *it be true that in a multitude of counsellors there is wisdom, at the parlia- ment that somewhat rare jewel should have shone re- splendent. The numerous representatives of Earth's lead- ing faiths, each vieing with the others in presentations of their claims, as possessors of truth, afforded a stirring- spectacle. We also observed your lively interest in the Orientals and their expositions of their various faiths, which are more truly spiritual than are some of more modem times. You have come to understand that a people may believe an erroneous doctrine, yet be a spirit- ualized people. What they may accept as truth is not so momentous as is their manner of living it. The spirit of the Golden Rule is found not only in all the great re- ligions of Earth's peoples, but in all the religions of all peoples everywhere, and if those who profess a belief in 168 Journeys to the Planet Mars. it practice it they are not far from the kingdom of Heaven. Yes, positive beliefs in this or that do, to a degree, in- fluence conduct, and it is quite as true that beliefs are the results of heredity and environment, which are most force- ful mediums for the perpetuation of good and evil, char- acteristics of human good and evil being terms expressive of states of development. Truth is God, perfectly ex- pressed, and truth may be likened to light which, falling through color, takes on the hue of the medium through which it falls, but is light still. So truth though dis- colored by its passage through the medium of Hindu, Bud- dhist, Confucian, Christian, and other imperfect faiths, is truth still, and ever its radiance steadfastly shines for the guidance of humanity. Geotola — You have mentioned my interest in the Orientals. I assure you that when I first saw Swami Vivekananda and other Orientals enter the great hall, I was quite startled. It seemed to me that at some time somewhere I had known them, or people like them, and I found myself trembling from a sort of shock or surprise. To this day I cannot account for the peculiar sensation. De 1/ Ester — Do not try to account for it ; later on you may be able to do so. Gentola — Doubtless you are aware that among scien- tists of our planet there is much speculation as to a possi- ble missing link between the earliest humans and the most highly evolved animal forms preceding them. While ob- serving at the parliament the representatives of various races it occurred to me that between them and their animal progenitors there may have been a variety of missing links. Humboldt — Gentola, I fear that you have not well re- membered some lessons we have endeavored to convey to you. In the so termed chain of human evolution, no link is missing. The expression is misleading, and altogether Journeys to the Planet Mars. 169 unscientific. In a chain no one link is an outgrowth of another link. It is an individual, special, observable crea- tion of the artisan, but from the earliest physical expres- sion of the human to the period when the Earth man be- came a Spiritualized Being, the degrees or stages of his unfoldment were so indistinct, so slightly emphasized as to have been imperceptible, save by the Infinite One. Gentola — Do you know at what stage of his evolve- ment, and how the Earth man became spiritualized? Humboldt — You have been informed that apart from the physical plane the term time has no significance. When we freed spirits think of eternity we think of that which had no beginning and can have no ending. When we think of the universe, we think of that which is di- mensionless, and when I say that always throughout the dimensionless universe, new worlds have been, and are coming into existence, and that dead worlds have been, and are undergoing disintegration, I but state accepted facts. Always, when new worlds become fitted for it, they receive that which Earth's scientists have not yet discerned — the quickening potentiality, the life impulse, which is the Divine Energy pervading the universe. In their tepid waters the first life expressions of the vegetable, of the animal, and of the human animal are manifested. On our planet, as on other planets, quickened protoplasmic, human germs passed through all the gradations incident to their onward, upward, ceaseless progress toward a period when as hairy creatures with low retreating fore- heads, protruding jaws, repulsive features, and unshapely limbs, upon which they scarcely stood erect, they instinc- tively drew themselves apart from all other life forms. No, in no sense were they related to anthropoids; animals they were, but human animals, with faculties so specialized as to place them above all other creatures. Ages elapsed, 170 Journeys to the Planet Mars. and when sufficiently ervolved, they became spiritualized. How? As you cannot yet accept a belief in re-embodi- ment, you may not accept my statement and the added testimony of these friends, that in the spirit spheres of inhabited planets of our Solar System and of other systems of worlds, there are myriads of Spirits, of low planes of development, who, through the ministrations of those known in the Spirit Worlds as Angels of the Visitation, are conveyed to such human creatures as I have spoken of, and through their organisms they are re-embodied, and become reborn as their spiritualized children. And that was how the first spiritualized humans appeared on Earth, and how they appeared on other planets prepared to receive them. Could I not read your thoughts, your perplexed expression would assure me that another question is on your lips. Gentola — Yes, that is so. I am wondering where the first spirits ever embodied came from. Humboldt — My dear madame, when we shall have learned when the first world came into existence, we also may learn where the first embodied spirits came from. Concerning these propositions, my ignorance compels si- lence. On what authority do I make the statement re- lating to the spiritualization of the human animal ? Upon such authority or proofs as I have accumulated through visiting worlds in various stages of evolvement. Worlds yet too young to receive in their waters the first influx of life germs. Worlds in whose tepid waters, protoplasmic cells, the wombs containing the germs of all life forms are teeming. Worlds which have evolved vegetable and animal forms so huge, so grotesque as to be appalling. Worlds on which the human animal is on the verge of becoming spiritualized. Worlds where having become a spiritualized conscious being, man is looking about him in fear and Journeys to the Planet Mars. 171 amazement. Worlds where man has evolved varying de- grees of civilization, and yet other worlds, where the peo- ples, compared with those of Ento or Earth, are as gods. Gentola — You will pardon me, sir, if my question may have seemed to involve a doubt as to the correctness of your statements. No such thought was in my mind. On the contrary, I so implicitly believe what you have said, that I realize that I am as an atom of a boundless universe. Bruno — But relatively the atom is as great as the uni- verse. You have been told that an atom is a universe in embryo, for in it are all possible qualities, and in it are all the activities of Infinite Intelligent Energy. So were you no greater than an atom, you yet would be a necessary factor of Infinity. Gentola — I do not question the truth of your state- ment, which humbles rather than exalts my estimate of my own personality. Bruno — He, who was the divinest man of any of Earth's saviors, counselled his disciples to be as humble as little children, that thus they might be great in the Kingdom of Heaven, and you will learn that the further you progress in an understanding of the Infinity of God, Who is the all, and in all the more will you desire to humbly adore the Divine Spirit of the atom and the universe. Gentola — I realize that I know so little. That I only am approaching the threshold of the temple of knowledge. You, on the spirit side, better than I, comprehend the limi- tations of mortals, so you w r ill not wonder that I grow im- patient, because of my slow progress in a spiritual direc- tion; but with you, dear friends, to aid and instruct me I shall hope to grow in grace and in a knowledge of the truth. De L'Ester — Courage, Gentola, remember that ever the stream must flow onward to the sea. So if in your present 172 Journeys to the Planet Mars. incarnation you cannot attain to loftiest heights the law of eternal progress will oblige you to unfold the divinity within you. Neither you nor we will ever find a halting place on this endless journey, which is ever onward, ever upward toward the unattainable perfection of Infinite Spirit, Intelligence, Energy and Love. But we have grown too serious, and will talk of lighter matters. With curiosity and amusement we regarded your perplexity, upon viewing for the first time the beautiful white city. You were quite bewildered by the oddly fa- miliar appearance of the architecture, decorative, and other features of the buildings, bridges, statuary, and so on. Le tout ensemble reminded you of scenes you could not at once localize. Gentola- — Yes, really I was for the moment rather be- wildered. I thought that I must have dreamed of a similar scene, then it came to me that on Ento I had beheld that of which the White City reminded me. Did not you all think it beautiful? De L'Ester — Very, and we now promise you that some day we will show you a greater and far more beautiful White City, than that ephemeral one on the shore of Lake Michigan. Gentola — I shall try to remember your promise. May I ask where are Inidora and Genessano? De L'Ester — Since your last visit to Ento a dread catas- trophe has occurred, and they and other Ento spirits have been, and yet are engaged in aiding sufferers, both in and out of the physical body. They were to meet us here, and we expect them at any moment. To-day is the 29th. of October, 1893. When will it suit your convenience to accompany us to Ento ? We hope that you may name an early day. { Gentola — You cannot be more anxious than am I to Journeys to the Planet Mars. 173 resume our journeys. On November 1st I shall be ready. Ah, here are Inidora and Genessano. You are most wel- come. I have been inquiring about you, and with regret have learned that some calamity has befallen Ento. Inidora — I can say for my brother and myself that we are delighted to again meet you, and doubly glad that soon you with our Band will resume the duties of our mission to our sorrowful people. Yes, truly, a dread calamity has befallen the inhabitants of a densely populated region in a locality, corresponding, De L'Ester says, to about the latitude and longitude of Berlin, in Germany. It is re- grettable that fear of ridicule, in case of mistakes, renders you too positive to be able to record some scientific mat- ters. Believe that I do not mean to chide you. You do your best, and we are satisfied with your efforts. Nearly two centuries of your time have elapsed since Ento has been subjected to a destructive earthquake. Oc- casionally, in various localities, slight seismic disturbances have occurred, but not since the destruction of Petucy has there been a serious convulsion. Corresponding with your morning of the 26th of September, peculiar and alarming rumblings and tremors of the underground at- tracted the attention of the people on the southern con- fines of the Province of Dyrin. At intervals during two days and a night these disturbances occurred, and in affright many of the more timorous or prudent fled to other parts for safety ; but thousands remained, praying to Andumana and the Deific ones for protection. Their priests offered the propitiatory animal sacrifices and the temple altars were laden with offerings of the most precious things ; but alas, Andumana and the dwellers in Astranola were deaf to all entreaty. On the evening of the second day Diafon evoiha (the Sun), enshrouded in a mantle of lurid clouds, from which angry gleams emanated, sank from view below 174 Journeys to the Planet Mars. the faintly outlined horizon, and for a space deathlike stillness reigned, and in mute terror the people waited. But not for long, for suddenly tremors, faint at first, but quickly increasing in violence seemed to shake the very foundations of Ento. Temples and other great structures tottered, then fell in shapeless ruins, and smaller edifices and private residences were utterly demolished. So ap- palling were the convulsions that the affrighted, frenzied people ran hither and thither, seeking to save their own and the lives of their dear ones ; but many were crushed under falling buildings, and thus passed from death to unlooked- for life in our spirit realms. In one locality, suddenly a great fissure opened, and as suddenly closed, engulfing almost an entire village. Then the disturbance subsided, and on the following morning the rising glory of Diafon evoiha gleamed athwart a pitiable spectacle. Homes de- stroyed. Great public structures fallen. The living seek- ing the dead, and rescuing the injured, and to our spirit vision spirits releasing themselves from their crushed physical bodies were some of the features of the deplorable event. Of course, our dtaty, as well as our sympathy, has im- pelled us to assist them, and we have been engaged in the work of restoring to full consciousness the many bewildered ones, who scarcely can be made to realize the marvel, the joy of continued existence. So touching has the experience been that many times my eyes have filled with tears. Other Ento spirits are engaged in the incomplete work, for as you are aware, some newly freed spirits, especially those who suddenly pass to the spirit side, remain uncon- scious, not only for days, tut for prolonged periods. No, the spirit spheres of different planets are not alike, for all correspond with the co»4itions of such planets as they surround. Yet in a sense the conditions of all spirit Journeys to the Planet Mars. 175 spheres are so in harmony with each other that spirits sufficiently progressed, and who have learned the laws involved in these conditions, can visit any Spirit Sphere of any planet. Yes, I recall that once during my child- hood a considerable seismic disturbance occurred under, and adjacent to the plateau on which was our home, and that the alarmed people hastened to offer sacrifices, and Andumana spared his offending children. The Band ap- proving, you may be shown the scene of the late catas- trophe. At present the conditions are so harrowing that it would not be wise to subject you to them. The local and neighboring crematories, not being equal to the in- cineration of the dead, many of the mutilated bodies have been taken elsewhere. The cries and lamentations of the living that no more shall they behold the forms of their dear ones is pitiable in the extreme. Oh, that the time may quickly arrive when Ento's despairing people may learn that their sorrowful belief in utter annihilation is false. That continuity of existence is a glorious reality. Gentola — With all my heart I pray that it may be so, and if I, in the slightest degree, may be made to further the fulfillment of your desire, I shall rejoice that I have not lived in vain. Genessano — Emana (friend), no one lives in vain. From the least developed to the highest evolvement of the human of any planet, all are fulfilling the Infinite, Intelli- gent, Divine Will. All are portions of the waves of human progress, and no one can go forward without directly or indirectly aiding his weaker, consequently less highly evolved brother. In the spirit worlds, so well understood is this law that sooner or later all spirits desire re-embodi- ment, that thus they may not only aid mortals less evolved than themselves, but that in so doing they also may advance their own spiritual evolvement. Yes, it would appear 176 Journeys to the Planet Mars. that in this desire there is an element of selfishness. Not so. It simply is the fulfilling of a law of the All Wise, In- finite One, whom yon name God. Both Inidora and I long for the time when we shall be fitted to return to mortal existence. Would we prefer re- embodiment on Ento? I cannot say that our inclination is not in that direction, still the feeling scarcely amounts to a preference. Then we well know that the Angels of the Visitation will choose birthplaces best suited, not only to our further evolvement, but where we may aid others in their progress. Many spirits strongly desire to be re- born on the planet of their last re-embodiment, and con- ditions favoring, they may do so. Spirits from the higher spheres, reborn on any planet, as saviors, leaders, prophets, or teachers, may or may not !have been former inhabitants of such planet. Through the law of fitness all re-embodi- ments are controlled. You, emana, largely because you cannot recall the past, cannot yet accept a belief in re- embodiment; but when you shall have returned to the spirit side you again will recognize its beneficence, just as in time all spirits recognize that Infinite Intelligence, Love and Justice give to all, that which is for their greatest good. De L'Ester — We now will leave you. On the morning of November 1st we will come for you, and you will not forget to take the usual precautions against being dis- turbed. I may mention that on your next visit to Ento, you will have the pleasure of meeting the Lady Camarissa, mother of Inidora and Genessano. She will meet us at Camarissa. Until then, adieu. October 29th, 1893. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 177 CHAPTER IX. MEETING WITH CAMARISSA. De L'Ester — We salute you, and are gratified to find you prepared for our flight to Ento. As Inidora, Genes- sano, and their mother await us at Camarissa we will journey quickly. George, allow your sister to merely rest on your arm; thus she will grow stronger and more self- reliant. Yonder is ruddy Ento, glowing and palpitating like the heart of some living creature. Now glance back- ward at our own distant planet. Yes, its radiant envelope differs in color from that of Ento. What occasions the difference in the atmospheric coloring of the two planets? Qualities of atmosphere, reflection and refraction. Yes, it is difficult to realize that on our Earth world myriads of creatures, humans and animals each in accord- ance with their inherent qualities are reaching out toward the light which lighteth, not only every man that cometh into the world, but which shines for the Earth worm as well as for the angel. You think that a very comprehen- sive statement? So it is; but is not the Infinite, Omni- present Spirit in the atom as well as in the universe? Aye, and spirit is the one light, and there is no other. - The beautiful city Camarissa lies below us, and we will now descend to our friends who await us in the arbor. Genessano — Lohau ementos. We have been watching and welcoming your approach. Gentola, allow me the pleas- ure of making known to you our dear, our honored mother. 178 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Camarissa — At last I meet you, of whom I so often have heard. You have given my sons a place in your regard, may I hope to also be so favored? Gentola — It is I who am the favored one, and I shall esteem it a privilege and a pleasure to number you among my friends. Your sons have promised a relation from your own lips, of events occurring during your mortal existence; so aside from the pleasure of mutual acquaint- ance with much interest I have looked forward to your coming. Camarissa — To recall events of my mortal existence will be like recalling a not very well remembered dream. It may surprise you to learn that not since my dear sons entered our spirit world, nearly four centuries ago, have I visited Ento's physical plane. To explain why I have not, would not suit the present occasion. I perceive that since last my eyes gazed upon the once familiar face of Ento, marvellous changes have occurred; not the least noticeable is the educational institution erected near the site of my former home. Long ere our departure into the world of spirits, my dear husband Genessano Allis Immo, and I were engrossed with the anticipation of at some not far future time rear- ing a great Galaresa, which should not only serve to per- petuate our memory, but also should serve the nobler pur- pose of educating future generations in science, art, in- dustries, and gentle modes of living. Other important interests so occupied our time and attention that the ful- fillment of our cherished plan was delayed and the years passed, and still we found no time to devote to the achieve- ment of a work so dear to our hearts. At last a period arrived when we felt that we might arrange for the Qrec- tion of the Galaresa, but suddenly and most unexpectedly I passed into our spirit world, and ere long my husband Journeys to the Planet Mars. 179 followed me. Age and most arduous duties had brought him quite beyond the years of middle life, but a still vig- orous manhood gave promise of many years of usefulness ; but so stricken was he that I who had so long worked by his side, who had been to him as the heart of his heart, the life of his life, sharing with him the joys and sorrows of our mutual existence, that I, his adored wife and the mother of our two sons had forever gone from his sight, that he had not courage to long survive so great a calamity. Kealizing that he too was about to pass in to the silence, calmly he arranged his affairs, and instructed our dear sons as to his wishes. Then with the fortitude of a just man he yielded to the inevitable, and passed, not into the si- lence, but into a glorious spirit realm, where I awaited him. Soon our beloved sons, one by one, came to us ; but ere they came, they had well begun the work which their father had delegated to them as a sacred trust, but which was to be left for other faithful hands to complete. Now, as I gaze on yonder grandly beautiful structure I am grate- ful that the Infinite One, who directs the ways of his children, has made of me and mine instruments for the good of others. Since passing into our spirit world my hus- band and I have been informed as to events and affairs occurring on Ento, and our satisfaction over the beneficent results of the introduction of the irrigating and waterways system, which obviously is of incalculable benefit to Ento, is inexpressible. Changes which impress me with a sense of strangeness relate to tihis plateau which, as I remember it, was con- siderably loftier than now, and where in former times was an abrupt declivity, is now a gentle incline eastward to the level of the waterway. I perceive too that the massive seawall, built during the lives of my husband and myself has disappeared beneath the waves of Indoloisa, whose 180 Journeys to the Planet Mars. waters have greatly encroached upon the land. At the time of my departure from Ento, between Indoloisa's east- ern shore and the western face of this plateau, there was a broad stretch of land, many dwellings and other struc- tures. Now I perceive that they and the great stone piers and seawall have disappeared beneath the restless waves which have so encroached upon the land as to threaten to wholly engulf it. None too soon is yonder massive barrier being constructed as a protection against further destruc- tion' of the greatly narrowed shoreland. As I look about me I find it difficult to realize the many changes which have occurred since I, a proud and happy wife, came to the home of my adorable and adored husband. The winged years fled away, and our two sons came to enhance our felicity. Other years added their days to those of the past, and troublous forebodings, like creeping shadows drew nearer, ever nearer. As you already are aware of the deplorable conditions at that time prevailing throughout nearly all of Ento's central regions, you will understand that finally the situation became alarming, and one day, hand in hand, my husband and I walked to the margin of the declivity, which abruptly fell away to the plain, and as we gazed afar eastward over the dry and arid lands our eyes filled with tears, and our hearts were sorely troubled. Imperceptibly, but gradually, the fleeting years, nay, I should say ages, had brought about a condition of such extreme aridity that the lands refused to longer yield sus- tenance to the people, whose minds became filled with de- spair, and a sense of enmity against those in authority over the Provinces of the central regions. Like children de- prived of proper nourishment they grew fretful, rebellious and unreasoning, demanding relief where more than tem- porary relief was unattainable. For years my husband and I had vainly, incessantly Journeys to the Planet Mars. 181 striven to alleviate the general distress and consequent discontent of the people of our province, and now in silence we stood thinking, thinking. Presently my hus- band, sighing heavily, said, "Camarissa, my dearest one, I fear that my days are well nigh ended. The want and de- spair of the people weighs so heavily upon me, that I stagger, and grow faint under the burden. I know of no means tiy which we may afford them prosperity and hap- piness. Have the pitiful Gods put into your mind any thought that may serve to direct our future course ?" After some hesitation I replied, "Lord of my life and love of my heart, I know not if in my slumber some God may have spoken to me, but I have had a singular, and what your wisdom may deem a foolish dream. Shall I relate it to you ?" Smiling tenderly and sadly, he said, "Perchance in our extremity, Andumana may have sent a messenger to whisper to your sleeping senses. Tell me your dream. At least it will serve to occupy the passing moments." I then related that while I slumbered I dreamed that standing by his side, juct as we then were standing, we looked far eastward, and from the base of the plateau, abounding streams flowed in that direction, while at in- tervals ether waters flowed from the north and from the south, and borne on the bosom of a great waterway, huge vessels laden with people and the products of many lands passed to and fro, and that like some great bird with wide spreading wings, a beautiful city seemed as though brood- ing upon the shining w r aters. It was a grandly beautiful scene, and the wonder of it still remains in my memory. "Heart of my heart," I said, "I have told you my dream. How shall it be interpreted ?" Silently, but with earnest at- tention my husband had listened to the recital of my dream, and as I proceeded, his flushing face, beaming eyes, and hurried breathing gave evidence of intense emotion. 182 Journeys to the Planet Mars.' Clasping me to his neart he cried, "Surely, Andumiana, through His messenger has spoken to you, showing us a possible means whereby our unproductive lands may be reclaimed, and the impoverished peoples rescued from their present lamentable state. Camarissa*, my dearest, we will strive to understand the full meaning of the message, and may Andumana and the pitiful gods aid us in our loving endeavor." Days and nights of closest consideration, of closest cal- culation as to adaptation of means to ends followed. So absorbed were we with the tremendous problem which so suddenly had presented itself that we scarcely ate or slept. At length greatly wearied I one day threw myself on my couch and slumbered. Again the scene of my dream was before me, but some years seemed to have elapsed since first I had gazed upon it. £Tow my vision was very far reach- ing, and I beheld fruitful lands richly clothed with ver- dure. Cities, towns and villages adorned the landscape. Want and discontent had disappeared, and prosperity like a gracious ruler smiled upon the people. From overhead the fleecy clouds dropped into the chalices of myriad, many- hued blooms, their sparkling treasures. Among the spread- ing tree branches sweet throated birds sang their love notes. Everywhere the shining waters gave drink to the thirsty lands, and everywhere all things seemed to be breathing praise and thankfulness to Andumana, their creator. After awaking, my dream remained a vivid, pleasant memory, but fearing that my husband might think me grown fanciful, I shrank from speaking of it; but as our thoughts and experiences ever were mutually shared, I at length made my dream known to him. As before, he con- sidered it a message given not only for our guidance, but also for our encouragement. "Ah, heart of my heart," he Journeys to the Planet Mars. 183 said, "your dreams may yet become realities;" and my thoughts grew full of hope and eager anticipation of some great good which might come to the suffering people. Very soon afterwards, my husband proposed that we should go to the capitol to lay before the supreme ruler, Tyvon Oiranza, our plans whereby we hoped to at least reclaim a portion of our unfruitful lands, and thus rescue the peo- ple frem their pitiable condition. But I entreated that 1 might remain at home with our children and he went alone. With the result of his interview with Tyvon Oiranza, you already are acquainted. Before the conclusion of our mortal existence the vast enterprise had progressed far beyond our original plans and most sanguine hopes, and my dear husband and I passed to our spirit world, fully assured that, even as the arms df the loving mother encircle her child, so in com- ing time would the beneficent system encircle Ento's en- tire central regions. Ere meeting you, Gentola, I with my sons surveyed the length and breadth of the system, and my gratification that the great work goes forward toward completion is beyond expression. My joy too, that the time approaches nearly when Ento's sorrowful peoples shall rejoice in the knowl- edge that life is continuous, is boundless. To you who are devoting toward its accomplishment your time and very life force will come your reward. That I may not by one hour retard the glorious mission I shall for the present leave you, but not for long ; for I shall, from time to time, give myself the pleasure of meeting you and these friends, and also of witnessing the progress of the children of Ento out of darkness into the light of spiritual knowl- edge. De L'Ester, I owe you more than thanks for your patient attempt to translate into Gentola's language my poorly ex- 184 Journeys to the Planet Mars. pressed words, which have at least made us better ac- quainted with each other. With loving thoughts for all, I regretfully bid you Info oovistu (adieu). De L'Ester — We now will proceed to the Galaresa. Ah, seated under yonder vineclad arbor are two of our student friends, Prince Dano and the Quend youth, Faveon. They very earnestly are discussing some topic which may interest us. We will draw nearer. Dano — Faveon, you are quite mistaken in your conclu- sions. Only yesterday I had a demonstration of this not at all understood law. After classes I as usual retired to my apartment where I amused myself by sketching what- ever for the moment caught my imagination. Now it was a fragment of a half -remembered scene, anon it was a dream face or some grotesque fancy, and thus in an idle fashion I whiled away the moments. Presently, in some unre- membered manner and through what means I know not, I seemed to drift into an unknown country where, through some unrecognized agency, I moved from one locality to another beholding unfamiliar scenes, while beings of sur- passing beauty greeted me exchanging with me such kindly courtesies as one stranger offers to another. Amazed, I asked myself can it be that the gods have transported me to Astranola that I may behold the glories of their blest abode? Although I felt exceedingly curious as to how I had arrived in this strange country, it did not occur to me to question any one ; but as I stood musing over my perplex- ing position I was amazed to see approaching me one whom in my childhood I had known well, and whose surprise ap- peared to equal my own, as with extended hand he hastened toward me, exclaiming: "Dano, Dano, son of my dearest friend, Basto Andulesa, I give you a loving welcome to our world of living ones, our world so beautiful, so glorious. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 185 For the moment I seemed too shocked, too overwhelmed to reply, then collecting my senses, I evasively answered: "My father often recalls the memory of Iklos Muyta, and mourns that no more shall he behold your beloved form or feel the warm clasp of your ever generous hands." Then I cried: "Has not death claimed you? Do you indeed live here in Astranola? I remember the lamentations of your family and friends over your dead body and urned ashes, and I doubt the seeming evidence of my confused senses. Tell me truly, do I behold Iklos Muyta? Do I hear the well-remembered voice of my father's honored, well beloved friend ? Surely, surely, I dream or my mind wanders, and I grow afraid, I grow afraid," I tremblingly cried. Taking my hands in his own he gently, soothingly said: "Dano, Dano, dear youth, be not alarmed, calm your agitation, and listen to what I shall say. As all of Ento's children have been taught, so was I taught that only for Andumana and his messengers was immortality possible. That when breath, the life of the body ceased, endless silence was the fate of all. Ah me, I yet remem- ber the bitter, hopeless anguish that filled my mind, my heart, my days, when death came and I was bereft of my dear ones. I only recall such sorrowful memories that you may be reminded that the belief that death ends all of ex- istence still holds in bondage the heavy hearted children of Ento ; and that you may be assured that this dread belief is untrue let your visions wander over the marvellously beau- tiful scenes of this world, which far exceed aught that you may behold on Ento, and over these multitudes of happy men, women and children who once lived, loved and labored and then passed into this world of living ones, and who, with myself a're taught that through earnest striving to fulfill the law of love we all shall attain to other realms 186 Journeys to the Planet Mars. far exceeding this in the glory of their inexpressible beauty, and a happiness so exalted that I can neither comprehend or realize it." He further said that when death has stilled the activities of the body the living principle, the real self, invisible to limited physical vision continues a con- scious, individualized existence in realms suited to the requirements of the changed condition of the self. "This, dear Dano," he said, "is not Astranola, the fabled abode of fabulous gods; it is but one of the realms surrounding Ento, as its petals surround the heart of the rodel." With profound attention I listened to this strange speech which so moved me that I cried: "Oh, Iklos Muyta, tell me, I implore you, will my dear ones, will I, continue to exist after passing into the silence ?" Eeleasing my hands, he, with a dignity, a majesty and a tenderness of manner inexpressible, said: "There is but One Infinite, Eternal, Intelligent Life Principle, and all things are partakers of it and cannot cease to exist. Your body and the bodies of all creatures must return to the elements from whence they originated; but the self, the indestructible principle, will continue to exist in the world of the immortals, and to the children of Ento this glorious truth shortly will be revealed. Throughout our realms of the living ones there is one thought, one resolve, one expectation, that but little longer shall darkness and despair, like evil birds, brood over your lives, turning your smiles into weeping, your joys into hopeless sorrow. In this grand work I, alas ? have no part. Xot yet have I grown strong enough to enter the repellent atmosphere surrounding Ento's peoples ; but in higher realms there are those who are as gods, and they long have been striving, through such means as they command, to penetrate this atmosphere; and' to all who Journeys to the Planet Mars. 187 dwell in highest or lowest realms the glad tidings have been heralded that soon the children of Ento will emerge from the shadows of their cheerless beliefs into the light of a joyous truth. I am. not fully informed as to how this glorious event is to be brought about. I only know that the means will be equal to the desired end and I and all await with eager anticipation the consummation of our dearest wishes. Dano, you now will return to Ento, but remember that surely you will again come to this realm of living ones, and I, Iklos Muyta will be but one of many friends and loving ones who will give you greeting." Suddenly I awakened and found myself still seated by the table, pencil in hand, and strangest of all this strange experience, as I slept and dreamed, I had written all, and more than I have related. In what manner can you ac- count for this unusual dream, if dream it was ? Faveon — My dear Dano, I shall not attempt to ac- count for your singular dream further than that I presume that your waking thoughts and imaginings were so im- pressed upon your mind that during sleep they assumed fa- miliar shapes, one of which appeared to utter unheard of mysteries. I pray you, put away further indulgence in such misleading fancies which may harmfully excite your too emotional nature. Through our Holy Writings we are taught, and all experience confirms the fact, that only Andumana's Messengers dwell above yonder fleecy, float- ing clouds, which, like a mistlike veil hide the glory of their shining faces, which, as we know, sometimes irradi- ates the sky reminding Ento's children that their sleepless eyes ever observe our good or evil deeds. Always has it been and always must it be that when the breath of life ceases the dead go into perpetual silence. Ah me, scarcely do we learn to live, to love, to enjoy, ere death tears us from the embraces of our loved ones, and naught is left 188 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ns save a handful of ashes to be cherished, to be ceaselessly wept over. Dano — Think me not impious that I question why Andumana has so decreed that a life full of good deeds, of noble aims and achievements, shall end as ends the life of the animal ; shall suddenly, in the full tide of a glorious career, cease to live and be no more. That we now exist, and are conscious of the fact, is to my mind, as great a marvel as that, in some unimagined state, we may continue a conscious existence. Aye, a conscious existence in which to unfold our highest abilities. You are aware, Faveon, that I am betrothed to Valloa, daughter and only child of our supreme ruler, Omanos Funha, whose wife, Selona, died in giving birth to their only child. Emerging into womanhood, Valloa displays such beauty of character, such elegance of manner, such loveliness of face and form, such intelligence and vivacity, that she enthralls me be- yond expression, and I love her with adoring tenderness. When I think of the possibility of death approaching this charming, this adorable woman, stilling the breath of her life, closing her luminous eyes and ending the music of her gentle speech,, I am filled with unutterable anguish. Oh, Faveon, if I sin, may Andumana forgive, but to me it seems cruel that he permits the dread Messenger Phra to take our all without making us, his children, some recom- pense for the agony of bereavement, for the sorrowful cer- tainty, that we, and our dear dead shall meet no more. Faveon — Dano, Dano, you shock and alarm me. No longer am I surprised that your waking thoughts fill your sleep with strange, if not with impious, dreams. I implore you to restrain your thoughts, your vivid imagination, lest some harm come to you. You well know that your ideas are contrary to the teachings of our sacred priesthood, who are the expounders of our Holy Writings, which de- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 189 clare that in the beginning Andumana, through His love for His ignorant children instructed the gods to commune with them, that thus they might gain knowledge, but as they grew wise they also grew so arrogant and impious that they sought to wrest from the gods the secrets pertaining to sacred things. Then Andumana wrathfully forbade His Messengers to hold further communion with His sinful chil- dren. In the beginning there was no death, but for their sins Andumana decreed that henceforth death should serve as a constant reminder that the Creator is greater than the created. We being the created cannot, without sin, ques- tion Andumana's laws, hence, dear Dano, we should not only willingly submit to the will of our Creator, but as obedient children,, we should humbly revere the hand that smites us. Death having come to the children of Ento because of their impious desire to obtain a knowledge of sacred mys- teries, it does not appear reasonable that even you, our beloved prince, may have been admitted into Astranola, and the Holy Writings mention no other realm of living ones. To my mind, your dream partakes of the nature of the hallucination which recently possessed you in the lec- ture hall. You then insisted, and still insist, that a for- eign-looking woman spoke to you, and even touched you, yet no one save our fanciful friend, Leta Verronadas, imagined that they saw or heard aught. Certainly, it was nothing more than the effect of a too highly excited imag- ination, to which, I confess,, I, too, occasionally am a vic- tim. It appears that Leta is becoming subject to these an- noying seizures, and his friends are somewhat anxious for his health, which really appears excellent. If my very practical remarks have served to becloud your usually serene countenance, you will forgive me, and may Andumana forgive if I, too, am sometimes filled with 190 Journeys to the Planet Mars. fear and bitter regret that inevitably death is drawing near, that even in my youth I may pass into oblivion. Were it not impious, gladly would I welcome a belief in a possibility of a continuity of existence. Alas, we have no hope, or slightest indication, that after death has seized the breath of our life, we and our beloved ones ever shaH* meet again. So, my friend, it will be well for us to strive to be thinkers and workers, not dreamers of dreams which have no foundation in realities. Your heavy sigh finds an echo in my own heart, and I fear that my face like your own tells the secret of our sorrowful thoughts, so the signal for our return to study comes in good time to end this profitless conversation. De L'Ester — You perceive, Gentola, that a spiritual force is agitating the minds of some of Ento's people. All through the centuries of their established religion there have been minds more or less illumined by gleams of Spirit Inspiration, but necessarily they have been so faint, so uncertain, so quickly repressed as to have made but slight impression upon the masses of the people. Always the priesthood of Ento have been an impregnable barrier between the darkness of superstition and the light of Inspiration. That generally they have been, and are sin- cere, we do not question. Sincere, or otherwise, every- where and always the priesthood move forward only when the spiritual unfolding of a people obliges them to yield to an irresistible pressure. Largely it was through the spir- itual growth of the people that, some centuries ago, Ento's priesthood were obliged to discontinue human sacri- fices, and it is through their further spiritual evolve- ment that the densely positive barrier which ever has en- folded them at length is yielding to forces from the spirit worlds. We rejoice that now, as never before, spirits from Ento's and other spirit worlds can penetrate and Journeys to the Planet Mars. 191 come en rapport with the consciousness of many of the j people. True we cannot, as you can, approach them directly, but soon conditions will become changed and we too, will be able to communicate with many sensitives. We have shown you that all organisms throw off certain emanations, the condition of the organism determining the quality of the emanation. In their activities these ema- nations are either centrifugal or centripetal. The cen- trifugal or positive being forceful, the centripetal, oj; negative being passive, but, if I may use a paradoxical term, energetically passive, and they form about inhab- ited planets like, or similar to, Ento and Earth, a spir- itualized atmosphere, which, to freed spirits, is as pal- pable as is a stone wall to physical touch. The positive atmosphere enveloping the peoples of Ento is very repel- lent; but you, who are yet connected with a physical body, are not so etherealized as we are, hence we can use you as a means of communication with persons upon whom we can make no impression. No, this spiritualized envelope is not what some of Earth's people term the astral sphere, but it is a constituent of the first or so-called astral sphere, within whose limits abide spirits not sufficiently evolved to gravitate to a higher plane of being. In a sense such spirits are confined within the limits suited to their several conditions. Confined, not through the arbitrary sentence of a just or an unjust judge, but through an inevitable process of Natural Law, which is God's Law. Around all planets inhabited by Spiritualized humans and other organisms, the first Spirit Sphere, so to say, materializes. As ages pass and humanity evolves to higher Spiritual Planes other and in all directions greater grander spheres, suited to the requirements of j more highly evolved beings are formed, each succeeding t sphere surpassing the preceding one. 192 Journeys to the Planet Mars, Gentola — Do you know if there is a limit to the num- ber of spirit spheres surrounding any or all inhabited planets ? De I/Ester — I know there is no limit to the questions you can ask, and for the present I must end our conversa- tion by saying that we know of no planet having more than seven spirit spheres, and by the time you or we shall have arrived at the highest, Ento and Earth will have been added to the list of dead worlds, and we may have become archangels. Gentola — Please allow me to ask one more question. Am I to understand that there is a law compelling spirits to abide in certain spirit spheres ? De L'Ester — Spirits freed from the physical body, each according to his or her evolvement inevitably go to "their own place," the only place they are fitted for. No spirit can long remain in a sphere with whose vibra- tions he or she is not in harmony. Spirits from the higher may, and do, enter the lower spheres, but, speak- ing from experience, not with pleasurable sensations. You once were adventurous enough to descend to the lowest level of one of the deepest mines on your continent. You may recall the sense of oppression and difficulty of breathing which nearly overcame you. Well, that is the best illustra- tion I can offer of the sensations experienced by spirits of higher spheres who, for instance,, enter our Earth's First or Spirit Sphere. Why, then, do we return to mortal environments? Oh, my friend, you yet must learn many sad lessons. You, whose destined work is to serve as a teacher to spirits in darkness, will find the answer ttf your query. You will learn, as we are learning, that only through loving, unselfish service for those more needy than ourselves do we find the stepping-stones by which we shall ascend to the heights where are the exalted ones, who, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 193 through self-sacrifice and deepest self-abasement, have attained knowledge and bliss unspeakable. It is they who inspire us to strive for a like beatific state of being. It occurs to me that of one feature relating to emanations I have not informed you. I have stated that all organisms throw off certain emanations, hence animal emanations are constituents of all First Spirit Spheres. After physical death the myriad forms of animal, indeed of all organized forms of life, for a time continue to exist within the limits of the First Sphere. Then, through the activity of natural law they in a sense become reincarnated, but not on the same plane of existence as before, but a step higher, and always in a species of their own order. That is to say, the soul of the horse never reappears in the form of an ox, or the soul of the ox in the form of the dog, and so on. No expression of life is ever lost. Thus the endless movement of evolution is continuous, and the bird of prey swooping down upon the finned beauty of lake or stream is quite oblivious of the fact that he desires to dine off a distant- relative of whose family he is a highly evolved representa- tive. Gexessano — With interest I have heard De I/Ester's lesson, and it reminds me of an experience of Inidora's and my own. When we passed to the spirit side we were not sufficiently evolved to continuously exist in a sphere higher than Ento*s first Spirit Sphere, and for more than half a century of earnest striving, assisted by the loving devotion of our parents and dear friends who were more highly evolved than were we, we were dwellers on the threshold of our second Spirit Sphere. During this period of instruction and progress our con- dition was far more agreeable than that of mortals, but through brief visits to other spheres, we soon learned that the degree of happiness we were enjoying was but a prom- 194 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ise of a more exalted state > and naturally we aspired, not only to greater joys, but to higher attainments, through which we might find closer association with our adored parents. No, this period of instruction and progress did not ap- pear to pass slowly. You do not yet realize that to freed spirits time and space are mere terms possessing neither value or significance. With us is only an ever present now. The terms past and future involve an idea of a beginning and an ending, and, as our friend Humboldt has stated, we cannot conceive of either a beginning or ending of what is termed time or a limit outside of which is nothing. No spirit of highest spirit spheres claims to have a real- ization of either time or space or a conception of the Infinite One, who ever has been, is, and ever must be the dimension- less, unthinkable all. De L'Ester — To-day we will see and hear what may transpire in the classrooms. First we will observe what we may designate as an astronomical lesson. The appa- ratus which the young, intellectual looking instructor is arranging is unlike anything you have seen, and I imagine that the lesson will be quite as unique as the apparatus. I shall not attempt to give you more than a mere synopsis of it. Now he calls \the attention of the class to the well known fact that Ento is not a perfectly globular body, but a somewhat elongated sphere, deeply depressed at its extremities and revolving in space as Andumana in the beginning decreed, that thus life giving beams of his abode might vivify all portions of the home of his children. He alludes to the Sacred Writings, which declare that in a very remote time Andumana revealed to certain holy men an ac- count of the creation of Ento and of the living creatures who came into existence through the exercise of His Will, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 195 and that later, when Ento was prepared for their reception, He Created His children, who should dwell upon it, and be the recipients of His bounteous provision for their hap- piness. Evidently this Instructor has no knowledge of the revolution of Ento around the Sun, for he talks of the marvel of atmospheric pressure holding Ento in position and also supporting the fair regions of Astranola, beyond which is the shining abode of AndHmana, which, with its foundations, fill all outer space. It would not serve a use- ful purpose to further speak of his lecture to his deeply attentive pupils, but it will please us if you will attempt a brief description of this scene. Gentola — Around a massive table, on which is an object suggesting a globe, a number of boys and girls are assem- bled. The globe, if it may be so called, is quite elongated, and, as you have said its ends are deeply depressed. In the centre of the depressions are pivots which rest in sockets in the ends of two upright supports. The surface of the glo»e is divided into spaces by metal bands suggest- ing latitude and longitude. Midway between the extrem- ities of the globe is a broad band with three narrower ones on either side of it. Extending from the central band at intervals are seven metal rods tipped with what appears to be diamond stars. Now the Instructor attaches to the ends of the two protruding pivots flexible wires covered thickly with some dark substance. The globe begins to revolve and now its velocity is so great that the star tipped rods appear to form a luminous, iridescent band about it, but I do not perceive what force makes it revolve. How beautiful it now appears. All the bands are luminous, and I now see that they are incrusted with different colored small jewels, and there is a soft singing sound, like the notes of some musical instrument. I do not understand 196 Journeys to the Planet Mars* where the sound comes from, and I cannot describe the scene intelligibly. Bruno — Be at peace, Gentola. We have neither antici- pated or desired that you should more than offer your im- pressions of the scene and of this object which the Entoans believe represents the form of this planet. The seven diamond stars symbolize the seven divisions of Astranola, but the Entoans do not venture to conjecture as to what the abode of Andumana or those of their deities may be like. Presently we will show you a marvellous piece of .mech- anism which is an embodiment of vibratory energy. These wires form a connection between it and this globe, and through its measureless energy this and all the mechan- ical apparatus of the great Galaresa may be set in motion. On Ento, for many purposes, vibratory energy has super- seded electrical energy, yet, in a sense, vibratory energy is an expression of electrical force, which is the basic prin- ciple of all energy. It permeates every atom of the uni- verse, and its expressions are so manifold that, though its presence may not be apparent, its ever present energy is a fact. Ento is but one of many planets whose inhabitants understand and apply both electrical and vibratory energy, and, ere long, in the advancement of civilization on our own planet, it will become a tremendous factor. The Ento name for this object is esploina, and it con- veys the Ento idea of latitude, longitude, the equator and zones. The colored outlines indicate the natural divisions of land and water, which, as you perceive, are not nearly equal. The revolution of the planet on its axis is recog- nized as producing day and night, but the idea of a very pronounced concavity at its extremities, or, as we would say, at its poles is, of course, a conjectured absurdity. How did such an erroneous idea originate? Inidora says Journeys to the Planet Mars. 197 that in the Sacred Writings there are intimations of the form of the planet, and it would be a bold adventurer who would dare to dispute such infallible authority. I grow impatient for the ushering in of the coming reve- lation when this grand civilization shall leap to the level of its evolution. Andi it is coming, it is quickly coming. Even these youths and maidens shall share in the splen- dor of Ento's religious freedom, which, like a radiant sun, shall dissipate the shadows of its long Spiritual night. When that long-hoped-for period shall have arrived, and Ento's peoples shall dare to investigate in all directions, they soon will arrive at correct conclusions concerning two sciences which to them are as unread books. Of astron- omy they are ignorant, of geology nearly so, their religious beliefs deterring them from arriving at logical conclu- sions, lest they might incur the displeasure of Andu- mana and His Messengers. You may recall the Professor's dilemma over the fossilized saurian, and in the record of the rocks they yet will learn equally startling lessons. Yes,, we are informed as to all important affairs of Earth, and we are aware that daring minds contemplate the possibility of establishing communication between Earth and Ento. Altogether a futile idea, as you now must perceive. Why, the Entoans do not even dream of the existence of a world other than their own. Inidora, is not this true ? Ixidora — Quite true. Ento's Sacred Writings, which are believed to be infallible, make no mention of Andu- mana having created any other world than Ento, but his- torians have written that antecedent to the establishment of Ento's Eeligion there was a powerful nation south of the equator which was in a very advanced state of civiliza- tion. This nation was known as the Avalano nation. Zenon Avados, one of their learned men, who at this time 198 Journeys to the Planet Mars. is a Teacher in one of our Spirit Realms, declares that he and other scientists of his time demonstrated to their entire satisfaction that Ento was but one of many similar worlds. They also made other astronomical discoveries, all of which they made known to the people. Unfortu- nately, this nation grew very rich and consequently very corrupt, and an inevitable decadence came upon them. Their civilization lapsed into chaotic conditions, their learned ones passed away, and thus to the Entoans a knowl- edge of facts was lost, which, when again presented, they will be prepared to accept. Bruno — Already you have learned that in many direc- tions Ento's scientific discoveries equal or surpass those of our own Planet. That art, in its various expressions, has attained surpassing excellence. That the luxuries and re- finements of living are within the reach of all. That constant and untiring effort is being put forth to elevate the entire peoples. And that want and crime are so nearly minimized as to seldom demand attention. Thus the soil is prepared to receive the seed which soon will be sowed, and which surely will yield a bounteous harvest. Ah, the demonstration is concluded and the Instructor is about to address the class. Instructor — This lesson demonstrates that as a cher- ished child rests upon the bosom of its mother, so Ento, beloved of Andumana, rests upon the bosom of space. Afar off, in Diafon Evoiha, is the glorious abode of Him who is the Creator of all things. When we, His children, have done well He smiles, and Diafon Evoiha, golden and glowing, sheds its life-giving beams over our beautiful world. He smiles and fruits and grains multiply, that His children may have sustenance. He smiles, and bud, bloom and verdure cover as with a man- tle the home of all His creatures, for are not Journeys to the Planet Mars. 199 all living things precious in the sight of their Cre- ator? From the lowest to the highest expression of His love all find their allotted places. All act in accordance with His Divine Will. This esploina not only conveys a correct idea of the form of Ento, but also it illustrates how we are encompassed by the abodes of Andumana's Messengers, whose ever-watchful eyes discern our inmost thoughts, our most secret acts. Even as the Divine Ones guard the Sacred Mysteries may we, Andumana, guard ourselves against wayward thoughts and unhallowed de- sires and may we ever reverently adore Thee that Thou didst create this World so fair and a people so blest as are the children of Ento. De L'Ester — Leaving this Instructor and his pupils to a discussion of their odd mixture of science and religion, we will ascend to the second floor. Yes, truly their relig- ious beliefs dominate the lives of the Entoans. Fear of consequences, quite as much as love of Andumana and His messengers, occasions in them a constant watchfulness. Genessano has related a droll occurrence which illustrates this very point. Once, in his childhood, a falling meteorite attracted his attention, and he ran to his parents shouting : "A god has fallen out of bed! a god has fallen out of bed and broken his lamp." Both father and mother were hor- rified at his irreverent exclamation, and in terror, lest harm might befall their thoughtless lad, they hastened with him to the Istoira to lay upon the altar a propitiatory offering. Gentola — Genessano, you will pardon me for saying that the contrast between the advanced civilization and the peculiar religious beliefs of your people still surprises me. That they are intellectual and generally highly cultivated is very apparent, and it seems remarkable that they yield obedience to a creed so utterly at variance with common 200 Journeys to the Planet Mars. sense. Have they never believed in a continuity of exist- ence? Have they never had clearer conceptions relating to the ego than they now have ? Gexessaxo — Since passing to our spirit world we have learned that long previous to Ento's ancient written his- tory, which antedated the Sacred Writings, there were those who, through many embodiments, on various planets, retained overlapping, partial consciousness of previous states of existence. Through this consciousness, which is a feature of so-called intuitive perception, such per- sons more or less clearly realize the indestructibility of the ego, hence the continuity of perhaps conscious existence. But, through natural causes too complex for ^present con-, sideration to the consciousness of the masses of Ento, no idea of a continuity of existence ever has occurred. When through repeated embodiments and attendant ex- periences humans of any planet have evolved to a certain plane, conditions being propitious, they unfold Intuitive perception, or more correctly Soul consciousness. Evolve- ment and unfoldment proceeding the Soul faculties tend to become dominant, and the Human seeks to discover the causes of phenomena. He theorizes, he analyzes, he dog- matizes, and grows presumptuous, and if unwisely, he ig- nores His inner consciousness, the real spirit self, he is likely to stultify himself, and conclude that there is no other than a physical existence, and no intelligence higher than his own. Conditions favoring, soul consciousness may become en rapport with the inner or spirit conscious- ness, and despite intellectual materialism, which ever clam- ors for dominion, the human may evolve a recognition of Spirit, hence a realization of the One All pervading Spirit known to you as God. Though their history cannot be traced back to their earliest appearance on our planet, we know that inevitably Journeys to the Planet Mars. 201 the Entoans, like the humans of other planets, have passed through all the phrases incident to the onward and upward progress of humanity. Since the establishment of the national religion, and consequent ecclesiastical oppression and repression, which ever have been so absolute that they have not dared to think for themselves, their Soul consciousness has found expres- sion in ceaseless prayers that death may not seize upon their lives, or those of their dear ones. As the bud, infolding flower and fruit, is quickened by the breath of spring, so Ento's peoples will be spiritually quickened by the effulgence of the coming revelation, and then they joyfully will claim their birthright of ever in- creasing happiness and life eternal. De L/Ester desires me to relate something I once read in an ancient record now stored in the Library of this Galaresa. It states that immediately succeeding the Es- tablishment of the national religion certain fanatics held peculiar beliefs. They asserted that Andumana had spoken to them, assuring them that they were possessed of an Essence, or Principle, which was the life of the body, and that this Essence, or life Principle, after death of the body continued a conscious, happy existence in a world unseeable by physical eyes. They also asserted that An- dumana revealed to them Laws which commanded them to refrain from all evil conduct. To love one another. To act justly, and to be merciful to all living things. Other Laws relate to the duties of parents, of children, of those in authority, and so on. Certainly they were of a character indicating a Law Giver of a high order of intelligence. The record further states that this fanatical sect for a time in- creased prodigiously, but persecution and other causes finally led to its extinction. Another historian relates that during the third century 202 Journeys to the Planet Mars. of the Established Eeligion one Mero Kalmon invented an instrument through which he daringly and impiously gazed toward Astranola. He not only declared that As- tranola did not exist, but that there were other worlds than Ento. He went so far as to declare that these worlds moved through space, and he even made drawings and calculations relating to these fanciful Worlds, which mis- led many into a belief in his reprehensible teachings. Not content with filling the minds of people with these vain imaginings he also hinted that these newly discovered worlds might be peopled as was Ento. So eager is hu- manity to indulge in new fancies that ere long he made many converts, and the Sacred Faith was seriously men- aced. Word of Mero Salmon's proceedings was brought to the Supreme Ruler Mostenu Stoiva, who directed that he be admonished to cease teaching fancies so pernicious, so sacrilegious, so devoid of intelligence. He was ad- monished, but being either very perverse or very much in earnest, he continued to teach his senseless ideas. Gentle admonitions failing to correct his heterodox opinions, severer measures were exercised, but still he held to what he pretended to, or did believe, and it became necessary to offer him as a Sacrifice to appease the righteous wrath of An- dumana. The historian also relates that as he was about to be Sacrificed, suddenly the sky became overcast with threatening clouds, and partial darkness reigned, but that at the moment that the priestly knife reached the heart of the blasphemous Mero Kalmon, Andumana smiled, and "Diafon Evoiha's golden beams gladdened the hearts of the assembled multitude. And thus, adds the historian, was demonstrated the truth of our Holy Eeligion. At this time Mero Kalmon is a re-embodied spirit, and amid the galaxy of your inspired, scientific minds he shines as a star of the first magnitude. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 203 Nay, Gentola, it would not be wise to divulge the present name of the re-embodied Mero Kalmon ; but from this re- cital you will perceive that notwithstanding opposing in- fluences at various periods, light from Inspired minds has striven to dissipate the spiritual darkness overshadowing the lives of the Entoans. Yes, Mero Kalmon was a sensi- tive, as he now is. De L'Ester — In this well lighted and well appointed room Dano, Faveon, and others are engaged in microscopi- cal studies. We desire, Gentola, that you shall become en rapport with Dano, but so absorbed is he in his investi- gation that we doubt if you will succeed. We will wait for a less positive condition of the youth's mind. In the meantime you will please attempt a description of this scene. Gentola — Seated around a long table are five young men, and two dark skinned, handsome girls in the bloom of early womanhood. On the table are instruments of a kind, quite unlike any I ever have seen, through which all are intently gazing. All are taking notes, and making drawings, and a most animated conversation is being car- ried on, in which the young women take part. You say that those instruments are microscopes, but they are quite unlike any microscopes I have ever seen. There are five convex lenses, one above the other, but slightly apart, and they are suspended between two slender rods, a few inches in length. Above each microscope a tiny, blindingly bril- liant light is suspended, above which is a reflector which seems to focalize the light and reflect it downward through the lenses, onto some odd looking object. You say it is the eye of some small animal? Oh, I never could have imagined that the eye is so complex, so wonderfully beau- tiful. Yes, I now see it very clearly. Through the glasses it appears greatly enlarged. Describe it? No, 204 Journeys to the Planet Mars. indeed, I am not so presumptuous as to attempt it. You clever ones should describe things of which I am quite ignorant. De I/Ester — You have said all that we really have de- sired you to say. Should a competent person give a tech- nical description of these instruments, and object under investigation, your caution would take alarm, and you would become too positive for our purposes, one of which is to inform the peoples of our planet that the Entoans are very like themselves, and that their methods of acquiring knowledge are somewhat similar to those of the neighbors who are so curious about them. Gentola — Now that I better understand your motive in asking me to describe various things I shall feel less sensitive over my incompetence, and you may rest as- sured that after this microscopic observation I shall set a higher value on my own eyes. De L'Ester — I thought you might, and it is high time you should, for you not only use, but you abuse your eyes. The controversy over the lesson grows very animated. Be attentive, and I will interpret what may be said. Faveon — Nitana, both you and Dano certainly are mis- taken in your conclusions. Our Sacred Writings dis- tinctly declare that Andumana is Infinite in all His at- tributes. That He creates and destroys as He Wills, but nowhere is it written that He modifies any creature in order to fit it to changed conditions. To my mind it savors of impiety to question the accepted interpretation given our Sacred Writings by our scarcely less Sacred Priesthood. Dano — I do not doubt but that Andumana is Infinite in all His attributes, and I do not question but that He creates in accordance with His own purposes, but I do not believe that any one living creature is a special act of His creative Will, but that through His fixed purposes or Laws, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 205 which are a part of Himself, all things come into existence. If each living creature is a special act of His creative power, logically one must infer that all creatures are per- fect expressions of His Will. Yet it is an indisputable fact that if animals of any- species are for a prolonged period kept in darkness, their organs of vision will become modi- fied to fit them for their environment. I cannot but think that our Priesthood misinterpret the meanings of portions of our Sacred Writings, and that they are prone to cling too closely to ancient interpretations. May Andumana's Messengers understand that I do not desire to offer my immature ideas as infallible truths, and I pray that they may direct my ever questioning thoughts. Nitana — Ever our scientific investigations oppose them- selves to the teachings of our Holy Eeligion, occasioning in our minds unrest and dissatisfaction with our conditions. Though our devoted Priests continually admonish us against an indulgence in profane imaginings, our truant thoughts go far astray, and we grow bewildered and afraid lest the justly offended gods may visit upon us dire punishment. Even while we strive to learn the complex meanings of life, we are shrinking from death, and crying to Andumana's messengers to bear to Him our unceasing prayers for release from the dread God Phra (death), whose dark form overshadows all our days. Scientific research has reached a limit where boldest and most earnest minds pause uncertain and appalled. They cannot turn backward, and they dare not go forward. Oh, that Andumana may as in ancient times hearken to the prayers of His sorrowful children, and grant to them a clearer understanding of truth. Faveon — Nitana, it is not we alone whose minds are full of unrest, for alas, the people too are questioning and doubting, and none too firmly ar: the priesthood opposing 206 Journeys to the Planet Mars. themselves to the further advance of skepticism. I fear that we too indulge in too free thought and speech, and are becoming dreamers rather than thinkers. Dano, your example is contagious. I pray that I may not find myself also dreaming strange dreams, or yielding to baseless imaginings. Dano — And yet it may come to pass. Truly, it has not been through my desire that recent strange experiences have come to me. May the Gods pardon my presumption, if I sometimes dare to hope that they in their own way may, through me, convey some new Eevelation of Andumana's love for His sorrowful children, whose entreaties for release from death, ever are the burden of their prayers. If Mylta, Verian, and you, dear friends, may not con- sider me of lost mind, or altogether given to preposterous fancies, at least I may amuse you by a recital of what you may regard as merely a dream. To Faveon I have related a former experience, and his incredulous smile assures me that he yet remembers it. Yesterday after classes I laid on my couch to meditate and rest. I did not at all feel inclined to sleep, but soon a semi-conscious state stole over my senses. At the mo- ment my gaze was resting on a great cluster of temos blooms sent me by Valloa, my betrothed, to whom my ten- derest thoughts, like bright plumaged song birds, were fly- ing. Presently the temos blooms were blurred from my sight by a shining vaporous cloud, from which emerged a female form, so wondrously lovely that I was overawed and amazed. The form was tall, and of proportions suited to the form of a Goddess. Over her shoulders her hair fell like a golden mist, and her eyes blue as the azure floor of Astranola, gazed tenderly, smilingly into mine. Hodels, floating on Naro's gleaming waters are not whiter than was her face, which shone with an indescribably Journeys to the Planet Mars. 207 strange, luminous glow. Floating rather than walking to- ward me she extended her hands, and in a voice so gentle, so tender, so mellifluous that it yet lingers in my memory like strains of sweetest music, she said, "Dano, Dano, my brother, do not you recognize your sister Onta? I am not dead, I live, and love you, my brother Dano. It was but my physical body that died. I, the real Onta, am as alive as when hand in hand we strayed by Naro's waters. Dano, believe that I am Onta, for I shall again and again come to teach you the mystery of life after death of the body. Happily you possess clear seeing vision, which perceives the real, Immortal Self., and you are to be a Teacher of our people, who through you will attain to a higher conception of divine things. Already you begin to apprehend the on- coming glory of a New Kevelation, which will bring to the heavy hearted children of Ento gladness immeasurable. Fear not, my brother, your message of joy will not fall upon deaf ears, for the way is being prepared, and the invisible ones, who possess the strength and wisdom of the fabled gods, will not fail you in your hour of greatest need. I know that already they have spoken to you through one of another World, and soon your vision will grow so strong and clear that you will be able to perceive them, as you now for the first time perceive me. I can remain no longer, but soon will come again," she said, and as she came she went. As I dreamed I seemed to weep for joy that my beloved Onta still lived, and as she ceased speaking I strove to clasp her to my heart, but she eluded me, and ere I more than realized her presence she vanished from my sight, and I sprang to my feet, not in fear, but in a state of trep- idation indescribable. Mylta — But, Dano, do you believe that you really saw your sister Onta, or do you consider it all a vivid dream ? Of course, as your sister has long been in the Silence, it 208 Journeys to the Planet Mars. could have been naught else than a dream. Faveon, be quiet. Yes, I am excited. Oh, how I should like to have such a dream ; and only think, if it really might be true ! It is so dreadful to die, to leave all that one loves, and more dteadful still to lose^ one's loved ones, knowing that the utmost one can do is to mourn until we too shall pass into the Silence. Ah, my Verian, our tears will not ward off De L'Ester — Gentola, quickly draw near to Dano. Touch his head with your finger tips. That will suffice. Drowsily he leans back in his chair, and passes his hands over his forehead and eyes. Now in a startled manner he whispers, "Onta, Onta ; nay, it is not Onta. Onta has golden hair, and this woman's hair is dark hued, and she is of a strange race. Ah, I now see her clearly, and it is the same woman who twice has appeared to me. Speak, I pray you, that I may know who you are, and why you come to me/' De I/Ester — Follow closely my dictation. Gentola — Though I am not of Ento I have been named Gentola. Twice I have been made to speak to you, and now I shall say that which you are to remember for it relates to gravest interests. I have come from a world closely resembling Ento. It is far away in space, and by its inhabitants it is known as Earth. I have been brought to you by persons who once lived on either Earth or Ento, but death of their physical bodies having freed the imperishable, intelligent Princi- ple, they are known as Spirits and may go from World to World. I, too, am a spirit, but, like yourself, am yet con- nected with a physical body, to which I shall soon return. Through the activity of a wonderful natural sense you are enabled to perceive me and to hear my words; and later on, when your Spirit senses shall have grown clearer, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 209 you also will see and hear Spirits who are wholly freed from the physical body. Already you have perceived freed Spir- its and your quickened senses are unfolding, as unfolds a flower. Two of the Spirits accompanying me are of Ento's Spirit World. During their mortal lives they were known as Inidora, and Genessano, sons of Genessano Allis Immo and of his wife Camarissa, who long have existed in a World invisible to your mortal vision, but which is as real as is Ento. As I am unacquainted with your language I speak from dictation of a Spirit who, from time to time, will reveal to you truths which will bring to you and to your people joys unspeakable. This spirit bids me say to you that in boundless space there are countless Worlds inhabited by beings like yourself. That all are Andumana's chil- dren, and all, like yourself, are immortal. That when, through death of the body, their spirits become freed, they continue to exist in worlds far more beautiful than Ento, whose peoples now are on the eve of a revelation which, to them, will be as the dawning of a day of supremest joy. But for you, dear youth, will come a sorrow so overwhelm- ing, a grief so poignant, that it will well nigh rend you from your body. But courage, courage, sufficient for your days will be your strength. You have chosen and are being prepared to give to your despairing peoples a message so glorious that its Divine effulgence will dissipate the shad- ows of the hopeless beliefs which so long have held them in Spiritual bondage. Already in the minds of many of your people there is a sense of unrest and discontent with old beliefs and forms of worship. It is a premonition of wonderful events which ere long will occur, for spirits of Ento'a and other Spirit Worlds have combined their forces to awaken the inner consciousness of your peoples, and they feel the quickening impulse but are unaware of its significance. Many are prepared to receive the glad tid- 210 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ings that existence is continuous, and when this knowledge shall have been revealed to them quickly they will emerge from the depths of perpetual sorrow into the radiance of a consciousness of immortality. You would know the nature of the sorrow that is to come into your life? I shrink from saying that it has become necessary to inform you that your betrothed, Val- loa Funha, slowly but surely is releasing herself from her frail physical body. Slowly but surely, like some sweet flower of an untimely season, she droops and fades away, and ere long she will be your Spirit, not your Mortal Bride. Her father does not realize that her days are nearly ended or even that she is really ill, else ere now he would have called you home. You are to await his or your father's summons, and you are not to speak of this or of aught I have said to you. Soon again I shall be with you to further reveal to you that which concerns yourself and others, and now, Info oovistu. De L'Ester — Faveon, Nitana and the others are greatly amazed and alarmed at Dano's strange condition, but as he breathes and moves they know that he has not swooned, so silently they await his awakening, and now he is arous- ing from his partially submerged state. He is so highly sensitive that while en rapport with you he is almost wholly conscious and fully remembers all that you have said to him, and though as yet he does not comprehend his condition, in time he will do so. It is to be regretted that such a heavy sorrow must fall into his young life, but when finally he shall realize that his adored Valloa will not be forever lost to him, with his sorrow will be blended joy in- expressible. Dasto — Have I again been dreaming? Surely it was more than a dream. Heard you no one speaking ? Saw you no forms, dear friends? Yet truly I again have seen a fair- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 211 skinned, dark-haired woman, clothed in strange, shining garments, who has spoken to me of marvellous things. If what she has said may be true, ere long into my life will come a heavy sorrow and a great joy. But Andumana alone knoweth all secret things. Through His love He created me and patiently I shall await whatever of good or ill He may send to me. You, my friends, will par- don me if I cannot now relate what this woman, who calls herself Gentola, has said to me. Faveox — Dano, I pray you compose yourself. No, we heard nothing, saw nothing, but I confess that I so sym- pathized with your abnormal condition that for a moment I experienced a most peculiar sensation. I seemed to feel some invisible presence near me, but soon I realized that it was the merest foolish fancy, and quickly I aroused myself to a sense of my surroundings. Yerian, sweet cousin Verian, your pallor betrays your perturbation, and Mylta's humid eyes evince a lively sym- pathy if not a positive belief in Dano's hallucinations. Come, friends, we will walk abroad and soon these base- less, idle fancies to which, I fear, we all are inclined, will be dispelled. Nay, Dano, you shall not be left to yourself to brood and dream. Too close study and a natural inclination toward Mysticism are misleading you, and we, your devoted fellow students, will be doing less than our duty if we do not en- deavor to induce you to yield to lighter, pleasanter veins of thought. De L/Ester — Gentola, to you this demonstration is little more than curious. To estimate its meaning and value you would have to realize what we and many other spirits long have been striving to bring about. This we cannot now make plain to you, for could you fully realize its sig- nificance it would so overwhelm you as to unfit you for the 212 Journeys to the Planet Mars. work you alone can accomplish. This much I may say, that now as never before we feel assured of the success of our mission. Faveon felt not only your presence but also the wave of Magnetism we passed over him. He is very sensitive, and when the time of his enlightenment shall have arrived he no longer will imagine that Dano is afflicted with morbid fancies, for he too shall stand as an Inspired Teacher of his own people. In the adjoining class room other students are engaged in Microscopic examination of Crytogamic growths. For a short time we will observe them. We perceive that the specimens are of various species found in moist localities, or in ponds or other sluggish waters. That their sporules, wafted by winds or through the agency of aquatic fowls, are borne from one locality to another. That some are known to be inimical to health, even to life, but that science has found means to oppose and render ineffectual their virulence. Yonder dark-skinned intellectual maiden is strongly in- clined to skepticism. Not perceiving the utility of these growths she contracts her pretty brows, and, after some moments of inconclusive thought, she turns her large, luminous, questioning eyes on the stately Professor who stands near her, regarding her attentively, and says: "Professor Doiko, will you inform us as to why Andumana has created these, so far as science has discovered, worse than useless growths, and also the parasites which infest the bodies of His children, and of all creatures?" Professor Doiko — Our purpose is to study the struc- ture and habits of these growths, not to question the pur- pose of their Creator. When we shall have grown wise enough doubtless we will understand the mystery of many things which now are obscure. As to parasites which in- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 213 fest the bodies of living organisms science regards some of them not as enemies, but as scavengers of refuse, which, when not speedily removed, generate diseases of various kinds. Through our lack of knowledge we count as foes many forms of life which probably, in time, we will come to regard as friends. Andumana, Creator of all things, makes no mistakes. It is His children who err in questioning the results of His infallible wisdom. De I/Esteb — The maiden looks rather discomfited than convinced. To the quiet girl on her left, in a low tone she earnestly says: "One is ever asking questions to which our learned ones give but half replies. Always within me something cries out for a fuller knowledge of things. If I question our Instructors or our Priests, or if I search writ- ten authorities, the answer is ever the same, 'Andumana knoweth, Andumana doeth according to His will/ and our Priests say that we sin when we question the meanings of mysteries. Tonene, what is that within us which ever is impelling us to search into forbidden things ?" Tonene — Could I answer your query, Cassa, I should perhaps be wiser than our Instructors. I know not why you are so perversely inclined, but I think it may be well for you to defer to the opinions of those who at least are far more learned than are we. Cassa — But. Tonene, it is said that Prince Dano believes that we are more than we appear to be ; that when the body dies the breath of life does not die; that the real self is invisible, but that it possesses intelligence and memory and speaks and moves about. I cannot quite remember what else it can do. What perplexes me is, how can the breath of life speak and move about without a body? I know not how Prince Dano explains that. We all know that he is wise and learned beyond his years, and there are those who regard him as one whom Andumana has specially endowed, 214 Journeys to the Planet Mars. but others fear that overmuch study and thought render him visionary. Toneiste — Any one hearing this inconsequent conversa- tion would probably consider us as visionary as is Prince Dano, and we will serve ourselves better by attending to our lessons. De L'Ester — In Cassa's somewhat rash remarks we find further evidence of the unrest stirring the minds of the people, and it augurs well for the success of our Mission when, despite their fears, even youthful minds are ques- tioning old beliefs. Should we attempt further notice of the students and studies of this class room it would oblige us to exceed our purpose, which is to simply record sketches of people and things. You will bear in mind that in calling your atten- tion to apparently trivial matters we do so that you may perceive that ideas and pursuits of the Entoans are notice- ably like those of Earth's peoples. Again we are holding you too long and must immediately return you to Earth. Three days hence we will come for you. George and Bruno will attend you. Until we all meet again, Info oovistu. Journeys to the Planet Mars, 215 CHAPTER X. DR. BLANK'S LESSON. De L'Ester — Notwithstanding that, logically, neither time or space are realities, we, very illogically, have found ourselves somewhat impatient with your visitors, whose pro- longed stay has delayed us a full hour. Ah that is well. Always secure yourself against sudden recall. We are ready, C4eorge. Yes, to-day Earth's outer atmosphere is very tranquil. You will find Ento's even more so. George, we will pass directly to the Galaresa. Gentola, an hour hence a friend will meet us there. No, you are not ac- quainted with, the gentleman, but you have heard of him as a guide of your very dear friend, Mrs. S le, to whom he writes and for whom he makes slate drawings. She, for a sufficient reason, has not given you his name. Should I do so I should violate his and her expressed wishes. On this occasion he will be known as Doctor Blank. Yes, we have journeyed quickly. In seven minutes to a second. We will now proceed to the class room adjoining the one we visited three days ago. Genessano — Gentola, you perceive that you and we pass through what mortals term solid substances without expe- riencing any resistance. I recall that after my release from my physical body I thought it one of my strangest experiences of my new state of existence, and for a time I could not realize that I could pass through a wall or other substance as easily as through an open door. Newly 216 Journeys to the Planet Mars. freed spirits ever are greatly surprised upon finding them- selves possessed of this ability. Indeed, Spirits of low planes of evolvement rarely realize that in order to enter a dwelling they need not await the opening of a door or window. Gentola — I have observed and thought of it, but always there is so much that is marvellous in this new experience that I have not found opportunity to speak of it. Now I shall be pleased if some one will explain the matter. De I/Ester — All so termed solids are composed of ex- tremely minute particles of substance. Eesolve the mole- cule into its most attenuated state and atoms result. All energy is atomic, hence substantial. Expressions of en- ergy known as attraction, cohesion, gravity and others, are embraced within what your learned ones term Magnetism, and were it possible to comprehend what this term im- plies and involves, it might be possible to comprehend the Infinite. Atoms contain all qualities, and not only the atoms filling all space, but those composing so termed solids are each surrounded by an aura all its own. In Planetary language this aura is known as Ee, which signi- fies Spiritualized Substance. It is a quality of all things everywhere, and is so sublimated as to be incomparable to aught else. Yes, your learned ones admit the separateness of the molecule and the atom, but they fail to recognize the Spiritual quality of either. The Spirit body is, so to brj, organized from the atomic aura of the physical body, its density depending upon the quality of the aura. The Spirit body of one on the very lowest sensual plane neces- sarily is dense and gross; hence, Spirits possessing such bodies find it difficult, perhaps impossible, to pass through walls or closed doors. Were your mortal existence on a low plane we could not use you for our present purpose; were it on a still more advanced plane both you and we Journeys to the Planet Mars. 217 would not occasionally be at cross purposes. It is not a flattering statement, but it is a fact, and you will not misunderstand me. Gentola — Not in the least. I am very sensible of my imperfections, and am full of regret that my entire life has not been devoted to highest aims and pursuits. I am only a little reconciled to my own shortcomings through believing that I shall have endless time in which to amend them. De I/Ester — So you will, and though we may not hasten the passing years, we all may improve each mo- ment of that which possesses neither beginning or end- ing. Oh, yes, many persons are given to flippant mention of eternity and perfection. Only the Infinite can com- prehend the one or possess the other, but through constant striving all may attain to loftiest heights of Spiritual unfoldment. Yes, through constant striving for higher unfoldment, both physically embodied and freed Spirits grow wiser, purer and stronger. Spirit bodies being or- ganized from atomic aura, it follows that if the aura be sufficiently pure, even as wind may pass through the meshes of a gossamer web, so may the sublimated atoms of Spirit bodies penetrate any aggregation of grosser atoms. Gentola — At what period of a child's physical exist- ence is its Spirit body fully formed ? De L'Ester — From the moment of conception the for- mation of the Spirit body begins, but not until the midway period of gestation does the Spirit body assume a distinc- tive outline. From this period onward the Law of Being compels the atoms composing the Spirit body to arrange themselves in accordance with the Divine plan of organiza- tion. At seven months' gestation the Spirit body of a child is fully formed. Yes, the qualities of both the physical and Spirit bodies 218 Journeys to the Planet Mars. of children largely depend upon parental conditions. So, also, if conditions are of a high order, children begin their mortal life journey well prepared for inevitable exigen- cies. If, unfortunately, conditions are of a low order, they must encounter mortal experiences handicapped from the moment of conception. Yes, this Law would seem to work an injustice to myriads of humans born under un- toward conditions, but, to quote Professor Doiko, "An- dumana, creator and preserver, makes no mistakes." When humanity evolves sufficiently to realize the vital impor- tance of conditions and the certain transmission of hered^- itary traits, children become well born and in time the peoples of all Planets do evolve to an understanding and observance of this,, the most important law of the ever ascending planes of evolution. What becomes of children prematurely born? As the doctor has not yet arrived I may briefly reply that the souls of infants prematurely expelled from the matrix, are by appointed Spirits borne to a Eealm in which are conditions specially adapted to their requirements and development, where, at the full period of gestation, they, in a sense are born into conscious existence. Thenceforward until ma- turity, guardian Spirits continuously conduct them to the physical plane, where they are placed en rapport with their parents or with such conditions as are required for their growth and development, bodily, mentally, and to a degree Spiritually. Should the parents, especially the mother, have passed to the Spirit side, the child will be brought into contact with the family life of persons as nearly related as possible to its parents. Generally such children are at- tended by the Spirit Mother or one with a strong mother nature. It is a Law that children born prematurely or who otherwise have passed to the Spirit side, must become acquainted with mortal experiences ; thus the unseen mem- Journeys to the Planet Mars, 219 hers of many families outnumber the recognized sons and daughters. On the Spirit side are countless numbers of women who, in their last re-embodiment, did not fulfill the Law of their being ; gladly they become guardians of children requiring a mother's care and love. Especially do such Spirits charge themselves with the care of waifs prematurely ex- pelled from the matrix by ignorant, thoughtless or heart- less mothers, who, on passing to the spirit side, are con- fronted by the unlooked for evidence of their ignorant or criminal folly. Yes, children prematurely born as the result of accident or of other unavoidable conditions, are subject to the same laws that govern children purposely thrust into the Spirit World. You are aware that your sister Emma was prematurely born, consequently, her form is rather diminutive and of a substance so refined as to remind one of that of a pure white lily. Yes, truly, it was Emma who came to Mynheer Weiss and you at Mrs. Drake's seance. We were not surprised that Mrs. Drake thought her a girl of about twelve years. Yes, it was she who knelt at the knees of Mrs. S r, and who afterward partially materialized her form. We assisted her to our utmost, but much to her disappointment and our own, she did not quite succeed. She is very devoted to your son, who jocularly terms her the Infant Phenom- enon. In form, features and traits she resembles your and her gentle, gracious, loving mother. Yes, so far as we have learned, the law of generation on other planets is the same as that of Ento and Earth. Indeed the male and female principles appear to be so universal that all advanced Spirits firmly believe in even the duality of the Infinite Spirit. Yes, it requires very robust faith to enable any one to realize the possibility of a mother bearing a child whose father is too etherealized to 220 Journeys to the Planet Mars. wear a physical body. My imagination is unequal to such a concept. Ah, here is our friend the doctor. You are most wel- come. As you all have exchanged greetings, I now shall have the pleasure of presenting you to our medium, Gen- tola. Dr. Blank — Madame, it pleases me to meet and greet you. At the request of our mutual friend, Mrs. S le, I have obtained permission to join for an hour these mutual friends and you who are engaged in a mission of loving endeavor which I pray may bear fullest fruition. If I also may receive your gracious permission to, for an hour, join your Band I shall feel more at ease. Gentola — Truly, I am more than pleased to have you with us, if but for an hour. Dr. Blank — You will not I trust esteem me churlish because I, for a well considered reason, desire that I may be known to you and to those who may peruse these pages, as Dr. Blank? You will not? I thank you. As I am something of a chemist, De L'Ester desires me to reply to such questions as may arise relating to the lesson engaging this class of students. So, madame, I am at your service. Gentola — I perceive that the students are being taught as to the properties and effects of poisons. As I am wholly unlearned in the science of chemistry, I am not prepared to ask questions concerning the lesson, but, if you may not consider the question absurd, I should like to ask if poi- sons have any effect upon the spirit, either in or apart from the physical body. Dr. Blank — Here, madame, are a collection of mineral poisons, here a collection of vegetable poisons, and here again an assortment of animal poisons. Some are in the form of powders, others in the form of liquids. All are Journeys to the Planet Mars. 221 labelled poison,, yet strictly speaking there are no poisons. The law of affinity, which is one expression of magnetism, rules the domains of attraction and of repulsion. That like attracts like is an axiom, and the inspired Hahne- mann caught a ray of truth when he perceived that similia similibus curanter. I must not allow myself to offer a dis- sertation on this point, but I may say that chemical affini- ties are qualities inherent in all substances and in all organisms. Equilibrium of chemical affinities means health; the reverse means disease. Eemember that in all atoms are all possible qualities, and that any one aggrega- tion of atoms contains exactly the same proportion of these qualities as are in any other equal aggregation of atoms. It may come about that in a physical organism, through the energies of attraction and affinity, an undue amount of a certain quality may become preponderant; a condition of repulsion ensues, and if extremely violent it may occasion dissolution of such organism. By certain of your learned ones, so termed poisonous effects are fairly well under- stood, the involved principles less so. The foregoing remarks are preliminary to a more direct reply to your question, the importance of which cannot be overestimated. You are aware that Spirits possess tangible bodies. Tan- gibility implies substantiality, and substance is a more or less close impact of finer or coarser atoms. The seminal substances and all ovaria are aggregations of atoms, to a degree impressed by the personality of such creatures as may possess them. We w r ill imagine a father addicted to 'drunkenness, or continually under the influence of nar- cotics. In such case the seminal substance being im- pressed or impregnated by alcoholic or narcotic atoms, the germ of a new being must, from the moment of conception, possess a bias toward alcoholism or narcotism. The mother 222 Journeys to the Planet Mars. may be of a superior type of woman, but, through asso- ciation with the father of her unborn child, her mental emotions, which are substantial, are reflected or impressed upon its organism, and if she is not strong enough spirit- ually to equalize the influences of her environment, she almost certainly will give birth to a being accursed, poi- soned, if you will, through the vicious habit of its father. During the period of gestation such unfortunates form not only the atomic physical body, but also the atomic spiritualized soul body, and every atom of the new being has, through attraction and affinity become, so to say, imbued with a tendency toward) an indulgence in so termed alcoholic or other poison. We have glanced at the effect upon the physical plane and when, sooner or later, the victim must pass to the spirit side, then, alas, the laws of attraction and of affinity impel the impregnated atoms of the spiritualized soul body to gravitate to their own kind. Truly, the child of a drunken father or of an opium-eating mother is as surely poisoned as is one who swallows prussic acid, and the father or mother who indulges in alcoholics or in narcotics commits a damnable offense against their children, against humanity and against themselves, for inevitably they and their offspring enter the spirit world clothed with bodies so atomically poisoned, so out of equi- librium that they are tortured through a constant, insa- tiable desire for a gratification of their abnormal pro- pensities. A desire which personally they cannot gratify and which to a degree they must outgrow before they can advance one step onward and upward. This overpowering desire for the gratification of abnormal propensities leads many spirits to strive to influence unwary ones to indulge in intoxicants, in narcotics and to commit various offences against decency and against the interests of society, and I regret to say that very frequently they succeed not only Journeys to the Planet Mars. 223 to their own, but to the detriment of their victims. Yes, certainly, in time all Spirits outgrow the evil tendencies of their physical existence, but if mortals could realize that during this process, a century aye, in many instances centu- ries, may elapse ere the progressed spirit can endure the white light of higher realms, surely they would strive to avoid so calamitous an experience. But I must hasten. As I have intimated, when some one quality or qualities preponderates over some other quality or qualities of an organism, non equilibrium ensues, and thus persons become ill, poisoned, so to say, through partaking of certain foods or liquids. One may become ill, poisoned, through inhaling the perfume of a flower which to another may afford exquisite enjoyment. Another may become ill, poisoned through the aura of an animal whom another will unharmed fondly caress. Thus, the fact is apparent that poisons, per se, do not exist, but that under certain conditions all qualities are inimical to physical existence. Gentola — As you are aware, doctor, many persons with impunity consume alcoholics and narcotics sufficient in quantity to kill one unaccustomed to their use. How do you account for it ? Dr. Blank — Persons addicted to the constant use of these so-called poisons, gradually become abnormal. The atoms composing their organisms have, so to say, become saturated to a degree that will not admit of the further entertainment of the qualities offered. Just as a fully-saturated sponge, though plunged into an ocean, would reject another drop of water. We have drifted somewhat apart from our starting point, and I regret to perceive that the lesson has disturbed your serenity, but I feel assured that you desire that humanity may come to realize that in all things cause and effect 224 Journeys to the Planet Mars. go hand in hand. That both in and apart from the phys- ical body, all are their own jury and judge. That mortal life is the preparatory school in which all learn their lessons well or ill, and that on the spirit, as on the physical side, the school of experience knows no vacation. From what I have said you will understand that the effects of some so termed poisons are far reaching. I may add that every emotion of the mind, food, drink, the dyes in textile fabrics, especially for clothing, in fact the atoms composing all substances, more or less affect the physical, consequently the spiritualized soul body. In some persons a certain color or colors produces either exhilaration or depression. They may not be conscious of the cause, though very conscious of the effect. Your strong dislike for wholly black garments is an indication that you should not wear them. Sensitives never should wear colors darker than the red corpuscles of their blood. Azure blue, yellow, rose red, very light shades of purple and a certain light shade of green are the colors suited to your temperament. Always, advantageously, you may wear white. I simply have touched upon some points which, with your and your friends' permission, I may at another time elab- orate. In chemistry I am well enough versed to perceive that this is a splendidly equipped laboratory and I learn from his remarks that the stately Professor is a competent Instructor. During my mortal existence I regarded myself, and was considered, an authority in the science of chemistry, but I have learned that, compared with Ento chemists, I was a mere tyro. They, through a larger knowledge of the wondrous science, have made of the elements tractable servants whose energies are tireless; whose adaptability is limitless. Journeys to the Planet Mars- 225 Madame, the allotted hour has quickly flown. My promise to our mutual friend is fulfilled and with measure- less hopes and fervent wishes for the success of your most worthy efforts on behalf of the mission, I must bid you and these friends adieu. Gentola — Adieu, and believe that I greatly appreciate the thoughtful kindness of our mutual friend, at whose request you have afforded me another strange and useful lesson. De L'Ester — Gentola, at present we will look no further through the Galaresa, but will turn our attention to the zoological department of this very comprehensive institution. This great corridor, lined with admirable statuary, gleaming whitely through a luxuriance of palm- like growths and blooming plants, conducts us to this broad flight of steps leading downward to the Einvoh (aquarium) of which this spacious and imposing landing affords a fine view. You will attempt a description of some of its feat- ures. Gentola — Extending eastward and a little northward I see a small lake divided into two sections by — and also surrounded by — a massive stone wall the top of which serves as a promenade on which many persons are passing to and fro. What appears to be heavy metal netting divides the lake into numerous compartments and there are lightly constructed bridges from which attendants are casting food to creatures in the water. A portion of the lake is roofed over by a substantial wire netting, and in many of the compartments are luxurious growths of aquatic plants. The lake extends a little further north than the northern wall of the Galaresa, and bordering its northern extremity and around on its western side I see a grove of great trees and shrubbery, amid which are large and smaller structures and also numbers of men, women and children, who are 226 Journeys to the Planet Mars. passing from one building to another. In front and toward our right, basking in the vertical rays of the sun, is a huge creature of familiar, if not pleasing, appearance. Do you know its Ento name? De I/Ester — Were the repulsive creature a denizen of earth we might with propriety call it an alligator. Its Ento name is Inadillo, which I shall translate as scaly ar- mored. It differs from the alligator of our planet in hav- ing larger and very protuberant eyes, a shorter and more bulky head, a larger body and webbed legs. It is quite as much at home on land as in the water, but is a very sluggish creature and of a species nearly extinct. The lakes, for there are two, are wholly artificial. One is sup- plied by fresh artesian water, the other with salt water from near-by Indoloisa, and in their many compartments are specimens of Ento's various amphibious creatures and fishes. Now look into the adjoining wire-covered tank. Ah ! you shrink back from the hideous creature moving its sinuous length through the limpid water. Yes, it is a veritable sea serpent, and it has been in this Einvoh for about fifty years of our time. When captured in Tsoivan Cryfimo, it was about one-third its present length which is quite eighty feet. Extending backward from its neck are large webbed appendages with which it swiftly pro- pels itself through the water. When angered or excited those folds at the back of its broad, flat head are erected and projected forward over its vicious looking eyes, which glow and scintillate in a most alarming manner. George is endeavoring to arouse his snakeship and, evidently, is succeeding. See how he arches his long, slender neck, turning his ugly hooded head this way and that in quest of his disturber. Naturally, he does not find his enemy, and now with hisses of fear or defiance he rushes away, lashing the water into a line of white foam. Now he has Journeys to the Planet Mars. 227 reached the further limit of the lake and is quieting down. George, we echo your requiescat in pace, for Gandulana rushing like a comet through the water is not a pleasing object. From reliable authority we know that this serpent is the last of his species. In Ento's inland seas there are creatures of allied species, but in comparison with yonder great serpent, now gently rocking himself on the bosom of the tranquil lake, they are quite insignificant. If Gan- dulana has not quite fascinated you, you will please turn your attention toward this ungainly object which appears to be intent upon baking itself in the hot sunbeams. George — I say, Gent ok, if we could drop this fellow through space and he should arrive — say, in St. Louis — what do you suppose he would be taken for ? Gentola — Soup, I suspect. George — Ah, thanks. And what, may I ask, do you imagine the soupmakers would name him ? Gextola — Without doubt they would think him a turtle. De I/Ester — Certainly they would, for he differs very slightly from the large sea tortoises of our planet. You understand, Gentola, that we are not showing you these, creatures for the mere purpose of gratifying a curious interest, but that you may through personal observation, note the striking resemblance of many of Ento's to many of Earth's life forms, and I pray you to observe closely, so that in coming time you may remember the object lessons we are presenting to your notice. I wish to reiterate that advanced Spirits of Planets of our, and of other Solar Sys- tems, unite in declaring that everywhere life expressions are alike or very similar. That dissimilarities through environments pertain more to bulk and density than to form. 228 Journeys to the Planet Mars. As we move along you perceive that these compartments are occupied by a great variety of fishes. Some of huge proportions and voracious enough to devour their attend- ants ; others as dainty as ever tickled palate of an epicure, and others still too minute and pretty to serve a nicer purpose than to flash their scales of gold or of silver within the crystal walls of an aquarium. In the bass or treble notes of the croakers who hide amid the shade and coolness of those aquatic plants and grasses, is an indication that frogs of various species are quite at home with the eel-like creatures gliding through the water. With both pleasure and profit we might devote more time to this department, but only a glance here and there is possible, otherwise our observations would fill a tome. We now will pass to the Acclinum (the zoological section), where Genessano and another Ento Spirit friend will join us. Here at the entrance is an individual who regards us with both curiosity and disfavor. Did not the strong bars of his cage interfere he might attempt to resent our gazing at him. That he more or less clearly perceives us is quite apparent, and it is quite as apparent that he does not admire us. He, like many animals, possesses the ability to see what is hidden from the majority of humans. No, neither clairvoyance or clairaudience are in any sense spiritual gifts. They, so to say, are qualities of the per- sonalities of all highly organized creatures, as the human, the anthropoid, the horse, dog and some other animals. These qualities constitute an inner perceptivity of the animal soul, by some of your thinkers designated as con- scious mind or objective self. They are independent of physical visuality and are controlled through vibratory activity. You question as to how it is possible for the law Journeys to the Planet Mars. 229 of vibration to affect the senses. I answer that truly, "Nature knows no vacuum," that the atom is everywhere and mind is as much substance as is the body of this forbidding looking creature in whom we see a representative of a species of anthropoid named Bomuz himmu, which in your language would signify manlike tree climber. Grasping with his great hands the strong bars of his cage, he gazes at us as though fascinated, affording us a rather disturbing spectacle. His height, his anatomical structure, his intelligent expression and pose, is painfully suggestive of a low type of the human, to whom in no sense is he allied. George, he does not regard your friendly advances with favor, he shrinks away from you, but his deeply set gleaming eyes, drawn lips, and gnashing teeth, indicate a disposition to defend his rights. If you feel poetically in- clined in this adjoining compartment, is a subject for lachrymose verse. Bomuz's mate evidently is in a very despondent condition ; her long, coarse hair falls over her low, retreating forehead; her face is buried in her great hands, and she is a picture of utter dejection. Pining per- haps for her home and friends in some tropical jungle, or for orphaned children, bereft of a mother's tender care, or who knows but that she bemoans a forsaken lover, or George — Since you have grown so sentimental I shall not be surprised to soon find my occupation gone. All I ask is that you shall wear your laurels as modestly as ever I have worn mine. De I/Ester — With your illustrious example ever present I shall endeavor to emulate your exalted virtues. In the meantime, Madame Bomuza, aroused from her melancholy mood, appears to take a lively interest in Monsieur Bomuz who utters peculiar sounds, pounds his hands against the bars and probably is informing her of the proximity of strange, sinister looking beings. That she now perceives 230 Journeys to the Planet Mars. us is evinced by her alarmed manner, whimpering cries and poundings on the bars of her cage which have attracted th,e attention of a keeper who hastens in this direction. Yonder, too, are our friends hastening to join us. Lohau, Lohau emanos, you are as welcome as you are prompt in keeping your appointment. Ha-Moufih, the favor of your presence with us is esteemed at its full value. Genessano — Gentola emana, one is with us who has not been so long in our spirit world as have Inidora and I, consequently he possesses personal knowledge of events transpiring on Ento during recent times. Like my brother and myself, he does not at all understand your lan- guage, and as a means of communication with you he must avail himself of De I/Ester's kind assistance. It is my privilege and pleasure to make known to you, Ha-Moufih Adassi, whom we all hold in our hearts as a dearly beloved and valued friend. Gentola — I regret that I cannot converse with you directly, but through this kind interpreter we shall become acquainted and I shall hope to find myself no less in your favor than are these our mutual friends. Ha-Moufih — Gracious lady, I salute you and owe you thanks that you receive me so courteously. I too regret that we cannot more readily exchange converse, but doubt- less a degree of patient persistence will suffice to make us mutually understood. In accordance with a prearranged plan I shall under- take a relation of some events which may serve to illustrate certain points. To do so will oblige me to be more promi- nently personal than I could wish, but you and our friends will excuse my using such means as may seem best fitted for the accomplishment of a desired end. At the time of my birth my father, Ha-Moufih Adassi, was governor of the Province of Ondu. I being the first born of my parents Journeys to the Planet Mars. 231 was given the name of my father. You may not have been informed that on Ento nearly always the first born son takes the name of the father as the first born daughter takes the name of the mother. I am aware that with much of Ento's history of the past four centuries you are acquainted, so for the most part I shall confine myself to a relation of events occurring within the years of my mortal existence, and of those following my departure into Ento's Spirit World, where quickly I learned the law of return into mor- tal conditions, and thus through observation and associa- tion with recently freed spirits I have kept myself informed as to many things relating to Ento's peoples and affairs to which I may find it expedient to refer. During my youth I attended several Institutions of learning, but the greater part of my education I received in this Galaresa of Caraaris- sa, and when my parents considered me sufficiently ad- vanced in age and in my studies, I, with other youths under the care of a guardian, were permitted to travel through foreign countries, observing the peoples, their customs and attainments with such other features as might afford us a general knowledge of Ento. An exhaustive investigation of natural history possess- ing for me an absorbing interest, on my return home I besought and obtained permission of my parents to, in my own way, pursue the engrossing study which during the remainder of my mortal existence largely occupied my time and attention. At this moment it occurs to me that to avoid confusion of mind it may be w r ell for me to use your standard of time. Also to state that I date my birth at a time corresponding to about the middle of your seventeenth century, hence am an Entoan of a comparatively modern time. Ere I began my journeyings a quarter of a century of my youth had 232 Journeys to the Planet Mars. elapsed, and the close of another twenty-five years found me still a wanderer over the lands of Ento. During all these years my restless mind and untiring investigations led me to an exploration not only of easily accessible climes, but also of the planet's frozen extremities. Doubtless you have become informed that air transports traverse the entire planet, and that wherever necessary or desirable, stations for the convenience of travel and commerce long have been established. Thus favored I pursued my travels until, save for one extensive equatorial region far westward of In- doloisa, of which presently I shall speak, I had traversed the entire surface of Ento. My absences from Camarissa were of longer or shorter duration, but the love of my pursuit so grew upon me that only affection for my aging parents drew me to the arms ever ready to welcome me. Early in my fifty-second year my mother passed to our Spirit World. My father, grief stricken and aged beyond a century, quickly followed her, as, I then believed, into endless silence, but as I now know, into realms inconceivably glorious. Thus I became hered- itary governor df Ondu. Much against the wishes of my parents I had not mar- ried, my pursuit affording me little time or inclination for the society of women. Then, too, early in my youth I had observed that the most poignant sorrows had their roots in human affection; that those who loved least, sor- rowed least. With pitying eyes and a pained heart I had often had occasion to sympathize with those whose light of life went out, when death tore from their clinging arms their dearest ones, and I fully realized that should I allow myself the ecstasy of loving an adorable woman I should only be courting for her or for myself eventual despair. So I did not marry. On becoming governor of Ondu I learned that the duties Journeys to the Planet Mars. 233 of my office and other affairs left me insufficient leisure to care for the valuable collections of many years, and I re- solved to add them to the already priceless treasures of the Syffondu (museum) of the Acclinum (zoological depart- ment) and the Einvoh (aquarium). During my wander- ings I had from time to time become possessed of strange creatures, some living, ? ome dead. The water serpent, which I learn you already have seen, was captured in Tsoivan Cryfimo, which is one of a series of salt lakes, or, as De L/Ester terms them, inland salt seas, nearly on the opposite side of Ento. At the time of his capture Gandu- lana was about one-third his present size and I had been governor of Ondu for quite forty years. Three years later I passed to our Spirit World, i Ad my paternal uncle, Unda Gamonda, became my successo. but only for a period of twelve years, when he followed me, and his son, Unda Gamonda, became and at this time is governor of the Province of Ondu. Thus you may perceive that Gandii- lana is not in his early youth. How long he may yet sur- vive as the last of his species no one can say. Unda Gamonda is a learned and most admirable man, under whose administration this Province is most pros- perous. Under his fostering care manufactures, arts, sciences and industries are afforded every possible oppor- tunity for favorable progress, and those engaged in the cul- tivation of the wonderfully productive irrigated lands which occupy the entire Province of Ondu ever find him more than willing to further their interests. He is an artist, too, of excellent ability, and on yonder ornate ped- estal symbolizing Commerce and Agriculture is a statue, the work of his dexterous mind and hands, which is admirable enough to command attention and high praise. In the poise of the noble head, in the expression of the intellectual and extremely handsome face and in the majes- 234 Journeys to the Planet Mars. tic pose of the stately form, true genius has found fine expression. Unda Gamonda, artist and kinsman in salut- ing this symbolic marble I salute thee, and in the world of spirits one day I shall meet thee face to face. You* are aware that the Entoans have no knowledge or even hope of a continuity of life, so you may believe that when in our Spirit World I became conscious of the stu- pendous, the glorious, fact that I still existed, and that my dearly beloved ones who had preceded me were embracing and greeting me, I was overwhelmed with amazement and a joy so profound that for a time I found no utterance. Oh, the wondrous delight of finding myself young and strong, with all my faculties enlarged, and yet the greater delight of realizing the presence of those over whose ashes I had shed many bitter tears. I was as one intoxicated. I rushed hither and thither, eager to behold the strange, beautiful World of Spirits. I took no thought of the past or of Ento. I lived, I lived, and the unlooked for joy of it for a time rendered me oblivious of the memories of mortal existence, but ere long they revived, enkindling a desire to visit scenes which were still dear to me. Under instruction of friends soon I learned to accomplish my desire, and since then it has been my duty as well as my pleasure to frequently revisit Ento. Thus I have kept in touch with such events and conditions as concern its peoples. I shall now speak of a past which also in a measure will involve mention of more recent times. About ten years prior to my demise a party of adventur- ous hunters journeyed to a far northern region known as Tsomana. It lies well within the Arctic Circle, where in certain localities, are great mining interests and a dense population. Well equipped for their purpose these hunters journeyed by air transport to one of the mining centres. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 235 thence by other means they sought the habitat of a species of animals of a very fierce and courageous nature. De L'Ester and others have informed me that on your planet there is no weapon even remotely resembling our yaru- testo, which is an electric instrument of deadly power. With it some of the animals were slain and several of their young captured and brought to this Acclinum, where, in apartments sufficiently cooled, they grew to maturity, and since then largely the Acclinums of other countries have been supplied from their increase. Perhaps you may not have been told that through various natural causes animal life on Ento is not very abundant, more especially domestic animal life. The animals of whom I have spoken are known as gowhya, and if it may please you to enter their abode you now may do so. Gextola — Am I dreaming, or have I suddenly dropped into an Earth cavern? Surely those are bears or animals very like them. Now that I look more closely the resem- blance is not quite so striking. Describe them? I will try. They are larger than any bears I have seen. Their limbs are long and so are their bodies, which are not very bulky. Their heads are large in proportion to their bodies, and their neck: are longer and more slender than are the necks of our polar or other bears. Their long, drooping ears and deeply set eyes give them a peculiarly sinister expression, and with their enormous, savage looking jaws and huge feet, armed with long, sharp claws, they look a3 though they in an instant might tear one to bite. George — Gentola, come here. ' See these cubs, they are not at all repulsive in appearance. Gextola — Oh, the queer looking little creature?. How- soft and pretty their brown hair fe. It seems a pity that they must grow to be such big, savage, shaggy hairecF, ugly animals as are their parents. 236 Journeys to the Planet Mare. De L'Ester — In appearance and characteristics these animals are enough like our polar bears to claim close kin- ship with them. They are hibernating animals, as are some others of Ento, but their present environments are not conducive to that habit, and it is growing less and less marked. If your curiosity is satisfied we will look else- where. Our dear friend Ha-Moufih's visit with us will be so brief that we must take advantage of its every moment. Ha-Moufii-i — Friends. I regret that I can remain with you for only a limited time. I, Gentola, am in our Spirit World a teacher of natural history, but for a purpose have been assigned for this duty which affords me much pleas- ure. On my return to my pupils we will visit and inves- tigate a planet on which De L'Ester was once re-embodied. Where is it? In the constellation known to you as the Great Dipper. The planet is in the angle between the handle and the cup. No, neither these friends or I are sufficiently progressed to journey beyond certain limits. Yes. it is a great pleasure to visit other planets with my pupils who like myself ever are eager to observe, to com- pare or to demonstrate and then to return to our own place to dear friends, and to further study. Because of my limited stay with this Band you have been turned aside from observation of the Comma daa (class rooms), but later that will be resumed. You have seen Bomuz himmii, one of the largest of the A-Muistaa (anthropoids). Xow you will see one of the most remarkable members of the A-Muista family of this or of any planet we have visited. We desire that you shall describe it. Gextola — Stretched along on a thick limb of a low, wide spreading tree is a creature so very human in appearance as to be unpleasant to look at, at least it is to me. It is as tall almost as am I, and 1 that is five and a half feet. Its Journeys to the Planet Mars. 237 body, hands and feet are extremely like those of a human ; were its head equally so I should feel rather abashed to be standing here staring at the sleeping creature. Its arms clasping the limb on which it lies, are quite shapely, its legs less so. Now it opens its large, expressive eyes, raises its head and evidently is observing us. Its head, in proportion to its body, is rather small, the forehead narrow, low and retreating. Falling over its forehead and eyes is a white, silky fringe, which is in strong contrast with its very dark gray covering of short, coarse hair. To me its oddest fea- ture is its long, white beard, falling over its breast. As George approaches it it grows alarmed and now it scrambles feet foremost to the ground, and on its hands and feet rushes away in long leaps. Eeally, it is so like a human that it is revolting. Ha-Moufih — Kyn-nuynao (tree dweller) is what the Entoans name this species of anthropoid. Structurally this tailless animal is very like the earlier human forms of young planets. Its most marked unlikeness to them is in its head and face. There, ages ago, as is evinced in fossil remains, development came to a conclusion. At no great distance from Indoloisa/s western shore its waters encompass an island of considerable area, which is clothed with gigantic trees and luxuriant vegetation. This island is inhabited by a peculiar people who for many cen- turies have led most peaceful, uneventful, secluded lives. For the most part their priests are their teachers, not only of religion, but of such educational branches as are not sufficiently advanced to come within courses of instruction of educational institutions. The island is very salubrious and so prolific of grains, fruits and fine woods, that air and water transportation are in constant demand for carrying to other parts these and other products. In the interior of the island the kyn-nfiynao find their habitations in the 238 Journeys to the Planet Mars. gigantic budas tree tops, where their young are born and reared with watchful care, their human neighbors regarding them with a sort of veneration. Never wilfully are their homes disturbed, and only by order of the supreme authori- ties is any one permitted to capture and remove one or more of the creatures. Then it is done under protest of the islanders, who consider them their especial possession. They do not breed in or long survive captivity, yet when placed anywhere away from the island they never attempt to escape. Darwin, your great naturalist and my friend, pronounces the kyn-nuynao a marvel of structural formation, but like myself, he considers the line of demarcation between them and the human as being sharply and unmistakably defined. In this Acclinum are representatives of all the existing animals of Ento, but for lack of time we can only glance at some of them as we pass along. Those small animals racing across the sward and through the branches of the trees are of the A-Muista family, and in some localities they so multiply as to become pests. They are very cunning creatures who are given to forming themselves into multi- tudinous bands, and with a unanimity denoting an under- standing of the situation, they swoop down on fields of grains and fruits, eating their fill and deftly carrying off all that their hands will hold. Yonder are two of the little creatures engaged in conversation. One chatters and gesticulates, the other emits some faint, listless sounds. Now the chatterer grows excited and angry, and the other shows its sharp, white teeth and breaks away a little, fol- lowed by the aggressor, who strikes out with one hand, now with the other, dodging return blows as it scrambles to the ground followed by the other, and now they are joined: by a number of their friends and foes, who are all scratch- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 239 ing, screaming, biting and altogether behaving in a most unruly manner. Gextola — Certainly they are very amusing, droll look- ing little animals. Their round, upright ears, small, round heads and impish faces give them the appearance of aged dwarfs. See how they wrap their long tails around the tree branches and swing to and fro like so many pendulums. Yes, George, I should like one for a pet, and really it seems strange that I cannot carry anything back to Earth. This body of mine appears to be as substantial as my phys- ical body, and often I forget that I am millions of miles away from it. George — After you shall have again become a fully freed Spirit you soon will lose all sense of having possessed a physical body, from which, as you are aware, your spiritu- alized soul body differs only in being composed of more sublimated substance. Ha-Moufih — Pardon my interrupting you, but we must attend to more commonplace matters. Here is an animal nearly allied to bomuz and bomuza. One of the pe- culiarities of this species is that always they build their homes near fresh water in which they delight to pass much of their time. They are known as the frilvodii (housekeepers) from the fact that their habitations in the loftiest trees are constructed on a special plan and are kept with much neatness. Observe how this one picks up par- ticles from the floor, thrusting them outward through the bars of his cage. He is a much handsomer animal than is bomuz and the expression of his eyes is remarkably amiable and intelligent. A keeper is entering the cage and frilvodii rushes at him and embraces him, rubs his face against the man's breast, emitting soft, plaintive mur- murings suggestive of pleasure and affection. Now he discovers something in the keeper's hand and playfully but 240 Journeys to the Planet Mars. earnestly wrestles for its possession, the keeper tantaliz- ingly holding it out of his reach. Frilvodii is a cunning fellow and while he pettishly goes into a corner of the cage and covers his face with his hands he peers between his long fingers at the amused keeper who shows him a luscious scarlet etza (a sweet, pulpy fruit resembling an orange), coaxingly entreating him to come for it. Finding his blandishments of no avail the keeper tosses to him the fruit which he deftly catches in his hands and proceeds to eat it with evident satisfaction and much daintiness. During my early wanderings I captured a young male of this species and sent him to my parents, who made much of him and he grew to be a general favorite. His intelli- gence and affection were indeed remarkable and he was permitted to roam at will through our residence and grounds, playing with children, who taught him to carry things and to accompany them in their rambles and frolics. What most delighted the creature was to be arrayed in garments such as the children wore. On such occasions his pride and satisfaction knew no bounds. Once, while decked out in some cast-off finery something angered him and in his fury he rolled over and over in a pool of water, and when he came to his senses he found himself very much bedraggled and the children laughing in derision at his forlorn appearance. Seeming to realize his ludi- crous plight, he tore off every shred of his garments and with an air of intense mortification, fled to his own domi- cile. For some time he refused to be adorned, but finally his vanity got the better of his ill humor and again he strutted about decked in gorgeous habiliments. Poor De- ho; a host of his friends sincerely mourned over his un- looked for,, his untimely end. Climbing to the topmost branches of a lofty tree for fruit he attempted to carry Journeys to the Planet Mars. 241 some down to the waiting children, lost his footing and falling to the ground was instantly killed. Gentola — It seems to me that I have seen an animal like this, but I do not recall when or where. De L'Ester — We have been expecting you to see the resemblance between this living creature and his metallic representative in the mansion we looked through during an early visit to Ento. Gextola — Ah, I now remember. Ha-Moufih — We now will proceed to the Rinvoh (aquarium) where, under a wire-covered space you will see some creatures which ever are the marvel of Ento's natur- alists and ornithologists. The habitat of the progenitors of these singular birds, perhaps I should say water fowl, now so serenely floating on the bosom of the little lake, is far westward of Indoloisa, and is a considerable body of salt water which, until quite recently, was so out of the route of general travel as to be little known to modern Entoans. Yes, once the entire region between it and Indoloisa was densely populated, but during many cen- turies preceding my birth it, like other unirrigated equa- torial regions, was too arid for occupation and few cared to traverse its wastes. The wings of those great creatures have an expanse of from twelve to fourteen feet, which, with the broad, strong membrane connecting wings with thighs affords a tre- mendous lifting power, enabling them to rise with mar- vellous velocity to a great height. When in flight their long tail feathers spread like a huge fan, not only aug- menting the rapidity of their flight but steadying it. Observe their feline heads, which, like their short, thick necks, are covered with feathers so minute as to resemble hair. Instead of bills they have protuberant mouths lined with a bony structure in which are embedded short, sharp 242 Journeys to the Planet Mars. teeth with which they can, as once I learned to my cost, inflict severe injury, though really they are of a gentle nature, as is evinced in their large, mild, fearless, inquir- ing eyes. When fully grown, from tip of mouth to tip of tail, they are about eight feet long. Their great plumed wings and tails and their heads so feline in form and appearance sug- gest the idea of composite creatures, partaking of the char- acteristics of both bird and animal, and when in flight they present an imposing but most uncanny appearance. Only the males have mottled plumage; the females uni- formly are of a dull brown color. As I have stated, west of Indoloisa is an extensive re- gion which, for many centuries, has been a desert waste, which has been shunned and left to the forces of the hot wind's, ever blowing its loose sands in blinding, stifling clouds over its levelled surface. Eecently air transports passed over this forbidding waste, but at the time of which I shall speak, practically it was nearly an unknown land. Prior to the death of my parents I, with some scientific friends, some students and attendants, were, for the pur- pose of ascertaining the feasibility of reclaiming some por- tions of the waste lands, exploring the desert, which, to our inquiring minds, offered many attractions. Leisurely we had journeyed from southward to northward 1 , but we were very weary, as were our milch and burthen bearing animals, who were panting from fatigue and the excessive heat. Overhead the azure sky was like a great canopy in which the glowing sun with slanting beams gave promise of the longed for coolness of the approaching evening. Sud- denly, high overhead appeared a large, shadowy form, fly- ing with exceeding swiftness. As it flew farther away our gaze followed it with eager curiosity, for in our indis- tinct view of it we recognized that it was a bird quite un- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 243 known to us. When it had) almost disappeared from our view it turned about and with incredible velocity came toward us, curiosity seemingly impelling it to a closer scrutiny of our party. When nearly overhead, in ever narrowing circles it dropped lower and lower until it was no more than two hundred feet or so above us. A strange bird, cried some. A winged animal, cried others. A mon- ster, was the final verdict of all. As it gazed at us curi- ously and apparently without apprehension, we, agape, stood as though spellbound. With much astonishment we observed that apparently it had become motionless above us, and we distinctly heard a humming sound with rising and falling inflections which we supposed were vocal notes, but later we learned that the sounds were occasioned by the rapid vibrations of a peculiar wing attachment. For a short time the creature remained intently regarding us, then swiftly, in ever widening circles, it rose to a great height and again flew westward. With the enthusiasm of one whose bent of mind mainly is in one direction I at once resolved to search for the habitat of our strange visitor. Of the islands of Indo- loisa/s waters and of its boundaries southward and north- ward we possessed accurate knowledge. With its immediate western shore landte we also were acquainted, but of the desert extending far westward we knew comparatively little. After counselling together we decided to proceed north- ward until we should reach an irrigated region, where we would rest, supply ourselves with food and possibly with some information relating to our strange visitor. Four days' travel brought us to the northern limit of the desert and to a pastoral people inhabiting the irrigated productive lands extending along its arid border. From them we learned that only very recently had any one beheld the great birds, whose lofty flight precluded more than an in- 244 Journeys to the Planet Mars. distinct view of them. That it was thought that they matte their home near Loisa Rumesa (Rumesa, a goddess), which with burthen bearing animals we might reach in about six days. That Loisa Rumesa was a body of fresh water we knew and that its northern shore was waste and uninhab- ited we also knew, so, with some misgiving, but with deter- mination to succeed in our quest we left our hospitable entertainers and travelled westward along the northern limit of the desert, gathering such information as might serve our purpose of a coming time. So impatient were we to reach Loisa Rumesa that we travelled early and late and the afternoon of the sixth d&y brought us to its north- ern shore, where its sparkling waters sharply indent the sandy waste. It is a matter of regret to your friends, and I doubt not to yourself, that an attempt to impress upon your mem- ory anything of a technical nature immediately arouses your cautiousness and renders you so positive as to be un- receptive. No, I shall not vex you by attempting to urge you to give the latitude and longitude of localities. Gentola — Do not, please, for I so fear mistakes that I cannot risk making them. I do indeed' regret that I possess such an inconvenient mental trait, for I have found it so much in my own' way that I do not find fault with my Spirit friends for objecting to it. George — Never mind, Gentola, we are glad enough to take you as you are and thankful that you are no more objectionable. Ha-Moufih — You understand George's badinage, and you also understand that I do not mean to chide you. On the contrary I am surprised and delighted with your docile and matter-of-fact manner of accommodating yourself to an experience that well might overwhelm you. Loisa Rumesa is about one hundred and forty miles long Journeys to the Planet Mars. 245 and nearly one-third as wide. On the west its waters wash the base of a low, picturesque mountain range named Diafa-avina (many hued), which, from northward to southward extends the entire length of the lake, thence curving eastward it grades itself into inconsiderable hills, which at length are lost in an irrigated fertile plain. Your friends contemplate showing you Loisa Eumesa, but I shall not have the pleasure of accompanying you. For seven days we remained on its northern shore where nearby was some herbage for our animals, and constantly we were on the lookout for the great birds. Each succeed- ing day brought us only disappointment, yet did not lessen our ardor or determination to find them. Then, slowly, for three days we journeyed along the eastern shore when again we encamped amid a broken, fertile space of considerable extent. Here we found herbage and wild fruits in abundance, and such numbers and variety of birds that the air was vocal with their notes. Water fowls, too, of various kinds made of the rocky locality a breeding ground and the contents of their nests afforded a welcome addition to our food supply. During our first day in our new camp my eyes contin- ually scanned the sky and the surface of the lake but the sun disappeared beyond the mountain, and the shadows of night, lighted by Entola and Ementola (Ento's moons) brooded over the quiet water of Loisa Eumesa. Scarcely had twilight deepened into darkness when our ears were assailed by murmuring musical sounds interspersed with harsh grating cries and sharp hisses, and by the dim moon light we perceived huge, shadowy forms, slowly descending to the quiet surface of the lake where they remained silent and apparently motionless. The night waned, and earliest dawn illumined a scene so weirdly strange that our hearts beat with unwonted celerity. High up in the quiet air, 246 Journeys to the Planet Mars. so high indeed that they appeared like mere shadows, ten of the great birds with wide-spreading wings sailed in circles or were as motionless as the stars, which yet were shining dimly. So startling, so unusual was the spectacle that our attendants were quite alarmed; even our animals grew restless, crowding together in evident terror. As dawn brightened into day and the sun arose above the hori- zon the creatures slowly and with the same peculiar hum- ming sound, descended to the bosom of the lake where, for a time, they were rocked by the undulating waves, then, in a body, they arose to a great height and flew westward. During fourteen days they came at nightfall and in the morning disappeared, always in the same direction from which we inferred that elsewhere, while the females were brooding or rearing their young the male birds made of the shallow waters of the eastern shore of Rumesa, a night resort; so, patiently we awaited developments. So fearless were the creatures that frequently they swam ashore, walk- ing leisurely along its margin and eyeing us with amusing curiosity, but when we attempted to approach them they hissed sharply, and, stepping into the water, swam away. We might have killed or captured the great fearless crea- tures, but such an ignominious act was far from our thoughts. It seemed little less than a crime to disturb their serene confidence in their security, so while we closely observed their habits we were careful to neither molest or alarm them. At nightfall of the fifteenth day among the creatures, for a time there was an unusual commotion, fol- lowed by profound stillness. At earliest dawn there was the usual rush of wings and upward flight of shadowy forms, and when the light grew strong enough to see ob- jects clearly the sight that greeted our eyes filled us with amazed delight. Leisurely moving on the bosom of the lake were seven great birds of a dull brown color and of Journeys to the Pianet Mars. 247 the same species as those sailing overhead. Each female was accompanied by one or two young birds about as large as a — Ah, De L'Ester, to what shall I compare them? A duck ? What a droll word. Later we learned that on the mountainous, western shore of Loisa Eumesa the young had come into existence from whence on the broad backs of their mothers,, who now solicitously were caring for them, they had been borne hither. At once we set about arranging for the conveyance of some of the young to Camarissa. As we were prorided with water tight receptacles in which to place them, it only remained for us to learn how the little creatures were nourished. This we quickly observed was accomplished through their mothers feeding them small fishes, or larger ones torn in bits by their strong teeth and webbed talons. All things being in readiness we launched our portable boat, and easily captured three pairs of the pretty strug- gling creatures. To our surprise the parents offered but slight opposition, and quietly followed their progeny quite to the shore, then turned and swam away. Early in the dawn of the following day we began our re- turn journey to Camarissa. That we might remain within easy reach of fresh water and live fishes we travelled south- ward along the eastern shore of the lake. Five days brought us to its southern extremity, and at the close of two days' further travel in a southeasterly direction, we ar- rived at an air transport and Tuzamo Station, and quickly thereafter we and our captives were in Camarissa. ISTot all of them, however, for two had succumbed to the vicis- situdes of the journey. This great wire-covered compartment afforded the sur- vivors conditions suited to their requirements, and although the young creatures were very delicate, one male and two females survived, and during after years their offspring 248 Journeys to the Planet Mars. so increased in numbers that several pairs have been pre- sented to other Rinvohs. They are known as gariffo tsuvon (bird of the cloudgod, Tsuvon). No, they are neither long lived or of a migratory habit, and previous to our unlooked for discovery of them they were thought to be an extinct species, and strangely enough, within a few years afterward, not one in a wild state survived. De I/Ester — Gentola, again we are holding you too long, and at once must return you to Earth. It might be wise to defer for a few days your next visit to Ento, but as Ha-M'oufih soon must leave us, we greatly desire that you shall be with us to-morrow. If we find you unequal to the journey, we will not risk your safety. Previous to coming to you we propose that Ha-Moufih shall attempt a short visit to Earth, so we will not be with you until two o'clock p.m. Now, George and Inez will convey you to your home where you must rest, rest, rest, and where min- istering loving ones will strengthen you. Info oovistfl. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 249 CHAPTER XI. IN THE GALARESA. De L'Ester — Comment vous portez vous, Madame Gen- tola. Ha-Moufih is with us and awaits your greeting. Gentola — Ento friend, I cannot find words with which to express my surprise and pleasure that you are here. Ha-Moufih — Your kindly welcome assures me that you do not consider my presence an intrusion. Yes, since pass- ing to our Spirit World I have visited many Planets, inhab- ited, or, as yet, uninhabited by humans, but, until now, neither my inclinations or duties have brought me to Earth. Now that I have had a cursory view of the natural divisions of your planet, of its scenery, its peoples and the expres- sions of their spiritual and intellectual growth, I perceive that in their characteristics the Entoans and Earthians are very much alike. Upon visiting planets other than their own, spirits of a scientific turn experience great surprise at the striking resemblances existing between all planets ap- proaching a like degree of evolvement. Really, bulk, density and atmospheric conditions constitute the most noticeable differences. Yes, through our own observation and that of Spirits far more exalted than are we, we are convinced that everywhere the human, the God man, is expressed in the same form. I too regret that for the pres- ent I can devote no more time to observation of all that pertains to Earth, but, like the swiftly flowing waters of a stream, the days glide by, and ere many years shall have elapsed you again will be a freed spirit, and then we both 250 Journeys to the Planet Mars. may become better acquainted with your Earth-World, of which you know comparatively little. But I detain you, and De L'Ester grows impatient to be off. With your and George's permission, I will assist you. Yes, the view is indeed grand. It is well that mortals have no conception of what awaits tKose who have fulfilled the laws of their being, otherwise their physical existence would be unbearable. I have been told that you greatly regret your inability to remember all that occurs during your absence from your physical body. Were it possible for you to fully retain such memories you would become un- fitted for the performance of the duties of your daily life. I also have been informed of the vicissitudes of your present embodiment. Of how you have combated seen and unseen difficulties. Of what your spirit friends have had to over- come in turning aside your aspirations in directions that would have unfitted you for this mission for which you were brought into the mortal plane. Unwittingly you have been building better than you have dreamed of. Some- times in joy, sometimes in sorrow, yet ever you have been building the conditions of a higher, a more comprehensive existence. Yes,, we near our destination and our friends have pre- ceded us to the Einvoh. Ah, how the memories of this scene hold me as by the links of an unbroken chain. So intimately was my mortal existence connected with all relating to this great Galaresa that, as I gaze upon the stately structure adorned by most artistic statues, beauti- ful fountains, groups of towering Budas trees, an endless variety of blooming plants, the Acclinum (zoological de- partment), the Einvoh (aquarium) and other admirable features, all forming a most comprehensive educational sys- tem, memory recalls bygone years when I believed, as all Entoans still believe, that the present existence was all of Journeys to the Planet Mars. 251 life and that to fulfill to the utmost all righteous obliga- tions and duties should be the chief pleasure of the life graciously bestowed upon His children by Andumana, the All Wise, the Loving Creator of all things. This rule of righteous living requires no amendment; but, alas, obliga- tions and duties fulfilled do not fill the measure of human happiness ; one also must possess assurance of a to-morrow with all its possibilities. The present, which offers no promise of a joyous to-morrow, is as a night with no prom- ise of the dawn ; and thus it is with the Entoans, who cher- ish neither expectation or hope of the joyous to-morrow of continuous existence. That they may d'eserve the favor of Andumana and His all Seeing Messengers their every thought and act is in accordance with the teachings of the Holy Writings which, indeed, contain many exalted pre- cepts, but no intimation of continuous existence. De I/Ester, you are most patient in your endeavor to convey to Gentola a sense of what I wish she might directly understand. I shall regret if I may weary both you and her. De L'Ester — Be assured that we are interested, not wearied, auditors. Gentola says that she will look forward to the time when she will be free to journey with you from world to world and, like you, be able to retain memories of all the wonders of Spirit existence. Ha-Moufih — Knowing that the desire will bring its fruition — its joyous to-morrow — we contentedly will await its certain coming. We now will join our waiting friends. Ah, George, I see that you are observing an old acquaintance of mine, but I doubt if he will inspire in you a spirit of poesy. Is he not a pompous, self-conceited looking creatutre ? Gentola, you will kindly attempt a description of this impersona- tion of arrogance. 252 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Gentola — I fear that my ability is inadequate to a de- scription of the creature. He is nearly twice as large as an ostrich and his legs are so long and stout that he appears to be walking on tall stilts. His feet are webbed and of surprising length and breadth, as well they need be to sup- port such a huge body. In proportion to his size his head is rather small. It abruptly rounds up from his long and very broad bill, and is surmounted by a large tuft of beautiful, snowy, drooping feathers. His neck is extremely long, slender and very erect and, like his body, is covered with an iridescent admixture of black, green, purple and bronze plumage. His wing and tail feathers are long, abundant and, like his plumed crest, snow white. As for his large, staring eyes, they are the coldest, haughtiest, dis- dainfulest eyes I ever have beheld. As he majestically struts away he is the impersonation of an aristocratic, an ineffable swell. Eeally, his airs are most amusing, and cer- tainly he is a very handsome bird. Ha-Moufih — So he is, and, notwithstanding the cold, supercilious expression of his eyes, he has a not unamiable disposition, though I must say that his virtues are of a rather negative character. I caught him in his very early youth and he is the sole survivor of four of his kind. When I brought him here from his semi-tropical home, I did not anticipate that he would outlive me, but he has and looks as though he may survive for years to come. This species of bird is known as Vulna-kymos (crowned majesty), and they are found in but two localities. Only when desired for some Kinvoh do the authorities now per- mit them to be disturbed. In habit they are semi-aquatic, and they build their nests on the margin of bodies of fresh water. Two years previous to my passing to our spirit 57orld a strong desire for exploration overcame me and, with Journeys to the Planet Mars. 253 a scientific friend, some attendants and necessary supplies, we took passage on an air transport to a station on nearly the further side of Ento, but in a latitude approaching the Temperate zone. There we procured some burthen bearing animals and in an aimless fashion began a journey which would terminate when my appetite for wandering should become satiated. The charm of feeling myself free from cares, which never were to my liking, delighted me and for nearly two days we leisurely wandered along the shore of a considerable fresh water lake known as Loisa a lutyenos (lake of rushes), so shallow, so limpid, that when rowing in our portable boat, we plainly saw fishes, large and small, darting hither and thither through its greatest depths, which were thickly grown with rushes, rodels and other aquatic plants. Along the shore large trees and a close undergrowth of shrubs rendered our progress rather tedi- ous, but as we were in no haste we and our animals en- joyed the shade and coolness of the forest, which like a wall of living verdure, encompassed the lake. Toward evening of the third day we came upon a small, cleared place on the margin of the lake and an unexpected scene which quite upset our gravity. In the shallow water of the shore line amid a luxuriant growth of grasses, rushes and weeds, was a huge nest built of sticks, stones, grasses and # clay and, with a leg on either side, the body of a large and consequential looking bird rested on its summit. Evi- dently he was on guard duty and did not enjoy it. His attitude and preoccupied manner were sufficiently droll to cause us to burst into laughter. The unusual sound alarmed him, but courageous and faithful to his charge he stanchly remained on the nest, loudly calling to his mate who, at a distance, was feeding among the rank growths of the shallows. Instantly, with shrill cries and hisses, half flying, half running, she rushed to the defense of her pos- 254 Journeys to the Planet Mars. sessions. Our attendants drew further away, but that we might observe the creatures, my friend and I secreted our- selves amid the underbrush. The two birds held a hurried consultation; then the female shaking her beautiful plumage dry, with one leg on either side of the nest brooded over its contents while the male bird in stately but watch- ful fashion promenaded in the margin of the lake, now and anon unbending his dignity that he might snatch from the water some unwary fish or other creature. I was not unacquainted with this species of water fowl, but at that time our Kinvoh did not possess them, and as then there were no restrictions against our doing so we resolved to await the appearance of the young brood which we would transport to Camarissa. The brooding time being well advanced, on the morning of the third day of our waiting the birds exhibited much excitement, shaking themselves and uttering low cries, while, gazing into the nest from whence came a sound of continuous chirping. The parent birds were most devoted in their attention to their young; one or the other continually bringing them food and not for a moment were they left alone. On the morning of the third day of their advent, with her bill the mother lifted them one by one from the nest, dropping six downy little beauties into the shallow water, where they ♦paddled about in apparent enjoyment. At sunset she carefully deposited them in the nest, hovering over them while her mate quietly, but alertly, watched by her side. The young birds grew prodigiously and in a few days were able to care for themselves and were no longer re- turned to the nest, but, with the parent birds rested in the margin of the lake. When old enough to be removed with safety, at nightfall I cautiously approached them and with a large net captured the entire brood. The frightened parents fled away in the darkness but soon they returned Journeys to the Planet Mars. 255 and finding their young gone their cries of distress re- sounded through the night. Their grief so appealed to my sensibilities that in the morning I returned to them two of the captives, over whom there was great rejoicing. In a commodious water receptacle the four young birds were conveyed to Camarissa and placed in this Einvoh. Later on I gave to the Einvoh of Dao a pair of them. The mate of this lonely widower lived until three years ago, and now her prepared body graces a space in the Syffondu. The incidents I have been relating may appear to you somewhat trivial ; they are intended to serve the purpose of acquainting you with certain life forms and conditions of Ento, thus enabling you to draw comparisons between what may come under your notice on this planet and such forms and conditions as you may have knowledge of on your own. After a glance at the creatures occupying compartments on the further side I shall regretfully leave you. Here are shell covered reptiles which Agassiz says are very like some of your salt water reptiles. This unhandsome creature, sluggishly lying in the shallow water of its capacious tank, is nearly one-third as broad as it is long, and its length is quite twenty feet. The large brown and white scales covering its body are erectile, as are the smaller ones on its long, slender neck to which its long, narrow head and vicious looking eyes give a serpentlike appearance. Now, as it moves into deeper water, one sees the dull orange color of its belly. Its tail, with which it partly propels itself through the water, opens and closes like a folding fan ; see how it curves under, then is projected outward with much force, impelling the creature onward. You perceive that in swimming it also uses its short, sinewy legs and webbed feet. It is strictly a water reptile, never venturing into shallower water tEan that of the tank. It is known as 256 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Pylo-akedon (scaly armored), and is a species of reptile nearly extinct. Here are other water creatures which, in structure and form, are said to closely resemble life forms of Earth. On other planets I have seen very similar forms. Of course only a limited number of Ento's various aquatic creatures find homes in the different compartments of this Einvoh, but they represent both the rarest and the commonest species. The collections of the Acclinum and Syffondu (museum) are very comprehensive, the latter containing a representation of life forms of the remote past and of more modern times. In the Acclinum the collec- tion of fossils is very curious, but as you will be shown all that may be considered necessary for the purpose in view, I need not particularize. Gentola, the moment has arrived when, for the present, I must leave you and these friends. It would delight me could I remain with you and them until the consummation of this mission, but it cannot be. May the Divine Spirit of all that is unfold in us a fuller consciousness that only through earnest endeavor can we attain to higher Spiritual planes of being. Emanos, Info covistu. De I/Estek — We now will proceed to the arbor where a learned Ento spirit, Zenesta Hao, will join us. He is a kinsman of Inidora and Genessano, and onee was a teacher of languages in this Galaresa, but as we have requested him to relate to you some of his personal history I shall not further anticipate what, I doubt not, will interest you. Ah, he awaits us. Lohau lohau, Zenesta. You are most welcome and I most happy in making known to you one whom you have expressed a desire to meet. Gentola — Sir, I trust that I may not be so unfortunate as to cause you to regret your desire. Zenesta Hao — Long have we of our Spirit World heard Journeys to the Planet Mars. 257 of you as of one who, in the fullness of time, would aid in conveying to the Entoans an assurance of continuous exist- ence. I offer to you the homage due to one who lovingly yields time, strength and an indulgence of personal aims for the welfare of others, and may the time quickly arrive when, through this mission, the darkness of certain condi- tions may be dispelled from the minds of the children of Ento. You have been informed of their pitiable despair which ever grows more unbearable ; it is the logical, natural result of the advanced spirituality of the masses, in whom every sense and emotion have become exalted. In them the love element is so spiritualized that when death takes from them their dearest ones they do not mourn as do those of grosser natures. They reach after them with a longing, agonizing, persistent, hopeless grief, only conceivable by those whose Being is on an exalted Spiritual and intellect- ual plane. I know not your language perfectly, but when I may find myself at a loss these dear friends will supply my needs. I am here, not only through my own desire, but at the request of this Band, who believe that I may serve a certain beneficent purpose. During many years of my mor- tal existence I was a Professor of Languages in this Gala- resa; thus I am as a link connecting the past with the pres- ent and, if I may add to the interest of your experiences and of this mission, I also will add to my own happiness. Friends, you will lead the way, and Gentola and I will fol- low. Ah, how memory recalls the years passed in this Gala- resa. Years so full of mingled joys and sorrows. Cer- tainly, if my mortal experiences may seem of value to you, I shall Be greatly pleased. In my early youth I came here as a student, my mind filled with eager, glowing anticipa- tions, and here I remained until I was fitted to graduate 258 Journeys to the Planet Mars. with honor to myself and credit to those whose patient labors and excellent ability had won my loving reverence and lasting regard. Following my graduation I was offered the distinction of a professorship in the department of ancient and modern languages; I accepted the honor and entered upon a career which terminated only when mortal existence gave way to that which was a step higher on the ever ascending rounds of evolution. Four years elapsed and I had won some renown as an instructor and what, to me, was my heart' s dearest desire — the love of the woman whom I adored and who was, through the years of our wedded life, the heart of my heart. Children as comely and as sweet as rodel buds came to us, but ever as their mother and I with fond solicitude watched these buds ma- turing and bursting into bloom, we looked into each other's eyes and saw sombre shadows lurking there. Intelligent, generous hearted, our children grew to maturity. Our sons were all that our fond hearts could desire. Our daughters were as lovable and as lovely as their mother. I could desire for them no greater excellence. I then was in the full vigor of manhood, my wife in the full maturity of comeliness and of many virtues. Our children were growing learned and accomplished in such directions as their abilities and inclinations led them. No perceptible danger threatened us or them. No cloud of evil portent rose above the horizon of our sky, yet ever in our minds and hearts the shadows lurked, for we knew, we well knew, that ever unseen an implacable foe drew nearer, nearer, and that inevitably, one by one, we must pass into the silence. We who shared each joy or sorrow, we who so loved that when apart time was robbed of half its value. Ah, me ! Ere long a fatal hour arrived and now after the lapse of years and the inexpressible happiness that has come to us, I find myself shrinking from the memory of it. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 259 One day a party of youths went pleasuring on Indoloisa/s treacherous water and our three sons were with them. With the heedlessness of youth they permitted the wind to waft their boat far out on its restless bosom. Suddenly the wind became violent, the boat was capsized, then en- gulfed in the tempestuous waves and ere assistance reached them nearly all of the party were drowned. Two of them were our sons Liefton and Clermond. A year later our remaining son, Faladon, lost his life in a vain endeavor to save the life of a comrade who, recklessly leaning far over the guard of a rising air transport, lost his balance and Faladon, who stood near at hand, attempted to seize him, but the sudden strain was greater than his strength, and both he and his friend were dashed to death. These re- peated disasters were more than my dear wife could endure, and within a year her urned ashes were placed beside those of our three sons. In my heart was desolation and anguish unspeakable, but, for the sake of our dear daughters, I strove to cheer- fully bear my awful burthen of sorrow and to, as far as possible, brighten the darkness which overshadowed their young lives. They would not marry and we three bereft ones walked as in one pathway, and thus I reached a period of age equal to seventy of your years. Then, as though death again remembered us, our youngest daughter was stricken with a fatal illness and ere we reckoned it serious the breath of her life had ceased. Our eldest and last child survived until I had aged to ninety-two years ; then , with scarcely more than a sigh, her worn heart ceased to beat and I was left alone — aged, sorrow stricken and with- out desire for a continuance of a life which no longer held for me either charm or hope. Mechanically I fulfilled the duties of a position which had brought me the consideration of many worthier than myself, but, alas, no power could 260 Journeys to the Planet Mars. bring back my dear dead or give me peace. Laden with, a heavy burthen of sorrow, the years passed tardily, and among a youthful generation whose tastes, occupations and aims had quite outgrown my own, I walked almost alone. The friends of my youth and of later years had passed into the silence, or had sought other lands as dwell- ing places, and I no longer cared for new friends. In my home there were those who ever were kindly attentive to my simple wants, but my utter loneliness no one could alle- viate. In the midst of a multitude I was as one lost, as one whom death had forgotten and at last I longed for oblivion. Ninety-eight years brought me to a hot, languorous d-ay, and the humid air was lad W m\ i'-^-fh i&jL** m #s~ j^- 'fcimML ~--<& < ft u I z I I Journeys to the Planet Mars. 353 munion with you. With pleasure I shall bear to them your loving message. Now, mes amis, au revoir. De I/Ester — Gentola, these great conservatories, de- voted to the special cultivation of these red and yellow blooms, furnishes the temple flower offerings, which, with the crystal Sun of the dome, the mosaic Sun radiating from the altar, and the red and yellow robes and ornaments of the High Priest and his assistants, symbolizes the imag- inary abode of Andumana. Now, George, we will rise and move slowly around Tai- mon, thus affording Gentola and Bernard a view of the scenery and architecture of the many towns and villages beautifying its shores. Gentola, again we have for you a surprise and the fulfillment of a promise, which we antici- pate will add to your enjoyment of your visits to Ento. Bernard, dear boy, you are only strong enough to sustain yourself. Allow George to assist your mother. Is not it pleasure enough to journey by her side? Ah, fond hearts, I understand, I understand. Gentola — I am sure that you do. Never mind, dear lad, I will take the will for the deed. Do not rise higher, friends, else I shall not see so clearly as you all do. What lovely views. Certainly the architecture of those towns and villages is very beautiful. Yonder is a long train of Tuzamos rushing across the country, and see those huge vessels crossing the lake in all directions and coming and going on the Waterway. To me those Waterways are a source of continual wonderment. How were they exca- vated ? How have the Entoans found courage, endurance or means to accomplish such gigantic works ? De L'Ester — To show you the process of excavation, which is so excellent as to not require extraordinary cour- age or endurance, will be the most satisfactory reply to your first two questions; as for the means required, the 354 Journeys to the Planet Mars. general government attends to that. I promise you that, a little later on, you shall observe the construction of a Water- way. Gentola — I shall not forget to remind you of your promise. Yonder is another pretty town, and there are one, two, three circular temples, and again it occurs to me that nowhere have I seen a spire. De L'Ester — The tall, 'pointed spire is not a feature of Ento architecture. On our planet its origin dates back to a period when humanity was on a low animal plane. Yes, the architecture of Ento is exceedingly ornate; exte- riorly, to my mind, it is used to excess, while interiorly, sculpture, carvings and mosaics produce wonderfully rich and beautiful effects. In some of the public edifices and sumptuous private residences which you yet will see there are mosaics so exceedingly fine that nowhere have we seen anything of the kind surpassing them. On certain edifices you have observed lofty towers of excellent design. They are not merely architectural features, but are towers of observation. Not skyward, oh, no, but for horizontal distances. You have been informed that their religion prohibits the Entoans from attempting to learn aught concerning Astra- nola, the imaginary realm beyond the clouds, wherein dwells their revered and feared Gods and Goddesses, so their telescopes, which are of great excellence, are used only for field purposes ; that is, for observation of the annual floods and the like. Bu f soon the radiance of their Spirit World will penetrate their consciousness, and advanced Spirits will be able to disabuse their minds of their fallacious be- liefs relating to the here and the hereafter, and ere long, aided by enlarged telescopes, their learned ones will be gazing upon the wonder of myriad worlds, moving in stately grandeur through measureless space. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 355 Extending from northward to southward is an eleva- tion covered with great forest trees, undergrowth and vegetation. It is another mountain vestige, and once the waters of Loisa Taimon bathed its rocky base, but now a level stretch of some miles lies between it and the lake. Look now far along the plateau toward the north, and tell us what you see. Gextola — Afar off I see a great city, extending from the lake shore across the plain, up the slope, across the plateau, down its further side, and — that is as far as my vision reaches. De I/Ester — We will draw nearer. Now what do you see? Gentola — I see a city so extensive, so marvellously beau- tiful, that I am almost persuaded that you have brought me into some spirit realm. Never have I seen anything so grandly, so magnificently beautiful as yonder white and gold city, and this is the fulfillment of your promise to some time, somewhere, show me a city surpassing any city of Earth. To, if possible, enhance its beauty, nature has luxuriantly draped sculptured walls and loftiest towers with wreaths of flower-laden vines, amid which are bees and birds innumerable, all adding their beauty to the en- chantment of the scene. The streets are of great width and paved as smoothly as floors. There are no small, mean- looking houses, no evidences of poverty or degradation. With all my heart I wish that this city might be exhibited to our Earth peoples as an example of what humanity may attain to. The streets are alive with people, and motor and tramway carriages are passing in all directions, yet there is very little noise and no apparent confusion. I should like to know why those tramway carriages are so noiseless. De L'Ester — I only can say that they are so scien- 356 Journeys to the Planet Mars. tifically constructed that I cannot explain their mechan- ism. The tramway rails are welded into unbroken lines, which, at short intervals, rest on cushions of an elastic substance very like caoutchouc, which prevents noisy jolt- ing and jarring. Then, too, the speed of all manner of vehicles is carefully timed and regulated. Unlike the im- mature peoples of our own immature Planet, the Entoans are exceedingly careful of their own and the lives and rights of others. You perceive that all street intersections are spanned by elegantly constructed bridges, over which people and vehi- cles pass slowly and safely. No, the Entoans are not indo- lent, but they are too wise to rush toward the undesired end of their existence. Indeed, every possible precaution against injury or death is observed. No, owing to the annual inun- dation, underground transit is not feasible. Yes, of course, the construction and maintenance of such public utilities is costly, but as Ento has no wars, the governmental reve- nues are amply sufficient for all necessary purposes. Now we will descend to the lawn of yonder white golden- domed residence of the governor of this Province of Wyamo, whose capital is the white and gold city Kultymo Tylii, which, in the English language would be Elevated City. It is the largest, and to my mind, the most beautiful city of Ento. Facing us is the governor's residence. To the right are the official departments. To the left is a spacious struc- ture devoted to such amusements as Entoans indulge in. Yes, they dance, but in a rather serious fashion. The movements of the various dances are slow, graceful, stately and rhythmically in harmony with the musical measures, with which their forms, more than their feet keep time. Yes, the drama, too, finds its place among the amusements of the people, but its purpose is to instruct as well as to Journeys to the Planet Mars. 357 amuse. I scarcely know how to characterize the plays. Certainly, they are not tragic, neither do they represent the serio comic. I should say that they are more nearly on the plane of high comedy, and Earth's pleasure loving peo- ples would consider them very tame. I can say for them that, in composition and representation, they are models of purity and of art. This is one of Ento's finest official residences, and in every niche and angle of its massive walls are sculptured forms of divinities or of distinguished En- toans, so finely executed as to command one's profound admiration. A grand flight of steps leads up to the spa- cious portico, whose lofty roof is supported by massive fluted marble columns, whose capitals are a strong reminder of the Corinthian capital. Observe this imposing entrance, whose rose tinted doors are framed in rose tinted woods, so highly, so exquisitely colored, that their beauty is but slightly enhanced by these very artistic carvings. We will now enter and afford you and Bernard a view of the interior of the dwelling. This wide and deep hallway, with its broad staircase, leading upward to a second floor, thence to other floors and the domed roof, is very admirable. It is a composition of rose marble, onyx, carved, rose colored woods and mosaics so ex- quisitely beautiful, as to be incomparably artistic. It is well that the dainty blooms, child faces and lovely ara- besques of the floor are protected by these fine rugs. Evidently the staircases are more for ornamentation than for use, for at the further end of the hallway is an elegantly appointed elevator, into which, at this moment, a stately looking gentleman is stepping. He is Darraon Olevas, Governor of Wyamo, and as uninvited guests we will proceed to the dining hall of his excellency's residence. To do so we will pass through this panelled vestibule, whose ornamentation of inlaid fruits and flower designs, is indeed 358 Journeys to the Planet Mars. very fine. The ligEt filtering through the large rose and opalescent crystal window irradiates it with a softened glow which is a fitting prelude to the rich coloring of the apartment beyend this sumptuous silken drapery. Stand here, Gentola, and attempt a short description of this im- mense, elliptically formed room and its appurtenances. Gentola — Where shall I begin ? With the floor ? Well, to my taste, it presents the most beautiful mosaic work I yet have seen. It is so exceedingly lovely that it seems a profanation to step on it. The field is opal tinted, and the border is very broad and rich, but not at all highly colored. From among its foliage and flowers, vines and delicately hued blossoms trail all over the field, and they are so real- istic that they seem to be growing there. At equal distances around the walls of the great room are wide panels of a wood resembling mahogany, but tinted a dull rose color. In the centre of each wide panel is a narrow fluted one of a lighter shade of rose colored wood, and all are carried up the walls and across the curved ceil- ing, where they meet under large rosettes of rose colored woods. In the centre of each rosette is a lighting appara- tus, which is not at all like a chandelier, and which I am not competent to describe. I can only say that it is a combi- nation of gold filigree work and many rose tinted crystal lilies inclosed in a gauzelike network of some transparent material. De L'Ester — You might add that when the electric light is turned on, the network forms a sort of halo about the flowers, whose pale rose tints lend a softened and beauti- ful effect, and I will add, that, in the near future, one of your inspired ones will invent a very similar electric ap- pliance. Gentola — Where the panels curve between the walls and ceiling there are great carved clusters of flowers and foliage, Journeys to the Planet Mars. 359 of woods of various colors and the shadings are so fine that the compositions are very beautiful and lifelike. Be- tween the panels, the walls are opalescent, and are adorned with paintings and handsome shelf-like projections, on which are the loveliest vases, statuettes and other bric-a- brac. At the west end of the room are two wide and lofty windows, over which falls exquisite lace and rich rose col- ored silken draperies, the borders ornamented with gold embroidery. Between the windows is an immense buffet, built into the wall, which appears to be a combination of carved and inlaid woodis, of precious metals and jewels. On its highly ornamental shelves are various wares, very like some of the fine wares we have on our planet, and there are goblets and other vessels of crystal that shine with the brilliancy of diamonds. Some pieces are set with jewels of various colors, and they are exceedingly pretty. Through the crystalline doors of its compartments I see vessels of gold, of silver and of a metal that appears to be enamelled in tints of pale, lustrous green. The latter are ornamented with stones of a deeper tint of green, and they are so beau- tiful that I should like to have one of them. As for the shapes of these many lovely things, I am surprised that they are so like the forms of Earth's china, glass and other wares. De UEster — Eecall a lecture you heard in the Gala- resa, in which it was stated that not only is art long, but that form in its manifold expressions is universal. It is the manifestation of a natural law, and in accordance with the degree of their evolvement, everywhere, not only humans, but all orders of life express it in finer or cruder fashion. Gentola — I believe that it is true, for through my limited observation of our moon, and my larger observation of Ento's and Earth's forms, whether natural or median- 360 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ical, I have found startling resemblances ; frequently exact likenesses of the forms of either planet. To return to a further description of the buffet. Its table of pearl tinted onyx, veined with palest green, is bordered by a luxuriant vine, whose leaves are composed of minute green stones, so shaded as to present a very natural effect. The vine and tendrils also are of stones, renresent- ing their brown and green tints. The large, purple clusters of fruit are of amethysts or similar stones. Genessano says, that the vine is a talissa fuena, but I should say, it is a veritable grape vine. Anyway, it is very pretty, and its purple fruit suggests a question. Do the Entoans make wine and other intoxicants ? De L'Ester — These Ento friends, Inidora, Genessano and Zenesta Hao, say that, since time immemorial the Entoans have used fermented «and distilled liquors, but never as intoxicants, their Sacred Writings forbidding the abuse of any of Andumana's gifts to His children. No, although of a wine drinking race, I never during my mortal existence, experienced a sense of intoxication. Did mortals understand that drunkenness is not alone a benumbing of the senses, a more or less pronounced anaesthesia,, but that gradually it occasions a separation between the ego and the animal soul or conscious self, and that continued excesses lead to a wider separateness, a final domination of the animal soul, and that when dissolution occurs, the alcoholized spirit body has become a fit tenement for its wretched occupant, in fear and horror they would recoil from a peril so deadly. These friends will verify my statement that on no other planet have we observed such a strong tendency toward drunkenness as exists on Earth. Why is this so? Briefly then, the activities of heredity never fail, and some dominant primitive races of Earth, having looked upon wine when it was red, transmitted the Journeys to the Planet Mars. 361 vicious tendency to their descendants, and they in turn to after generations unnumbered. Certainly, it is true that, what are termed acquired tastes for this or that, are nearly, if not always based upon hereditary tendencies. Now, pray proceed. Gentola — Against the walls are many chairs of beau- tifully carved, rose tinted wood. The seats are not up- holstered, but are 61 a highly polished, very pale rose tinted wood, and oddly enough they are held or rather they hang on pretty golden brackets projecting from the walls. There is no dining table or even one small one. On what is food served ? Di L'Ester — Wait a little and you shall learn. In the meantime we will enter an adjoining room used for the storage of table and other appointments, which doubtless we will find attractive. You will please mention such as may interest you. Gentola — How very beautiful. What a wonderful col- lection. Gold, silver, crystal and other lovely wares in endless profusion. Evidently many of them are for decora- tive purposes. Such a collection is enough to make one covetous. Imagine me landing in my own home with one of these magnificent vases in my arms. Not for a moment would any one believe that it came from the planet known to them as Mars. Neither would I believe it were I some one else. Again, I cannot refrain from a sense of surprise that I find here plates, pitchers, bowls, cups and saucers and all that constitutes an elaborate table service. And here are goblets, and a great variety of drinking glasses and other pieces of glassware, of such beautiful shapes and of such exceeding brilliancy that it is superior to any cut glass I ever have seen. De L'Ester — Zenesta says that in a province immedi- 362 Journeys to the Planet Mars, ately south of Ondu is a deposit of a peculiar sand espe- cially adapted to the manufacture of this fine glass. Al- though diligently sought for, nowhere else has a like de- posit been discovered; hence, this ware is highly prized. Observe this elaborate centre piece of gold, crystal and precious stones. It is a great, four handled bowl with a small, beautiful vase on either handle. The bowl is for fruit, the vases for flowers. As your question relating to the serving of food- is about to be answered, we will stand in this doorway, which, you perceive, is slightly above the level of the dining hall floor. Observe that nearly the entire length of the floor is in two equal divisions, so nicely adjusted as not to be perceptible. Now they separate, and noiselessly are drawn under this and the opposite apartments, and from below rises a sump- tuously appointed table laden with viands of most tempting appearance. Thus is your question answered. Observe that the floor on which the table rests is of highly polished, deeply tinted), rose colored wood, which exactly fits into the space left vacant by the withdrawal of the mosaic floor. Yes, in most fine Ento dwellings dining halls for special occasions are arranged in this manner. In ordinary dwellings dining room floors are stationary, as is the floor of the adjoining family dining room. Now a very important looking person enters, takes a critical sur- vey of the table, touches a button in the wall, and a number of attendants enter and quietly detach the seats from the walls and place them about the table. There are twenty covers, and evidently the repast is more of a luncheon than a dinner. Observe the floral decorations. A centre piece, quite as beautiful as the one we have been admiring, is filled with golden hued fruit and sweet scented, creamy blooms, and at either end of the table are lovely vases filled with clusters of the same fragrant blossoms. Though the Journeys to the Planet Mars. 363 food is generous in quantity and variety, the table is not overladen. There are breads of various kinds with dainty dishes of fruits and confections nice enough to tempt an epicure, but you will observe that there are no meats, save fishes, which are prepared as a salad. Inidora, what is the name of this luscious looking fruit? Inidora — Oonda we name it. It is agreeably acidulous, of an aromatic flavor and grows only in tropical and in semi-tropical countries. Gentola may recall that in the vicinity of Camarissa and somewhat further northward there are many extensive plantations of low, wide spread- ing trees, wearing dark green, glossy foliage. Those were oondas lotas (oondas trees) and these are their fruit and fragrant, lovely blooms. Nay, you owe me no thanks. Gentola — I hear a sound as of sweet, low toned bells, and voices of persons coming nearer and nearer ; and now they are entering preceded by a very tall, extremely hand- some youth of bronze complexion, fine features, large, dark, brilliant eyes, blue-black, waving hair, held back by a gemmed fillet, and white teeth gleaming between his parted scarlet lips. As he approaches, bearing aloft a golden tray heaped high with oonda blooms, he presents a picture of uncommon beauty. There are nine men and as many women, the latter clothed so beautifully in loose, graceful, white silken, gold embroidered robes that, henceforth, I shall detest the dress with which I have been accustomed to torment and disfigure myself. The important looking per- son seats the guests, and the youth crowns each one with a chaplet of oonda blossoms. But two seats, one at either end of the table, are still vacant. Again the sweet toned bells are sounding. The guests rise, and with a most graceful movement of their hands, salute a stately, handsome man and a very lovely woman, who with gracious smiles and graceful salutations, approach and take the vacant seats, 364 Journeys to the Planet Mars. and the guests resume theirs. Now the youth approaches ftie host and hostess, tendering them chaplets of oonda blossoms, which they receive and retain in their hands. Inidora will be kind enough to continue the description which to me grows somewhat unintelligible. Inidora — As a recognition of Andumana's gift of this golden fruit to his children the annual feast of the oonda is observed by all Entoans. Oonda in your language would mean divine, and as it is the favorite fruit of the dwellers in Astranola, it is thought to be appropriately named. Those who have this moment entered are the governor of Wyamo, Darraon Olevas and his wife, the Lady Nounia. Now the governor rises, and bearing aloft his chaplet, he approaches his wife and places it on her head, fervently praying: "Andiimana, Creator and Giver of all good gifts even as I crown Thy child with oonda blooms, so crown Thou her with the priceless blessing of a long and happy- life ;" and the guests respond, "Rati, rau, rau." Now he kneels by the side of his wife, and as she places her chaplet on his head, with trembling lips she implores Andumana to prolong the days of her beloved, and that they may be as full of the fragrance of noble deeds as are oonda blooms full of the perfume of Andumana's breath, and again the guests respond, "Rati, rau, rau." De I/Ester — We regret that we cannot devote further time to observation of this attractive festival, but affairs relating to our mission grow more pressing than you are aware of, and we must hasten our movements. We now will ascend to the upper floors. Yes, the decorations and furnishings of these spacious apartments are of the best art productions of Ento, and certainly they are beyond unfavorable criticism. You have learned that Ento's tex- tile fabrics are surpassingly excellent ; so you are not sur- prised at the beauty of designs, coloring and quality of Journeys to the Planet Mars. 365 these draperies, rugs, upholstery and other appurtenances of this elegantly appointed residence. Yes, in most Ento residences, large or small, somewhat sumptuous furnish- ings are the rule, rather than exception. In arts and manufactures the Entoans have progressed beyond the tawdry and mean, and all who so desire, may, at small cost, gratify cultivated tastes. We now will go out on the balcony, George. Yes, the dome balcony. Do not you think that Vil Tylu (White City) would be as appropriate a name for this city as it was for your World's Fair City ? And now that we have ful- filled our promise, may we hope that you are not dis- appointed? Gentola — Dear friends, the fulfillment of your promise exceeds my anticipations, and as I gaze in all directions I am filled with wonder and admiration for this extensive, this grandly beautiful White and Gold City. The absence of all indications of poverty is in itself a charm, and it ap- pears so immaculately clean and so new, that one might imagine it the creation of a very recent time. Genessano — On the contrary, previous to the inception of the Irrigating and Waterways System, it was a city of importance, and as now, the capital of Wyamo. At the time that the proposed irrigating system was under consid- eration the then governor of Wyamo was one of its most enthusiastic supporters and later an indefatigable worker who lived to see the System assume unlooked for propor- tions and incalculable beneficence. His successors followed his fine example, and a time arrived when the Irrigated Belt touched Kultymo's limit on the north, and you perceive that now it penetrates quite into the System. During later cen- turies the population has so increased as to necessitate encroachment upon the agricultural lands northward, and 366 Journeys to the Planet Mars. now in that direction the city's suburb is parallel with the northern shore of Taimon. Kultymo Tylu is favored beyond any city of our planet, for though it is within the equatorial zone, it is far enough northward to possess a moderately temperate and most salubrious climate. Then northward, Lake Tai- mon and the great Waterway affords an outlet for shipping, passing not only in that, but in all directions, and Cehylu Ooltemah, rising in the far north, runs southward, pouring its immense vol- umes into the System, thus affording highways for vessels of the largest size. In the distance, and toward the north- east, is Lake Komu-telesa (lake of Springs) another con- siderable body of fresh water, and if you will look in that direction you will perceive that, through a continuation of the Waterway, it communicates with Taimon, and that on its placid bosom vessels great and small are passing to and fro. Later, through observation, you will learn that the Waterways with their attendant feeders, directly or indi- rectly connect with nearly all the freshwater lakes and rivers of our Planet, and that all within certain degrees of latitude are embraced by the system. Thus, Kultymo Tylu has at its doors extensive water transportation, added to which Tuzamos and air Transports bring it into ready com- munication with all portions of the planet, from whence it receives all manner of products. In turn Kultymo Tylu exports immense quantities of manufactured goods and art wares, but its principal distinction is its great art school and library, to which come students from all over Ento. I, like yourselves, am enchanted with the beauty of this white and gold city, which to me suggests a great white bird, its body resting on the broad plateau, the tip of one snowy wing touching Taimon, the other spreading toward the lovely valley Insalu, and the neck and head gracefully curv- Journeys to the Planet Mars. 367 ing downward over the northern slope of the plateau, to drink of the shining, vivifying waters of the beneficent System. Jternard, have you naught to say of this great city? Bernard — Yes, aside from cities of our Spirit World, I have seen none to compare with it. As my dear mother has said, the beauty of its architecture, its exceeding cleanli- ness and absence of poverty are its most attractive features, and I quite agree with her. But, Genessano, you did not complete your simile ; you forgot to give your bird a tail. Genessano — You are very right ; I did forget. Well, for my tailless bird I shall from among yonder gleaming, golden domes and snowy towers, whose symmetrical beauty is heightened by a southern background of fleecy clouds and azure sky, gather plumage as fine as that of alzoytas, the sacred bird of Astranola, whose wide-spreading wings over- shadow death's darkened realm. Gentola — I beg that you will not take offense at my boy's inconsiderate speech. During his Earth life always he saw the droll side of things, and in that direction I do not find him changed. Bernard — Mother, dear, I meant no offense; so Gen- essano could take none. Genessano — That is as true as truth. Bernard and I are as two opposing mirrors, each reflecting images upon the other's face ; thus one never misunderstands the other's motives, and Bernard's ever are kind. Let this fraternal embrace assure you of our mutual good will. De L'Ester — We will rise to the upper balcony, from which we will command a still more extensive view of the city and its suburbs, and you, Gentola, will give expression to whatever may impress you. Gentola — To me the extent of this city is surprising. Eastward its limit is beyond my power of vision. South- 368 Journeys to the Planet Mars. ward domes, turrets and lofty columns lose themselves amid the mists of the horizon. Northward, for mile after mile, on the level; thence down the sloping plateau and across the far reaching plain, the white and gold wonder spreads itself. In that direction, in the middle of some of the wide streets, are canals, on which small boats, carrying passen- gers or freight, are passing to and fro. At intervals the canals are spanned by handsome bridges, over which a vari- ety of vehicles are passing. Toward the southwest Tai- mon, which you say is nearly twenty miles away, mirrors in its waters the great warehouses and manufactories which line its shores. It occurs to me to ask why chimneys are not features of Ento architecture. Even those great struc- tures have none. Inidora — Many centuries previous to my existence on Ento electrical appliances had come into such general use that in all cities, towns, villages and pretentious country places, they almost were the sole agencies for heating, lighting, culinary and other purposes, and yet some families of the Souvannallos and of another race far southward, still adhere to ancient domestic usages. Certainly they are the only Entoans who persist in using fireplaces and chim- neys, which no longer are features of Ento architecture. De L'Ester — Northward and southward, along the level of the plateau, and eastward and westward, toward Insalu- Valley and Lake Taimon, there are many stupendously tall and massive towers, whose average height is about one thousand) feet, and whose bases seem substantial enough to support Ento's satellites. The skill and daring involved in their construction is both admirable and surprising. In their interiors are elevators which carry to the height of their summits persons and things connected with their service. They are used for a system of electric lighting, and also as watch towers during the annual floods and on Journeys to the Planet Mars. 369 their summits are as fine observation telescopes as we have seen. Yes, when those great towers are lighted, night is well nigh turned into day. How little the peoples of our planet yet comprehend what may be, and ere long will be, accomplished through the agency of electricity, whose civilizing power is illimitable. I should like to inform you as to one of its achievements, and at another time will do so. You are exhausted, and we must hold you no longer. We will not come for you to-morrow morning, but at two o'clock in the afternoon. Earlier we will be at Dao to meet friends who are interested in our mission. Yes, friends from Ento's and other planetary Spirit Worlds. Be patient ; the time is near when you will see them as you see us. For yet a little while Spirit forces will hold Valloa in her physical form, for it would not be well should she pass to the Spirit side before all things are in readiness for the culmination of our mission. Friends, George, Bernard and I will bear Gentola safely to her home ; then I must go elsewhere, but to-morrow we all w T ill meet at Dao. Gentola, rest your right hand on George's shoulder. Bernard-, place your right arm about your mother and your left hand on my shoulder, and now for the Sorrowful star, toward which this mighty magnetic current bears us with the velocity of thought, and here in your quiet room, where twilight shadows have fallen, we leave you until the mor- row. Bernard, make your adieu, for before she may be disturbed, I desire to see your mother recover herself. Ah, that is well. Yes, we still are here, and pleased that you so readily have regained your usual condition. As we have held you overlong to-day, I pray you, rest, rest, rest. Xow au revoir. 370 Journeys to the Planet Mars. CHAPTEE XIV. DANO AND VALLOA. De I/Ester — Exactly two o'clock, and yon are awaiting ns, so at once we will be off. Only George and I have come for yon. Bernard and onr friends will meet ns at Kultymo Tylii. Now, be at rest. Keady, George. No, mortals can have no realization of the rapidity with which wholly freed spirits are able to move. You, who to a degree are freed, do not realize it. Gentola — No, I do not. Always, to me, we appear to be stationary, while all else is falling away from ns. Now, as we near Ento, it seems to be rnshing toward ns, and now I perceive its divisions of land and water, and yonder is Knltymo Tylii, and on yonder great tower our friends and my dear boy are watching and waiting for us. A greet- ing for you all, dear friends, and for you, too, my dear lad. Yes, from afar off I saw yon waving your hand to me, you dear, dear boy. George — While De I/Ester shall relate to you some- thing that certainly will interest you, Inez and I will make a hurried visit to Dao, but ere he shall have concluded his narration we again will be with you. De I/Ester — We find that, until our mission shall have culminated, we must defer visiting certain localities of peculiar interest, and as some untoward event might, during your mortal existence, prevent your gaining through personal observation, information concerning them, we Journeys to the Planet Mars. 371 have decided that I shall endeavor to acquaint you with some of their features. Far within Ento's Arctic and Antarctic regions there are lands which, during a large part of the year, are cov- ered with ice and snow. Still farther northward and south- ward and at the poles such intense cold perpetually prevails that the land surfaces are uninhabitable. In these re- gions are vast deposits of precious and other ores, and to gain access to them many difficulties had to be surmounted. I say had to be surmounted ; for, during many centuries, mining within the Arctic and Antarctic Circles has been a settled industry. In remote times, as at present, through- out Ento's Torrid and Temperate Zones, the mining in- dustry has progressed northward, and to a lesser degree southward, and so gradual have been its movements that, almost imperceptibly, it has penetrated polar lands, and mainly through the agency of electrical appliances has the achievement been made possible. You have been informed that more than fifty Ento centuries ago, the Entoans under- stood electrical engineering and many electrical appliances, and that then, as now, Tuzamos and air Transports were used as common carriers, but, of course, they were less perfect than those of to-day. Still, they served the re- quirements of their time, which were less exacting than the requirements of to-day. But you have not known that, quite within Ento's Arctic and Antarctic Circles, there are large underground communities of men, women and chil- dren, whose occupations, almost solely, are connected with the mining industry. Naturally, one might infer that the disadvantages of their environments would be both dis- couraging and depressing. Not so. Through the agency of electricity their underworlds are brilliantly lighted and where necessary comfortably warmed, and it en- ables them to keep in constant touch with the outer world 372 Journeys to the Planet Mars. which, at any time, they may visit, and from whence they may command such luxuries and comforts as they may desire. Lines of Tuzamos penetrate far northward and south- ward, and where they cannot go air Transports can and do go. Thus these communities are not at all isolated, and they go and come where and when they will. Some time, if you may so desire, you shall visit some of them, and I may assure you that you will find them very interesting. Yes, all mines are owned hy the general government, and the remuneration of those engaged in them is so liberal, so equitable, as to assure to them prosperity and contentment. At the entrances of the various great mines are enormously lofty light towers, whose several floors are devoted to edu- cational and other purposes. In the schools some of Ento's foremost scientists of the past and of the present day have been taught electric and hydraulic engineering, geology, mineralogy and other specialties. Other floors are for living rooms, nurseries, hospitals and the inevitable Ig- toira. The several departments are attractively finished and furnished, and are quite as desirable as are well ap- pointed dwellings of milder climes. On the summits of these lofty towers are immense electric lights which are to navigators of space what beacon lights are to mariners of seas. To air voyagers they afford cheering assurance of their whereabouts and of hospitable entertainment ; for, at all mining centres, are air Transport Stations for the ac- commodation of travellers and for shipping purposes. Frequently, in Arctic and Antarctic regions, terrific snow storms occur, and were it not for the far reaching tower lights, air pilots would not be able to find Transport landings, which ever are kept in readiness ,for their arrival. Yes, the mines are located in mountainous re- gions, for as the poles are approached the planet's surface Journeys to the Planet Mars. 373 is very rugged and mountainous, and as on all stable plan- ets the more nearly the poles are approached the vaster are the mineral deposits. Yes, the same law applies to Earth, and were I not somewhat opposed to prophesying, I might say that within ten years the insatiable gold worshippers of our planet will set up their altars in localities nearly as frigid as are Ento's northern and southern mining regions. Much more in this direction I might relate, but we antici- pate that later on we may afford you views of what I have given you a mere idea. Ah, here are George and Inez. George — I fear that we may have abused our leave of absence ; if so I can only say that we have been so engrossed as to not note the passing moments. ' Since our visit of the early morning her Spirit attendants have succeeded in temporarily stimulating her vital energy, but ere long they will have to yield to the inevitable, and Valloa, the golden haired, will be borne to Ento's Spirit World. Evi- dently she realizes that death, the dread terror, is drawing near and it is touching to see her young, lovely face wearing a smile while her faintly throbbing heart is full of anguish at thought of leaving her adored father and Dano, her be- trothed. Inez, my dear one, will you tell our sister about the dying girl ? Inez— Words cannot describe the pathos of the scene. Since witnessing it my heart is burthened with measureless sympathy for mortal sorrow. By one side of Valloa's couch sat her father, his woful face betraying his consuming grief and anxiety. By the other side knelt Dano, his rapt gaze wearing the expression of one who sees with clear eyes. So emaciated, so wan is Vailoa's lovely face that it is as snow amid the wealth of her golden, flowing hair. As we looked and listened she turned to her father with encourag- ing words, then she smiled into his and her lover's eyes, and said, "Dearest ones, pray do not regard me so wist- 374 Journeys to the Planet Mars. fully. I am growing stronger ; soon I shall be well ;" and they, to hide from her their despair, smiled back at her, assuring her of their confidence in her speedy recovery. About her were Ministering Spirits who, to their utmost were sustaining her physical energy, and for a moment I stood near her and Dano, who with a startled look, turned toward me, and quickly I moved away. He grows very sensitive, and Valloa's Spirit vision is so clear that as she recedes from the mortal condition, in exceeding bewilder- ment she gazes into the thinly veiled Spirit World, whose glory fills her soul with ecstasy. I now am satisfied that our Band have acted wisely in not taking you into the pres- ence of the dying girl, for assuredly your easily aroused sympathy would endanger your safety. De L'Ester — Which we dare not trifle with, as in it is involved the success or failure of our Mission. This, you perceive, is the loftiest tower of the city. It is a signal tower, and through this telescope, which is one of its scientific features, it commands a view of the immense dis- tances of this levelled portion of the planet. Gaze now over the city and express your impression of the view. Gextola — Beautiful, wondrously beautiful! Toward the east the city gently inclines downward, and across In- salu Valley, merging itself into the country, which is so closely dotted with white dwellings and Istoiras, gleaming amid the green of lawns, orchards and lofty budas and other forest trees, that one cannot say where the city ends and the country begins. Southward the plateau rises gradually in broad; terraces, on which are white and gold structures like stately palaces, amid blooming gardens and the feath- ery foliage of budas trees. Some are less spacious, but scarcely less attractive in the beauty of their architecture and surroundings. There are open squares lined with palatial white and gold residences and other structures Journeys to the Planet Mars. 375 whose great domes and towers look down upon fountains so lovely as to defy my descriptive ability. Upward and upward the terraces rise until against the background of the deep blue sky the southern portion of the city appears as a dim, mist-veiled, never-to-be-forgotten, magnificently lovely picture. I cannot imagine a scene more beautiful; no, not even in Celestial Worlds. Seeing this wonderful city and learning to what heights humanity may attain arouses within me a hope for the future of our own sorrowful planet. De L'Ester — Alas and alas, that many, many centuries must elapse ere your hope shall bear fruition. Develop- ment of the peoples of a planet, as a whole, is not a matter of centuries, tut of ages. Centuries come and go, and only Infinite Intelligence can discern that all along the line one step has been taken. Like the rising and falling of ocean's unquiet waves, now amid mad tempests, dashing their white crests toward the sky, anon with gentle undulations laving the sand strewn shore, so amid storm and calm, the peoples of planets slowly, but surely, evolve toward higher planes of being. Wars, with their lamentable features, are the upheavals of the animal impulses of crude civilizations, and Earth's peoples are far from being civilized. All over our planet civil corruption and social, selfish greed and ambition for place and power are eating into the very vitals of society, hence of governments, and if Spirit agencies cannot sway the minds of some who may serve as Saviors, the poverty and agony of the masses in time will produce a state of delirium, in which the sense of accountability will be lost ; then woe be to those who, through standing on the shoul- ders of their defrauded' and oppressed brethren, have climbed to high places. Man is in one, angel and animal, and ever as the angel 376 Journeys to the Planet Mars. strives for ascendency, the animal snarls and shows its teeth, and yon may believe me that, were it not that Spirits of highest Realms control illumined minds of Earth, who serve as restraining influences in the consciousness of the masses, a chaotic state of society quickly would ensue. x\pparently, it is a provision of Divine Law that the wise and strong shall aid the unwise and weak : that the higher shall reach down to uplift the lowly, and those who fail to fulfill this righteous law thereby so lessen their Spiritual estate that, in the world of equitable adjustments, they find themselves in a state of poverty undreamed of by mortal man. Yes, even as the peoples of Earth agonize in the throes of evolution, so in past ages have the Entoans agonized) ; so, to a degree, do they yet agonize, for though they are more highly evolved than are the peoples of our planet, they, as I have once said, are yet in their swaddling clothes. Yes, ages elapsed ere they evolved from savagery to a civilization which made it possible for their ideals to as- sume form and expression in the construction of this won- derful and beautiful city. Wonderful not only in its architecture, but in its many fine expressions of science y of art, of social amenities and usages, and other admirable features of an advanced evolution, which has carried from the past into the living present such lessons of wisdom as have been learned in the school of experience. The school whose pupils never play truant and who ever are learning their lessons well or ill, and who, perforce of natural law, must advance onward toward clearer, higher views of the meaning of life, of love, of God in humanity. Now again look southward. Is not it a vision to en- rapture the soul of an artist or a lover of the beautiful? See how temples, domes and light towers lose themselves Journeys to the Planet Mars. 377 in the cloudlike, luminous haze which the slanting sun rays glorify into an indescribable loveliness. Toward the lovely valley Insalu the shadows of declining day are fall- ing over the whiteness of the city and over domed temples and light towers. Afar, gray and empurpled mist wreaths are rising and veiling the pallid beauty of fountain groups, whose silvery treasures, thrown high into the quiet air, are tinted by the glory of the setting sun, which gleams athwart Taimon, over which, like dream phantoms, vessels great and small are noiselessly gliding. Lower, lower sinks the red disk of the solar king, and fleecy clouds, catching the reflection of his last beams, put on their robes of crimson and gold, and like angels in flight, drift across the deep- ening azure of the sky. George, we now will ascend, but not to a great height, for soon the light towers will be ablaze, and you, Gentola and Bernard, will witness a spectacle you will not soon forget. Look downward now. Shadows are brooding over the great city, and save for the musical tones of the temple bells every sound is hushed, but wait a little and the scene will change. Ah, you are startled, as well you may be. Is not the transformation marvellous? Is not the scene grandly, weirdly beautiful? Below us is the wide-spreading city, whose lofty electric light towers suddenly have turned night into day, and southward, where the terraced plateau attains its greatest elevation, is the great light tower on whose summit is an immense golden and crimson crystal Symbol of Andumana's abode, and as the afterglow of its radiance fades from the sky, suddenly the Sacred Symbol will blaze into the splendor of its amazing beauty. Now, from every temple, the music of chiming bells floats up- ward and the atmosphere is vibrant with their rhythmic 378 Journeys to the Planet Mars. notes. With expectant gaze, all eyes are turned toward the Symbol of their Eeligion, and now flashing upon the bosom of night behold the glowing, scintillating, radiant wonder. Simultaneously from every lip bursts forth a prayer, which I will translate into your language. Andumana, Creator and Preserver, even as the shadows of night wrap us about, so may Thy Love infold us while we sleep, and may Thy Messengers, who read our inmost thoughts, bear to Thee the fervent adoration of Thy loving but ever sorrowful children. Oirah, oirah, oirah. (So be it.) In low, plaintive tones the chiming bells accompany the intoned prayer, and every face is uplifted toward the great glowing Sun, whose dazzling radiance penetrates the dense fog enveloping the city as with a snowy mantle. Gentola — Ever since you promised me that some time I should at night behold some portion of Ento, I have tried to imagine how it might appear, but never have I imagined a scene so grand, so beautiful, so marvellously strange as this. Oh, that the peoples of our planet might, if but for a mo- ment, behold this illustration of the possibilities inher- ent in humanity, for surely it would stimulate them to higher endeavor, to emulate the attainments of the En- toans, whose peace, prosperity, learning, culture, refine- ment and kindliness is in strong contrast with the turmoil, poverty, selfishness and lack of real friendliness prevalent among the masses of our rightly named Sorrowful Star. Yes, I know that the Entoans are sorrowful, but it is not of a nature that debases them, and I hope and pray that soon it may give way to measureless joy. De I/Ester — So hope, so pray all who are engaged in this Mission. Gentola — As I listen to the chiming of the temple bells Journeys to the Planet Mars. 379 I do not distinguish one discordant note, and all ring in perfect unison. I should like to know how this is accomplished ? Ixidora — All Ento temples possess chimes of bells, and all the chimes of each city are tuned to the same key note. They are electrically connected, and by means of electrical mechanism all are simultaneously rung. Our people have stated times of worship, which are at sunrise, at midday and at sunset, and when in a few moments yonder radiant Sym- bol of Ento's faith shall be extinguished, again the waiting people will implore Divine protection through the night, and the chiming bells again will ring their plaintive Oirah, oirah, oirah. (Amen or be it so.) Yes, in cities and towns and country places the same religious ceremonies are observed. At sunrise the blessing of Andumana and the protection of the Divine Ones who dwell in Astranola are invoked. At midday all Sacrifices and Offerings of value are laid upon the altar. At sun- set in temples flowers alone are laid upon the altar, and the High Priest invokes for his people the protection of Andu- mana's Messengers. ISTo, it is only in Kultymo, Dao, Cama- rissa and two other cities of Ento that there are such Sym- bols as we now are gazing upon. But see, the glory of its beauty is paling and — now it has disappeared. Again the chiming bells fill the air with melody. Again from every lip ascends a prayer for protection through the darkness of night. Gradually the melody dies into silence, and through the deepening twilight and the soft radiance of its many light towers, Kultymo Tylu gleams in pallid white- ness, in phantom-like loveliness. Quietly, tranquilly, the people are returning to their homes. No sounds of traffic or of labor break the stillness of the great white and gold city, but from soivas (parks) and ilofen munaa (amuse- ment gardens) strains of sweet music float upward and 380 Journeys to the Planet Mars. thither, presently, men, women and children will wend their ways. And thus, Kultymo Tylu, queen city of my beloved Ento, we leave thee, and as our faces turn away from thee, our backward, lingering glances stray over thy peerless loveli- ness, and we regretfully murmur Info oovistu. Gentola — Dear friends, so strange, so enchanting are some of the experiences that you are affording me that I am at a loss to express either my emotions or my boundless gratitude. Oh, if only I might remember all that I see, all that occurs. Why is it that, after I have regained full consciousness, I can no more recall these experiences than I can recall a dimly remembered dream ? De I/Ester — Cannot you comprehend that it is you, the Ego or Spirit Self which alone takes cognizance of these experiences? That the magnetic chord connecting you, the Spirit Self, with your conscious mind, which is the ani- mal soul consciousness, is, so to say, the telegraphic wire through which, under our control, your physical organism is made to automatically record the words transmitted by whichever member of our Band may be acting as operator? While you are with us your Soul consciousness is in abey- ance ; hence, is not an active factor in these experiences, and can record nothing concerning them. Take comfort from this statement. When under my control you shall rewrite, and as far as feasible correct the imperfect record of our journeys to and experiences on Ento; imperfect because you are not yet fully developed in your peculiar phase of mediumship; your memories relating to our Mission will experience a sort of resurrection, and you will recall much, if not all, that has and yet will transpire while engaged in our endeavor to serve as we would be served. Not until you shall be wholly freed, will you fully comprehend this statement, but when you shall be enabled to recall these Journeys to the Planet Mars. 381 experiences, also to a degree, you will realize that they arc more than dreams. Yes, doubtless, there are those who will regard you as a visionary. That will be their mistake. not yours. Now we are over the intersection of the Central Water- way, with one running toward the northwest, which also in- tersects with one traversing a portion of the North Tem- perate Zone. Since Genessano Allis Immo demonstrated the practicability of great Waterways, several have been com- pleted and others are in course of construction. Through them and their feeders the retention of the annual floods an\i control of irrigation has been greatly simplified and their measureless value demonstrated. To-morrow we all will meet at this point. We held you too long yesterday and you are yet somewhat devitalized. We will see to it that you shall sleep restfully to-night, and in the morning at nine o'clock we will be en evidence. George, Inez and your wistful-eyed lad will see you safely home, and we will repair to Dao. Au revoir. 382 Journeys to the Planet Mars. CHAPTEK XV. RE-EMBODIMENT. De I/Ester — We find you difficult of control this morn- ing. Like the legendary Martha you are anxious about many things. Our journey of to-day is less in your thoughts than are the exasperatingly high prices of house- hold supplies or the letter you have been reading. How do I know ? Have not I said that I can read your thoughts as you might read an open book? No, I cannot at all times do so ; it is only when, as now, I am en rapport with your soul consciousness. You are unseeable, unthinkable, even by those who have attained to the high- est wisdom. Also they declare that Ento is but one of in- numerable Worlds peopled with beings like ourselves, and that the shining points in the night sky, which we, in our ignorance, have regarded as the lamps lighting Journeys to the Planet Mars. 529 Astranola, are Worlds, many of them vaster far then Ento, and that the dreaded Gods and Goddesses are the myths of ancient ignorance, perpetuated by a sincere but unenlight- ened Priesthood." This and much more he teaches, and both Priests and people, in doubt, fear and perplexity question as to which may be true, the old, hopeless, cheerless faith, or the new promise of joys immeasurable. But the leaven is leaven- ing the masses, and ere long Priests and people will embrace the Truth. You are aware that through electrical and vibratory forces between all portions of the Planet communication is instantaneous, thus quickly to nearby and remotest places the utterances of Ozynas Dulsa and of Dano are heralded, and you cannot imagine the effect, which is beyond our fondest expectations, and it is but the beginning of what necessarily must result, for now that the positiveness of the Spiritual atmosphere is penetrable, hosts of Spirits from various Eealms will see to it that the darkness which long has enshrouded the lives of the Entoans shall flee away, and then the effulgence of the grandest Truth that mortals can know will forever abide with them. Gextola — You who more easily read my thoughts than I can express them will understand that what you have related fills my heart with joy. Even at greater cost to my- self I would not for a moment hesitate to undertake a like Mission. But, friends, may not I soon again go with you, toEnto? De L'Ester — Yes, soon, but not until you shall have grown a little stronger. Then we will make good a prom- ise made to you, but which you do not now remember. That you may more quickly regain your strength we advise that you shall go outdoors every day, so that your feet may come in contact with the earth, thus you will rid yourself 530 Journeys to the Planet Mars. of devitalized magnetism, and at the same time you will accumulate energized magnetism, which you greatly need. It would delight us to prolong our visit, but we must con- sider the urgent necessity for your speedy return to health. With kindest, truest regard, we must say adieu. Journeys to the Planet Mars. 531 OPENING OF THE WATERWAY INTO ETZOINA LOISA. January ISth, 1895. De L'Ester — Good-morning, madame. As we prom- ised, so have we come in a body to escort you to Ento, and we have joined in your earnest invocation to Divine Influ- ences to guard and guide you in the ways of truth, and to Inidora's fervent response, "Evoihaa, ino evostan, tsu felistan, rau, rau, rau," we also have responded, for we, too, desire the guardianship and guidance of exalted spirits, whose angelic ministrations assist all aspiring souls. This morning we find you difficult of control. You appear tim- orous and 'disturbed. Cannot you trust yourself to our care, who never have failed you? Compose yourself, pray, and passively yield yourself to our protection, but first instruct your watchful Vena to not allow you to be disturbed for two or more hours. That is well arranged, and now close your eyes and be at rest. George, we are ready for our journey, and you, comrades, will lead the way. You no longer are afraid, and is not this motion and the views grand, glorious and exhilarating ? Truly, it is well that your experiences while with us are as half remembered dreams, otherwise they would unfit you for the routine of mortal existence. You now understand that this journey to Ento is the fulfillment of our prom- ise to afford you the pleasure of witnessing the opening of the great Central Waterway into Etzoina Loisa. Yes, the 532 Journeys to the Planet Mars. further wall of the Loisa has been pierced, but the contin- uation of the System is not yet in readiness for either navi- gation or irrigation. Yes, we will proceed directly to Et- zoina Loisa, else we may miss some features of the pageant. Now that we are nearing the lake we will descend to such an altitude as will afford you a view of the entire spectacle. At times we lose sight of the fact that your vision is not so far reaching as our own. A little lower, George. Now is every object clear to your vision ? Gentola — Quite so. De I/Ester — Then for the present we will remain where we are, and we have arrived none too early, for, coming from every direction are air Transports laden to repletion with eagerly curious Entoans, and from north, south and west small water craft laden with men, women and children are hastening along the canals leading to the lake, where already a multitude of people have assembled. Look west- ward, madame, and attempt a description of the scene pre- senting itself. Gentola — As far as my vision reaches I see the spark- ling water of the great Waterway, and of the intersecting canals. Scarcely four months have elapsed since we visited this region and at that time you informed me that only recently had the barren lands come under the influence of irrigation. In this brief interval nature has accomplished a miracle in so quickly converting what then was little more than waste lands into fertile fields, covered with luxuriant verdure and blooming plants, and it is quite as amazing to observe the many villages and structures of various kinds which have been erected since we were here. It seems in- credible that such vast improvements should have been accomplished in such a brief time. Some of the peoples of our Planet are very enterprising, but I question their ability to successfully compete with the quiet, persistent^ Journeys to the Planet Mars. 533 industrious Entoans, whose very superior mechanical appli- ances greatly facilitate their undertakings, but even then the results are surprising. Dear me, what a wonderfully strange scene. Those air Transports hover over the lake like great birds, and the ris- ing and falling tones of their whirring climbers are really musical. I wish I were clever enough to understand how they are constructed and controlled in their movements, and how — oh, De I/Ester, George, Bernard, see, see, yonder in the west is a fleet of large vessels and numerous smaller ones coming toward Etzoina. How swiftly the great vessels are advancing, leaving in their wake tumultuous billows of snowy foam. The foremost vessel is quite covered with rofdels, and there are ropes of rodels, wreaths of rodels, banners of rodels, and around the entire deck is a fringe of rodels trailing their creamy beauty quite to the surface of the foaming water. Surely it has taken all the rodels on the planet to so bedeck the great vessel. All the large vessels are similarly decorated, each one with a single variety of flower, and how very beautiful they all appear. Now I hear strains of music, and on the decks of the vessels I perceive many people, and as the fleet draws nearer, nearer, I perceive on the rodel-decked vessel a group of persons whom I seem to remember. Yes, surely, one is the Supreme Ruler, Omanos Funha, and by his side is Basto Andulesa and other stately looking officials, accom- panied by a number of lovely women, one of whom is Madame Ontellena Andulesa, by whose side are the Most High Priest Ozynas Dulsa, and Dano, in Priestly garb. Ah, how vividly the closing scene of our Mission returns to my memory, but I must not now think of that. On Dano's youthful, handsome face is an expression of exaltation and of peace passing the understanding of those who know not that the individual conscious existence of Spirit has 534 Journeys to the Planet Mars. neither beginning or ending, and it fills my heart with gladness to know that into the lives of the once despairing Entoans has entered the joy of the new Eevelation. De I/Ester, really I cannot convey a correct idea of this mar- vellous scene, so I pray you to permit me to desist from attempting the impossible. De L'Ester — As you will, madame, but I am of the opinion that my attempt will be quite as unsuccessful as your own. However, as no one is expected to describe the indescribable, our failures may be excusable. Below us is the quiet lake, mirroring in its unruffled water the nearly cloudless azure sky and the slowly moving air Transports laden with people who evidently are enjoying the unusual scene. On either side of the entrance to the lake large numbers of people are massed, and as you per- ceive perfect order and decorum are observed. Indeed, among the Entoans, disorder is considered not only impo- lite, but indecent, as really it is. The group occupying the foreground on this side of the entrance to the lake is composed of those who have con- ducted the stupendous undertaking, which has demanded infinite patience, endurance, versatility and engineering skill of the highest degree of excellence, yet not alone to engineering skill is due the credit of this achievement, for chemistry, too, has been a powerful factor in the destruction of the nearly impregnable vitrified wall of the lake. But the moment for the grand entry has arrived, so attention all. As he advances toward the prow of the vessel what an imposing figure Omanos Funha presents. His tall, fine form, clothed in crimson and gold, his long, curling, raven hued hair, bound back from his serene brow by a richly gemmed gold fillet, his large, dark, expressive eyes, like two veiled lamps, lighting up his bronze hued face, his Journeys to the Planet Mars. 535 handsome features expressing kindliest emotions, all con- tribute to render him a very striking and attractive man. Now, to stirring music, the rodel-decked fiag ship moves toward the entrance to the lake, followed by the flower clad fleet of seventeen huge vessels. From a hundred or more air Transports showers of rodels and other blooms rain down upon them and the air is rent with the enthusiastic acclamation of the people in the Transports and of the mul- titudes below. It quickens one's pulsations, this wave of human emotion, but see now the flag ship pauses at the entrance of the passageway through the wall of the lake and the Most High Priest advances to Omanos Funha's side, bearing in his hands a great tray of rodel blooms. We will descend a little so that you may more closely observe the Ceremony of the union of the Waterway with the lake. Omanos Funha — Even as these fragrant rodel blooms open their golden hearts to the radiant beams of Diafon evoiha, so we, oh Andumana, open our hearts to Thee that thus we may receive Thy love, which is the light and life of Thy children and of all living things. Through the knowledge which Thou hast imparted to Thy chosen ones they have brought to a successful conclusion this gigantic undertaking which through Thy beneficence shall be a per- petual blessing to the peoples of Ento, to whom, oh Thou Supreme One, it hath pleased Thee to reveal that truly we are the children of Thy love, and that through endless time we shall continue to live and to praise Thee for all Thy goodness to us. Kau, rau, rau. De L'Ester — Through an atmospheric system of com- munication every word uttered by Omanos Funha has been made known not only to the vast assemblage in the air and below us, who reverently have joined in the invocation and fervent amen, amen, amen, but to the peoples of the entire Planet. 536 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Omanos Funha — These rodel blooms, which no longer shall serve as emblems of death but of life and its joyous occasions, I now cast upon the lips of this great Waterway as, for the first time, they kiss the sparkling water of Etzoina Loisa. De I/Ester — Amid profound' silence the barrier sepa- rating the Waterway and the lake is quickly removed and Ctaanos Funha casts the rodels in front of the slowly mov- ing vessel. Now an immense banner of rodels is run up to the apex of the flagstaff and a grand volume of musical notes fills the air with sweetest melody. Now the great ves- sel, followed- by the fleet, moves swiftly through the ample passage, while from overhead as well as from below cheers upon cheers rend the air and from the Transports, which keep pace with the fleet, showers of blooms in glowing beauty rain down upon the heads of the people crowding the upper decks, and now the flag ship has plunged onto the lake as though purposing to pass straight across to the further side, but no, it turns to the right, leading the fleet in a triumphal procession around the lake. May I ask for an expression of your impression of the spectacle? Gentola — Truly, it is both magnificent and to me, very wonderful, and I shall not forget, dear friends, that to your kindness I owe my thanks for the pleasure of witnessing it. Yes, I feel assured that if I shall attempt to tell my friends of this strange experience they will conclude that my imagination has been running wild, or that I have been dreaming, and as I gaze upon the flower-decked fleet so noiselessly, so swiftly, passing around the lake, upon the air Transports hovering above them and mirroring them- selves in the now gently undulating water, upon the multi- tude of people, in boats and motor vehicles, or swarming on the broad rim of the lake, really I am at a loss to Journeys to the Planet Mars. 537 realize the situation, and shall not find fault with any one who may question either my sanity or my veracity. De I/Ester — We who understand the relation between What some of your wise ones term the conscious and sub- conscious self, but which we recognize as the intelligent, human animal Soul, and Ego, or Spirit Self, readily com- prehend your difficulty of realization when applied to mat- ters outside the plane of your earthly existence, and until you become a fully freed Spirit you cannot escape certain physical conditions. But come, friends, we will pay Omanos Funha and Dano a brief visit. At this moment they are the central figures of a group of personages intent upon viewing the eastern exit of Etzoina into the continua- tion of the System, which ere long will be in readiness not only for navigation but also for the irrigation of the wide stretches of arid lands extending eastward. Now the flag ship, followed by the fleet, continues its course around the lake, whose rim presents a living front of enthusiastic people, whose unceasing acclamations express their satis- faction cuver the completion of a most difficult and seriously necessary enterprise. George, we will alight, taking a position quite apart from the group surrounding Omanos Funha, and you, Bruno, will attempt to impress Dano to move in our direction. Well done, well done. Our young Priest is so very sensi- tive that, with a startled, listening air, he turns his head, thinking that some one has addressed him, and now slowly and apparently aimlessly he draws away from the group and toward us. Gentola, touch him lightly on his lips, and he will understand that it is the signal of your pres- ence. Ah, he is so startled that he covers his eyes with his hands, murmuring, "Can it be, can it be? Oh, art thou here, thou whose name is Gentola ?" In a moment he will perceive you, then you will follow my dictation. 538 Journeys to the Planet Mars. Gentola — Yes, Dano, I am here, and joyfully greet you as a Priest of the new Eevelation which has come to you and to your people, and I and those who are with me rejoice with you that the old dread faith surely is yielding to a be- lief in the glorious Truth of the continuity of life, and that all men and women are their own Saviors. We rejoice, too that we perceive that already this knowledge is illumining the minds of many, and be assured that even as the vertical beams of Diafon evoiha irradiate this beautiful scene, so, ere long, knowledge of the Truth will irradiate the lives of your people, who will learn that the dwelling Place of the Supreme One is the limitless Universe, yet that He is ever present in the hearts of those who seek to know Him Who is the Father, Mother God*, the Dual One, in whom we all exist. Nay, it is not an illusion — the forms you dimly perceive, are the Spirit friends who have borne me across the vast space between Earth and Ento, and through me they ex- tend to you a loving greeting. Your joy that light from Spirit Eealms is dispelling Ento's long night of despair, finds in them fullest response, and an earnest assurance that they and countless Spirits of Ento's and other Spirit Worlds unceasingly will aid you and those who like your- self are teaching the~ Gospel of the new Eevelation. And now, Dano, for these friends and myself I must say Info oovistu. Dano — I pray you, stay one moment. Will you come again, will you surely come to instruct my ignorance, to strengthen me in the new Faith, which is so glorious, so overwhelming, that did not my Valloa, by her sweet pres- ence and counsel sustain me, I indeed might faint by the way. Gentola — These spirit friends say that many times I shall come to you, that through me they may afford you Journeys to the Planet Mars. 539 such Wisdom Lessons as they and Spirits of your and other Spirit Worlds have learned. They and I entreat you to be courageous and steadfast. Trust to the guidance of Valloa and of other dear ones who ever are near you, and all will be well with you. Again Info oovistu. De L'Ester — Omanos Funha and those about him are curiously observing Dano, who now arouses as from a pro- found reverie. As quietly he returns to his friends on his fine, youthful face is an expression of smiling exaltation, and in the splendor of his dark, luminous eyes is the re- flected radiance of Eealms unseen of mortal vision. The Ceremonial we have so slightly sketched is drawn to a close and now you must take a last view of the great flower-decked vessels, so swiftly pursuing their way west- ward. Of the air Transports, like huge birds winging their ways through the quiet atmosphere, of the numerous small water craft, gliding off through the canals, of the many motor vehicles, which rapidly bear away many of the dis- persing assemblage, of the placid water of Etzoina, in which the rays of the glowing sun sparkle like gleams of fire, and of the face of the verdure-clad lands which well may typify the Eesurrection of Death into Life. Ento, thou redeemed one, in our gladness we cry, Hail, hail, thou who art one of the blest among the System of Worlds, ever pursuing their unvarying, ceaseless journeys around our Sun, which is but one of countless Suns, encircling the one Central Sun, whose immensity and glory is beyond all conceptions of Angels or Archangels, whose Yivifying energy controls the heartbeats of the Uni- verse, whose intelligent, tireless, ceaseless activity is that which is known of by many names, to us is known as God, the Infinite One, whom only in accordance with the degree of our spiritual unfoldment can we apprehend. Now we must return you to Earth, else we may not return 540 Journeys to the Planet Mars. you at all, and the time has not yet arrived for such a desir- able consummation of your present life work. Make your adieus to our friends, and to your wistful eyed son, for George and I will see that you shall safely arrive in your quiet home, where Vena impatiently and somewhat anx- iously awaits you. Now unclose your eyes, for you and your soul again are united and Vena breathes a sigh of relief as she sees you move and hears you call, "Vena, please bring me a glass of water," and we may say the same for ourselves, for indeed we have held you over long for your safety, but obey our instructions and soon you will recover your usual condition. Yes, soon again we will make our presence known to you. Until then, adieu. GLOSSARY. A. Andumana — Supreme One. Creator of all things. _ Acclinum — Zoological collection. Acrocusteno ingolavion — Amphibious flesh eater. Angossa — Hornless animal. Hornless. Astranola — Eealm of Deific ones. A-Muista — Manlike Anthropoid. Andomah — Primary school. Azeon — God of Love. Alista — Mountain. Very lofty, etc. Alzoytas — Sacred bird of Astranola, whose wings over- shadow the Death Bealm. Ayon muya— -Good bye, or may the Gods protect you. Anadillo Pylo — Scaly armored amphibian. Anadillo akedon — Scaly armored reptile. B. Bomuz himmu — Manlike tree climber. Birrsch — Trowser. Birrscha — Trowsers. Bomuz — -Man. Brillo — Froglike creature. Bendolu — Eainbow. Bendolu iffon— Eainbow hued. Bxidas — Tremulous. Budas lota — A gigantic tree, whose palmlike foliage trembles incessantly. 542 Glossary. c. Camarissa — Capitol of Province of Ondu. Comina daa — Class rooms. Callo — Wharf landing. Cryfimo — Great Ocean. Cryfimanu — Small Ocean. Sea. Cehylu — Bushing. Tumultuous. Chifa — An eel-like fish. Chima Loisa — Mirror Lake. D. Diafon evoiha— Sun, the dwelling place of Andumana. Dao — Capitol of Ento. Dia— Life. Life Essence, or Principle, animating the body. Daa — Boom. Dylu — Tossed. Shaken. Diafa avina — Many hued. Iridescent. E. Efon — Personal pronoun, I. Esploina — Globe. Sphere. Eyamo Yanos — The Infinite, Intelligent energy. Endoina — Bridge. Endoinaa. Bridges. Ento — Chosen. Set apart. Elipso — Year. EUpsaa. Years. Emano — Friend, masculine gender. S gives the plural. Emana — Friend. Feminine gender. A gives the plural. Etzoina — Placid, quiet, still. Etzoina Loisa — Placid Lake, or water. Enora — Strange. Bemarkable, wonderful. Etza — Sweet pulpy fruit, resembling an orange, Entola, and Ementola — Moons of Ento. Glossary. 543 F. Feneta — Catlike animal. Fava a croidas — Burial place, or place for urned ashes of the dead. Frilvodii — Species of Anthropoid, known as housekeepers. Funaveh — Intersection. Funaveh Bitza — Town of the Intersection. Fondoruveh — City, named after its founder, Tamon Fon- doruveh. G. Gentolano — Prince. Son of Supreme Euler, or heir ap- parent. Gentolana — Princess. Daughter of Supreme Euler. Gentola — Lady. Friend. Gentle one, and other gracious meanings. * Gentolissima — Queen, or Supreme Lady. Applied to the wife of the Supreme Euler. Gentolena — Darling, dear one. Also little one, when ap- plied to children, or pets. Gufon — Bitter. Gandulana — Serpent. Gandulanos, serpents. Gowhya — Hibernating animal, resembling a bear. Gariffo Tsuvon — Bird of the cloud God, Tsuvon. Gulnoyas — Egg shaped. H. Himmu — Tree climber. A species of anthropoid. Hinifro enora — Yellow wonder. Hinor imados — Irrigating canal. Hinor tzowa — Canal for transportation. Hinifro — Yellow. Horn aru — A palmlike tree. Hundaffon — Andumana's cup bearer. 544 Glossary. I. Indoloisa— Tranquil water. Istoira — Small temple. Info sta tiva Zenosaa oovistti — To the care of the Gods, until we meet. Infadoihan luvetas — Place, or temple of sacrifice. Info oovistu — Until we meet again, farewell. Ilsoimen — Morning. Ilofen muena — Amusement garden. Istoira lemah — Temple of urned ashes, of the dead, for private uses. K. Keneto Souvanallo — Gigantic flesh eaters. Keneto alista- — Mountain range, 200 miles long, 6,000 feet above sea level. Keneto — Gigantic, enormous, very large. Kultymo Tylu — Elevated city, Kynos — Vine. Kyn nuynao — An anthropoid of a peculiar species. Kyn — A tree resembling an oak tree. Kymos — Majesty, or majestic. Kemina — Central. L. Loita — Harplike musical instrument. Lenivo — Upper garment for men. A sort of tunic. Luitzen — History. Record. Louvah — God of Agriculture. Lota— Tree of any species. Lumenas — Botanical garden. Loisa — Water, lake, pool, etc. Loisa yanu — Water gem, or jewel. Loisa micana — Vining water lily. Loisa-Gentolissima — Water Queen. Glossary. 545 Loisa Gentolana — Water Princess. Litzen — Sweet. Loisa a lutyenos — Lake of rushes. Loisa infuen — Water drinker. Loisavaon — Waterway. Lafon Theodossa — A noted Ento painter. Lohau vraimeon — Hail, dearly beloved. M. Mbfientos hoa falados — Valley of desolation. Micana — Lily, corresponding with Earth's lily family. Mista — Snow. Metsu— Light weight, non-corrosive, non-conducting metal. 0. Onos — Personal pronoun, we. Oirah — Thanks. Praise. The word is used in several similar senses, and is pronounced, Wahrah. It bears the same meaning as Amen, or be it so. Oina mista — Snow flower. Oonamosa tula — Burr berry 1 . Oifen tsu — Endless time. Oonda lotas — Tree, and fruit, similar to our orange. Omanos Funha — Present Supreme Kuler of Ento. Osy Hun — Supreme Kuler. Oonamosa — Burr. Oonda — Divine. Godlike. Ozynas Dulsa — Present Most High Priefct of the Most Sacred Temple Zim. P. Petusa — Pearl. Pfettos — Shoe. Pf etta shoes. Plimos — Plant. Phra — God, or messenger of death. 546 Glossary. Q. Quana — Eclipse. When Andumana frowns. Quend — A region in the North Temperate Zone. R. Ryzo elipsaa — Century. Rinvoh — Aquarium. Rimoh — An animal resembling an antelope. Rodel — The national flower of Ento. Resembles out lotus. Ruvacca — Trumpet. Rea — Life essence, or principle. Ruha — Governor. Rouva nu Odalissa — Homes for the favored ones. Rouva — Favored. Rau — Same meaning as oirah. (Pronounced Rahoo.) Ruvacca plimos — Trumpet flower, or plant. Ritza — Town. S. Syffondu — Museum. Sammanah — Collegiate school. Soitzen — Tramway. A gives the plural, as soitzena. Somu Ikaton — Blessing giver. Soiva — Park. Soivaa, parks. Selona Valloa — Wife of Omanos Funha, and mother of Selona Valloa Funha. Sauva — A non-corrosive metal. Sylvian — Sister of Selona Valloa, wife of Omanos Funha. T. Tsufalen — Teachers of divine mysteries. Tula— Berry. Tsuvon — Bird. Thon eyama Yanos — Infinite, intelligent energy. Tylu — City. Tylusaa, cities. Testo— Death, the killer. Glossary. 547 XT. Ufan — Personal pronoun, you. V. Varu testo — Death fire. Varu — Fire. Vybo — Gold. Also it signifies glittering, shining, bril- liant, and sparkling. Vossa — Leaf. Climber. Vossalaa, climbers. The use of the word determines its significance. Vocha — An animal resembling a cow, but much larger. Vouhoida — Resembles a pipe organ. W. Wana vinostu yaru — Expiatory fire fountain. Y. Yanu — Gem, or jewel. Yento — A place of punishment for disobedient gods and goddesses. Yoidas hua — Bow shaped, or bent. Yoihoda — Priest. S gives the plural. Yoitan — Tempest. Storm. Tornado. Yoitana — Severe storm. Yoitano — Tornado. The suffixes a, or o, determining the degree of the disturbance. Yoihodasa — Priestess. Yoihodassaa , priestesses. Z. Zenno — God. Zenna — Goddess. Zeon — A horselike animal. Zindo — God of rain and snow. Zetos — World, applied to Ento. Zim — The most Sacred Temple of Ento. Zenosaa — The deific ones. 548 Glossary. NUMBERS. Fan— 1. Tevon— 9. Toda— 50. Itft— 2. Ruya— 10. Mfiena— 60. Meos— 3. Yodis— 11. Ofena— 70. Len — 4. Fonitu— 12. Zua— 80. Vodil— 5. Ruya— 10. Tevona — 90. Muen— 6. Ita— 20. Ryzo — 100. Ofen— 7. Meosa— 3ft Zft— 8. Lena— 40. COLORS. White— ViL Purple- — Apro. Red— Ilo. Violet- -Luba. Yellow— Hinifro. (Brown- -Ikro. Green — Mostu. Blaek— -Gilnas. Blue— Grel. Orange — Drufi. PERSONAL PRONOUNS • Efon— I. Tofan— He. Onos — We. Toifan— She. XJfan— You. Ista— It. Nofan— Thou. Tsya— They. Esto. Ye. Noifan — Thee. Vahua — Day. Vahuaa — Days. Neffan— Thy. Voina — Night. Voinaa — Nights + J* <>, *b ++ V? ^ ^ '% Sy * Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide Treatment Date: Nov. 2004 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide Treatment Date: Nov. 2004 PreservationTechnologies A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive Cranberry Township, PA 16066 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVAT 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive Cranberry Township, PA 16066 (724)779-2111 ) * s ^-. ' ^ v "^v* \